CData Python Connector for MYOB

Build 26.0.9655

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Overview

The CData Python Connector for MYOB allows developers to write Python scripts with connectivity to MYOB. The connector wraps the complexity of accessing MYOB data in an interface commonly used by Python connectors to common database systems.

Key Features

  • WHL installation packages that enable installation with "pip install".
  • Supported for Python 3.10 or newer on Windows, Linux, and macOS.
  • Write and execute SQL queries to fetch and update data in MYOB.
  • Custom dialect class that enables SQLAlchemy 1.3 and 1.4 to use this connector.

Getting Started

See Getting Started to install the connector to your Python distribution and to create a basic connection to MYOB.

Using the Python Connector/Using from Tools

See Using the Connector for examples of executing basic SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and EXECUTE queries with the module's provided classes.

See Using from Tools to connect MYOB data to tools such as Pandas or Petl.

SQLAlchemy ORM

SQLAlchemy can be leveraged to model the tables in MYOB with mapped classes. See From SQLAlchemy for instructions for configuring the Python connector with SQLAlchemy.

Pandas

Pandas' DataFrames can be used alongside the connector to generate analytical graphics. See From Pandas for a guide.

Schema Discovery

See Schema Discovery to query the provided system tables, which allows users to discover the available tables, views, and stored procedure, alongside additional information about their columns or parameters.

Advanced Features

Advanced Features details additional features supported by the connector, such as defining user defined views, ssl configuration, remoting, caching, firewall/proxy settings, and advanced logging.

SQL Compliance

See SQL Compliance for a syntax reference and code examples outlining the supported SQL.

Data Model

See Data Model for the available database objects. This section also provides more detailed information on querying specific MYOB entities.

Connection String Options

The Connection properties describe the various options that can be used to establish a connection.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Getting Started

Connecting to MYOB

For information on the available WHL files for supported environments, and how to install the appropriate file for your Python distribution, see Package Installation.

For information on the module to import, and how to configure the necessary connection properties in a connection string, see Establishing a Connection.

Other available connection properties can be used to configure other aspects of the connector capabilities.

Python Version Support

The CData Python Connector for MYOB can be installed and used in Python 3.10 or newer.

MYOB Version Support

The connector leverages the MYOB API to enable bidirectional access to MYOB.

See Also

  • Using the Connector: Establish connections and query MYOB through Python code.
  • From SQLAlchemy: Use SQLAlchemy to establish a connection with dialect URL, and interact with MYOB data using mapped classes and Sessions.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Package Installation

Dependencies

The Python connectors require that Python 3.10 or newer be installed.

Installation

The CData Python Connector for MYOB is available as a WHL file for Windows, Linux, and Mac. Each connector is built using the Python 3.10 Stable ABI (indicated by the abi3 tag in the filename), so a single wheel supports any Python 3.10 or newer installation — there is no need to match your exact Python minor version. Use the "pip install" command with the appropriate WHL file for your platform.

Windows:

pip install cdata_myob_connector-26.0.9655-cp310-abi3-win_amd64.whl

Linux:

pip install cdata_myob_connector-26.0.9655-cp310-abi3-linux_x86_64.whl

macOS:

pip install cdata_myob_connector-26.0.9655-cp310-abi3-macosx_12_0_arm64.whl

The macOS wheel supports arm64 (Apple Silicon) architectures only on macOS 12 and newer.

Regardless of the environment, certain distributions might require that the "pip3 install" command be used instead, to differentiate from a Python 2 distribution that might exist already. After installation, confirm whether the connector is successfully installed by running the "pip list" command. If "cdata_myob_connector" is present in the list output by the command, then the installation was successful.

Upgrading

When upgrading, "pip install" does not automatically clean up old JRE files. To avoid leftover files that could cause JVM errors, uninstall the previous version before installing the new one.

Licensing

After the installation is complete, a separate step is needed to activate a license for the connector. Among the CData assets in the distribution's site packages, there is an install-license tool that activates this license. From within the distribution's site-packages folder, after navigating to the "cdata/installlic_myob" folder, simply use a command like the below to activate the license. Omitting the <key> argument activates a trial license:

  • Windows:
    ./install-license.exe <key>
  • Linux / Mac:
    ./install-license.sh <key>

Sometimes, file access issues may cause pip to install the connector in a fallback file path that is not the python distribution's main or primary site-packages location. This can make it difficult to find where the connector was installed, and from there, the license activator. In that event, this python script below will print out the full file path of the connector's native file. This file will be stored in the mentioned cdata folder, from which the installlic_myob folder is trivial to find:

import os
import cdata.myob
path = os.path.abspath(cdata.myob.__file__)
print(path)

Uninstallation

If the connector needs to be uninstalled for any reason, do so by running the pip uninstall command, as in the example below:

pip uninstall cdata-myob-connector

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Establishing a Connection

The objects available within our connector are accessible from the "cdata.myob" module. To use the module's objects directly:

  1. Import the module as follows:
    import cdata.myob as mod
  2. To establish a connection string, call the connect() method from the connector object using an appropriate connection string, such as:
    mod.connect(" If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")

Connecting to MYOB

To connect to a MYOB company file, set CompanyFileId to the ID of the company file you want to retrieve data from. If not specified, the ID of the first returned company file (sorted alphabetically) is used.

This connection property is required to access all tables and views, except for the CompanyFiles view, which you can use to view the company files associated with your account (and their associated IDs). Use this view if you don't know the ID of your company file.

Set the following additional properties:

On-premises instance Instance: OnPremises.
AuthScheme: Basic.
User: The username associated with your company file. When you create your company file, a user account called Administrator is automatically created. By default, the Administrator user account doesn't have a password assigned.
InitiateOAuth: OFF.
URL: The URL of your MYOB instance.
Cloud instance Instance: Cloud.
AuthScheme: OAuth.
InitiateOAuth: GETANDREFRESH.
User: The username associated with your company file.
Password: The password of authorized user of company file (if a password is set).

See further details on OAuth below.

Authenticating to MYOB

MYOB supports OAuth authentication only. To enable this authentication from all OAuth flows, you must set AuthScheme to OAuth.

The following subsections describe how to authenticate to MYOB from three common authentication flows:

  • Desktop: a connection to a server on the user's local machine, frequently used for testing and prototyping. Authenticated via either embedded OAuth or custom OAuth.
  • Web: access to data via a shared website. Authenticated via custom OAuth only.
  • Headless Server: a dedicated op that provides services to other computers and their users, which is configured to operate without a monitor and keyboard. Authenticated via embedded OAuth or custom OAuth.

For information about how to create a custom OAuth application, and why you might want to create one even for auth flows that have embedded OAuth credentials, see Creating a Custom OAuth Application.

For a complete list of connection string properties available in MYOB, see Connection.

Desktop Applications

CData provides an embedded OAuth application that simplifies authentication at the desktop. You can also authenticate from the desktop via a custom OAuth application, which you configure and register at the MYOB console. For further information, see Creating a Custom OAuth Application.

Before you connect, set these properties:

  • InitiateOAuth: GETANDREFRESH. Used to automatically get and refresh the OAuthAccessToken.
  • Custom OAuth applications only:
    • OAuthClientId: The client Id assigned when you registered your custom OAuth application.
    • OAuthClientSecret: The client secret assigned when you registered your custom OAuth application.
    • CallbackURL: The redirect URI defined when you registered your custom OAuth application.

When you connect, the connector opens MYOB's OAuth endpoint in your default browser. Log in and grant permissions to the application.

After you grant permissions to the application, the connector completes the OAuth process:

  1. The connector obtains an access token from MYOB and uses it to request data.
  2. The OAuth values are saved in the path specified in OAuthSettingsLocation. These values persist across connections.

When the access token expires, the connector refreshes it automatically.

Web Applications

Authenticating via the Web requires you to create and register a custom OAuth application with MYOB, as described in Creating a Custom OAuth Application. You can then use the connector to get and manage the OAuth token values.

This section describes how to get the OAuth access token, how to have the driver refresh the OAuth access token automatically, and how to refresh the OAuth access token manually.

Get the OAuth access token:

  1. To obtain the OAuthAccessToken, set these connection properties:

  2. Call stored procedures to complete the OAuth exchange:
    • Call the GetOAuthAuthorizationURL stored procedure. Set the AuthMode input to WEB and the CallbackURL to the Redirect URI you specified in your application settings. The stored procedure returns the URL to the OAuth endpoint.
    • Navigate to the URL that the stored procedure returned in Step 1. Log in and authorize the web application. You are redirected back to the callback URL.
    • Call the GetOAuthAccessToken stored procedure. Set the AuthMode input to WEB. Set the Verifier input to the code parameter in the query string of the redirect URI.

After you obtain the access and refresh tokens, you can connect to data and refresh the OAuth access token automatically.

Automatic refresh of the OAuth access token:

To have the connector automatically refresh the OAuth access token, do the following:

  1. The first time you connect to data, set these connection parameters:
  2. On subsequent data connections, set:

Manual refresh of the OAuth access token:

The only value needed to manually refresh the OAUth access token is the OAuth refresh token.

  1. To manually refresh the OAuthAccessToken after the ExpiresIn period (returned by GetOAuthAccessToken) has elapsed, call the RefreshOAuthAccessToken stored procedure.
  2. Set these connection properties:

  3. Call RefreshOAuthAccessToken with OAuthRefreshToken set to the OAuth refresh token returned by GetOAuthAccessToken.
  4. After the new tokens have been retrieved, set the OAuthAccessToken property to the value returned by RefreshOAuthAccessToken. This opens a new connection.

Store the OAuth refresh token so that you can use it to manually refresh the OAuth access token after it has expired.

Headless Machines

If you need to log in to a resource that resides on a headless machine, you must authenticate on another device that has an internet browser. You can do this in either of the following ways:

  • Option 1: Obtain the OAuthVerifier value.
  • Option 2: Install the connector on a machine with an internet browser and transfer the OAuth authentication values after you authenticate through the usual browser-based flow.

After you execute either Option 1 or Option 2, configure the driver to automatically refresh the access token on the headless machine.

Option 1: Obtaining and Exchanging a Verifier Code

To obtain a verifier code, you must authenticate at the OAuth authorization URL as follows:

  1. Authenticate from the machine with an internet browser, and obtain the OAuthVerifier connection property.

    If you are using the embedded OAuth application, call the GetOAuthAuthorizationURL stored procedure. Open the URL returned by the stored procedure in a browser.

    If you are using a custom OAuth application, set these properties:

  2. Call the GetOAuthAuthorizationURL stored procedure. The stored procedure returns the CallbackURL established when the custom OAuth application was registered. (See Creating a Custom OAuth Application.)

    Copy this URL and paste it into a new browser tab.

  3. Log in and grant permissions to the connector. The OAuth application redirects you the redirect URI, with a parameter called code appended. Note the value of this parameter; you will need it later, to configure the OAuthVerifier connection property.

  4. Exchange the OAuth verifier code for OAuth refresh and access tokens. On the headless machine, to obtain the OAuthAccessToken, set these connection properties:

    • InitiateOAuth: REFRESH.
    • OAuthVerifier: The noted verifier code (the value of the code parameter in the redirect URI).
    • OAuthSettingsLocation: persist the encrypted OAuth authentication values to the specified file.
    • Custom OAuth applications only:

  5. Test the connection to generate the OAuth settings file.

  6. You are ready connect after you re-set these properties:

    • InitiateOAuth: REFRESH.
    • OAuthSettingsLocation: The file containing the encrypted OAuth authentication values. To enable the automatic refreshing of the access token, be sure that this file gives read and write permissions to the connector.
    • Custom OAuth applications only:
      • OAuthClientId: The client Id assigned when you registered your application.
      • OAuthClientSecret: The client secret assigned when you registered your application.

Option 2: Transferring OAuth Settings

Prior to connecting on a headless machine, you must install and create a connection with the driver on a device that supports an internet browser. Set the connection properties as described above in "Desktop Applications".

After completing the instructions in "Desktop Applications", the resulting authentication values are encrypted and written to the path specified by OAuthSettingsLocation. The default filename is OAuthSettings.txt.

Test the connection to generate the OAuth settings file, then copy the OAuth settings file to your headless machine.

To connect to data via the headless machine, set these connection properties:

  • InitiateOAuth: REFRESH
  • OAuthSettingsLocation: The path to the OAuth settings file you copied from the machine with the browser. To enable automatic refreshing of the access token, ensure that this file gives read and write permissions to the connector.
  • Custom OAuth applications only:
    • OAuthClientId: The client Id assigned when you registered your custom OAuth application.
    • OAuthClientSecret: The client secret assigned when you registered your custom OAuth application.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Configuring JNI

Java Native Interface (JNI) is a standard programming interface for writing Java native methods and embedding the Java virtual machine into native applications.

The connector leverages the JNI for improved performance on Mac and Linux.

Configure the Config INI File

The Linux and Mac editions of the MYOB python connector are configured with an ini file. This file is used to set several parameters, including JNI behavior. This file is to be located in:

{path_to_distribution_site-packages}/cdata/config.ini

Ensure that any configuration properties you set in the ini file fall under the following section name (adjust the 311 number if you are using an different python version from 3.11):

  • For Linux:
    [myob.cpython-311-x86_64-linux-gnu.so]
  • For Mac:
    [myob.cpython-311-darwin.so]

Configure the JNI connector's behavior by editing the properties in the connector's config.ini file. The connector can be configured as follows:

  • LOGFILE: Set this the same way as the CDATA_LOGFILE envrionment variable below.
  • JAVA_HOME: Configure the path to the JVM library location used to launch the JVM.
  • CLASS_PATH: Use a colon-separated list to configure the paths to the third-party jar libraries.

Configure Environment Variables

Additionally, set the following environment variables:

  • CDATA_JAVA_HOME: Configure the path to the JVM library location used to launch the JVM.
  • CDATA_JVM_OPTIONS: Place JVM options here.
  • CDATA_LOGFILE: Set this in the following scheme: <SCHEME>://<TAG>[|<LEVEL>]

    • SCHEME: The options are STDOUT, FILE.
      • STDOUT: Both the native wrapper and odbc core log into stdout. The Logfile and Verbosity properties can override the behavior of ODBC core.
      • FILE: The native wrapper logs into <FILENAME> while the odbc core logs into <FILENAME>.driver.log. The Logfile and Verbosity properties can override the behavior of ODBC core.
    • TAG
      • For STDOUT, set this to 1. For FILE, set this to the filename.
    • LEVEL
      • Set to one of: FATAL | ERROR | WARNING | INFO | DEBUG

The following are some examples of this syntax:

  • STDOUT://1|DEBUG
  • FILE:///tmp/my_py.log|DEBUG

Custom Logger

The Python connector supports a custom logging mechanism for redirecting log output to any destination, such as a cloud storage service or logging framework. Use setCustomLoggerFactory() to register a factory function that creates a logger instance for each connection.

The factory function receives the context string from the Logfile connection property (the portion after CUSTOM://) and must return an object with a writeLog(verbosity, message) method.

To enable custom logging:

  1. Call setCustomLoggerFactory() with your factory function before opening connections.
  2. Set Logfile to CUSTOM:// followed by a context string to identify the connection.
  3. Set Verbosity to the desired log level.

The following example demonstrates a custom logger factory that creates a separate logger instance per connection:

import cdata.myob as mod
import time

class MyLogger:
    def __init__(self, loggerId):
        self.loggerId = loggerId
    def writeLog(self, verbosity, message):
        print("[MyLogger " + self.loggerId + "] " + message)

def createLogger(context):
    return MyLogger(context[len("MyLoggerId="):])

mod.setCustomLoggerFactory(createLogger)

conn1 = mod.connect("...;Logfile=CUSTOM://MyLoggerId=1;Verbosity=2;")
# do something with conn1
time.sleep(1)  # Wait for logs to flush from conn1

conn2 = mod.connect("...;Logfile=CUSTOM://MyLoggerId=2;Verbosity=2;")
# do something with conn2
time.sleep(1)  # Wait for logs to flush from conn2

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Creating a Custom OAuth Application

Creating a Custom OAuth Application

CData embeds OAuth Application Credentials with CData branding that can be used when connecting to MYOB via a desktop application or a headless machine. If you want to use the embedded OAuth application, all you need to do to connect is to:

(For information on getting and setting the OAuthAccessToken and other configuration parameters, see the Desktop Authentication section of "Connecting to MYOB".)

However, you must create a custom OAuth application to connect to MYOB via the Web. And since custom OAuth applications seamlessly support all three commonly-used auth flows, you might want to create custom OAuth applications (use your own OAuth Application Credentials) for those auth flows anyway.

Custom OAuth applications are useful if you want to:

  • control branding of the authentication dialog;
  • control the redirect URI that the application redirects the user to after the user authenticates; or
  • customize the permissions that you are requesting from the user.

Procedure

To register a custom OAuth application and derive the OAuthClientId and OAuthClientSecret:

  1. Log in to your MYOB account.
  2. From the Home Page, select Developer.
  3. Click Register App.
  4. Enter a name and description for the new application. Also specify a Redirect Uri, which specifies where the user should be redirected after they authorize your application. For desktop and headless machine applications, set this to something like http://localhost:33333.

After you complete the registration, the new application's key (Client ID) and secret (Client Secret) are displayed onscreen. Record these for future use.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Changelog

General Changes

DateVersionSourceCategoryTypeDescription
2026-05-2726.0.9643GeneralConnectionRemoved
  • Removed the deprecated ReplaceInvalidTypesWithNull connection property. Use the ReplaceInvalidValuesWithNull property instead.
2026-05-2226.0.9638PythonRemoved
  • Remove support for Intel x64 architecture on macOS
2026-05-0726.0.9623GeneralData ModelAdded
  • Added the ColumnCapabilities column to the sys_tablecolumns system table. This column is a bit mask denoting the column's write capabilities.
2026-05-0726.0.9623PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre-17.0.19+10 (Linux x64 / MacOs x64).
2026-04-1526.0.9601GeneralQuery ExecChanged
  • String comparisons using GREATER, LESS, and CONTAINS operators are now case-insensitive by default.
2026-04-0826.0.9594MYOBSecurityChanged
  • TLS 1.3 is now supported by default for HTTP connections.
2026-03-1725.0.9572MYOBData ModelChanged
  • Changed the Lines column in the SaleInvoices table from a column to a pseudo-column.
2026-01-1325.0.9509GeneralAdded
  • Added support for the REGEXP_REPLACE() string function.
2025-12-2125.0.9486PythonAdded
  • Added support for custom loggers in Python connectors on Linux and macOS.
2025-12-0525.0.9470GeneralAdded
  • Added support for the INSERT INTO SELECT statement, with driver-side execution for providers that do not support the operation natively.
2025-10-3025.0.9434PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre-17.0.17+10 (Linux x64 / MacOs x64).
2025-10-0625.0.9410GeneralAdded
  • Support for parsing datetime formats using ".S" and ",S" for milliseconds and nanoseconds.
2025-09-1225.0.9386GeneralAdded
  • Added the IsInsertable, IsUpdateable, and IsDeleteable columns to the sys_tables table.
2025-09-1025.0.9384GeneralChanged
  • All columns in statically defined Views are now reported as read-only.
2025-09-0325.0.9377GeneralChanged
  • Corrected the behavior when IN criteria with NULL values are used in the projection part. It now returns NULL instead of 0. For example, "NULL IN (1,2)" returns "NULL".
2025-09-0125.0.9375GeneralAdded
  • Added support for using the CAST function with infinity values. This function can cast "inf" and "-inf" to DOUBLE, FLOAT, or REAL.
2025-08-2525.0.9368MYOBAdded
  • Added the TerminationDate column to the EmployeePayrollDetails table.
2025-08-2125.0.9364GeneralChanged
  • Report behavior change:
    • Fixed inconsistent string value comparisons in non-table queries.
    • For example, "SELECT 'A' = 'a'" previously returned false, but it now returns true.
2025-08-1325.0.9356GeneralChanged
  • Changed the maximum number of pages held in memory from 15 to 5 for the page providers to decrease heap usage.
2025-07-0725.0.9319PythonRemoved
  • Removed the 32-bit version of Windows Python.
2025-07-0425.0.9316MYOBRemoved
  • Removed the UseIdURL connection property because it has been deprecated.
2025-07-0225.0.9314PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.9.
2025-06-2525.0.9307GeneralRemoved
  • Removed the "ADLS Gen 1" value from the ConnectionType property.
2025-06-2525.0.9307PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.13 in Windows, Linux, and Mac editions.
2025-06-2525.0.9307PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.8 as it is no longer supported.
2025-06-2025.0.9302GeneralAdded
  • Created the following functions:
    • TEXT_ENCODE: encodes a string into a different charset (UTF8 → UTF7 and returns a binary array as the result).
    • TEXT_DECODE: takes a binary array and decodes it back into a string when provided the charset.
    • BASE64_ENCODE: takes a binary array and encodes it as a base64 string (varchar).
    • BASE64_DECODE: takes a base 64-encoded string and decodes it into a binary array.
2025-06-1825.0.9300GeneralChanged
  • The internal code for exception handling has been refactored. Exception messages returned during certain error conditions may now have different wording or formatting.
2025-06-1825.0.9300MYOBChanged
  • Renamed the OverriddenWagesExpenseAccountNumber column to OverriddenWagesExpenseAccountDisplayId in the PayrollWages table in order to better reflect the data it returns.
2025-05-2725.0.9278GeneralRemoved
  • Removed the "Proprietary" enum option from ProxyAuthscheme.
2025-05-1225.0.9263PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre-17.0.15+6 (Linux x64 / MacOS x64) and jre-17.0.15+6 (MacOS aarch64).
2025-03-1925.0.9209MYOBChanged
  • In the PurchaseBills and PurchaseOrders tables, the Lines column has been changed into a pseudocolumn.
2025-02-1524.0.9177GeneralAdded
  • Added support for converting unsigned integer types to the nearest signed data type that has enough precision to hold the unsigned value.This is done for JDBC only because it does not have support for unsigned data types.
2025-01-2724.0.9158MYOBChanged
  • Changed the data type from int to string for both the BankingAccountNumber column in the Accounts table and the BankAccountNumber column in the BankAccounts table to ensure compatibility with bank account number values across all regions.
2025-01-0824.0.9139MYOBAdded
  • Added the IncludeCFToken connection property that controls whether the x-myobapi-cftoken header is appended to requests made to the MYOB API.
2024-11-2724.0.9097GeneralAdded
  • Added ThreadId to LogModule output. Logfile lines now include the Thread ID associated with the action being performed.
2024-10-0124.0.9040MYOBChanged
  • Changed the following tables to gather all items of all types available within the "types" category specified in the API: - SaleInvoiceItems - SaleQuoteItems - SaleOrderItems - PurchaseOrderItems - PurchaseBillItems Previously, unless a "type" filter was explicitly applied in the query, the above tables only returned a subset of all items available.
2024-09-0624.0.9015MYOBChanged
  • When the CompanyFileId connection property is not specified, the driver will now sort the IDs alphabetically and use the first company file ID in the list.
2024-06-0524.0.8922PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.12.
2024-05-0924.0.8895GeneralChanged
  • The ROUND function previously did not accept negative precision values. That feature has now been restored.
2024-03-1523.0.8840GeneralAdded
  • Created a new SQL function called STRING_COMPARE that provides java's String.compare() ability to SQL queries. Returns a number representative of the compared value of two strings
2023-12-2223.0.8756MYOBAdded
  • Added Id column as a LineId index in JournalTransactionItems, ContactAddressItems, CreditSettlementItems, DebitSettlementItems, EmployeeBankAccountItems, ItemSellingPrices, JournalTransactionHistoryLineItems and TimesheetLineItems tables.
2023-12-2223.0.8756MYOBChanged
  • Updated the primary key from CustomerPaymentID to a composite key CustomerPaymentID and Id in CustomerPaymentInvoices view.
  • Updated the primary key from EmployeeID to a composite key EmployeeID and PayrollCategoryID in EmployeePayrollCategoryItems view.
  • Updated the primary key from PayrollDetailsID to a composite key PayrollDetailsID and EntitlementCategoryID in EmployeePayrollEntitlementItems view.
  • Updated the primary key from Id to a composite key Id and ItemID in ItemLocations view.
  • Updated the primary key from JournalID to a composite JournalId and RowID in JournalItems view.
  • Updated the primary key from TimeSheetId to a composite TimeSheetId and EntryId in TimesheetLineEntries Table.
2023-11-2923.0.8733GeneralChanged
  • The ROUND function doesn't accept the negative precision values anymore.
2023-11-2923.0.8733GeneralChanged
  • The returning types of the FDMonth, FDQuarter, FDWeek, LDMonth, LDQuarter, LDWeek functions are changed from Timestamp to Date.
  • The return type of the ABS function will be consistent with the parameter value type.
2023-11-2823.0.8732GeneralAdded
  • Added the HMACSHA256 formatter to allow for secrets to be decoded if it is in base64 format
2023-11-0723.0.8711MYOBAdded
  • Added the ContactSuppliers, ContactCustomers, ContactPersonals and ContactEmployees tables.
2023-10-2423.0.8697MYOBChanged
  • The default value for the hidden connection property IncludeReferenceColumn has changed to false and the ParentReference columns will no longer be list by default.
2023-09-1523.0.8658MYOBAdded
  • Added the Build, BuildLineItems, JournalTransactionHistory and JournalTransactionHistoryLineItems view.
2023-08-2923.0.8641PythonAdded
  • Added support for SQLAlchemy 2.0.
2023-06-2023.0.8571GeneralAdded
  • Added the new sys_lastresultinfo system table.
2023-05-1923.0.8539PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.11 on Windows, Linux and Mac.
2023-05-1623.0.8536PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.7 on Windows and Linux
2023-04-2523.0.8515GeneralRemoved
  • Removed support for the SELECT INTO CSV statement. The core code doesn't support it anymore.
2023-04-2523.0.8515MYOBChanged
  • Updated SupplierPayments.Lines column size to 4000.
2022-12-1422.0.8383GeneralChanged
  • Added the Default column to the sys_procedureparameters table.
2022-11-1522.0.8354PythonChanged
  • Updated embedded JRE to jre8u345-b01(Linux x64 / MacOS x64) and jre-17.0.5+8(MacOS aarch64).
2022-09-3022.0.8308GeneralChanged
  • Added the IsPath column to the sys_procedureparameters table.
2022-05-1822.0.8173PythonAdded
  • Added support for Python 3.10 on Windows, Linux, and Mac
  • Added support for Python 3.9 on Mac
  • Added support for Mac M1
2022-05-1822.0.8173PythonRemoved
  • Removed support for Python 3.6 on Windows and Linux
2022-03-0421.0.8098MYOBAdded
  • Added the Locations view and ItemLocations child view to the Items table.
2021-09-1321.0.7926MYOBAdded
  • Added the columns Hours, and CalculationRate to the EmployeePayrollAdviceReport table.
2021-09-0821.0.7921MYOBAdded
  • Added the columns Comment, ShippingMethod and PromisedDate to the PurchaseOrders table.
2021-09-0221.0.7915GeneralAdded
  • Added support for the STRING_SPLIT table-valued function in the CROSS APPLY clause.
2021-08-1321.0.7895MYOBAdded
  • Added Child tables TimesheetLineItems, TimesheetLineEntries for TimeSheets.
2021-08-1321.0.7895MYOBChanged
  • Updated data types on many columns across many tables. In most cases, numerical columns containing money values were marked as double when they should have been marked as decimal. This is due to double rounding issues that come up often during aggregations.
2021-08-0721.0.7889GeneralChanged
  • Added the KeySeq column to the sys_foreignkeys table.
2021-08-0621.0.7888GeneralChanged
  • Added the new sys_primarykeys system table.
2021-07-2321.0.7874GeneralChanged
  • Updated the Literal Function Names for relative date/datetime functions. Previously, relative date/datetime functions resolved to a different value when used in the projection as opposed to the predicate. For example: SELECT LAST_MONTH() AS lm, Col FROM Table WHERE Col > LAST_MONTH(). Formerly, the two LAST_MONTH() methods would resolve to different datetimes. Now, they will match.
  • As a replacement for the previous behavior, the relative date/datetime functions in the criteria may have an 'L' appended to them. For example: WHERE col > L_LAST_MONTH(). This will continue to resolve to the same values that were previously calculated in the criteria. Note that the "L_" prefix will only work in the predicate - it not available for the projection.
2021-06-2921.0.7850MYOBAdded
  • Added the BalanceSheetSummaryReport view.
2021-04-2521.0.7785GeneralAdded
  • Added support for handling client side formulas during insert / update. For example: UPDATE Table SET Col1 = CONCAT(Col1, " - ", Col2) WHERE Col2 LIKE 'A%'
2021-04-2321.0.7783GeneralChanged
  • Updated how display sizes are determined for varchar primary key and foreign key columns so they will match the reported length of the column.
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralAdded
  • Non-conditional updates between two columns is now available to all drivers. For example: UPDATE Table SET Col1=Col2
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralChanged
  • Reduced the length to 255 for varchar primary key and foreign key columns.
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralChanged
  • Updated implicit and metadata caching to improve performance and support for multiple connections. Old metadata caches are not compatible - you need to generate new metadata caches if you are currently using CacheMetadata.
2021-04-1621.0.7776GeneralChanged
  • Updated index naming convention to avoid duplicates.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Using the Connector

This section provides a walk-through for writing MYOB data access code in Python script.

For more information on the available data source entities and how to query them with SQL, see Data Model. For the SQL syntax, see SQL Compliance.

Connecting from Code

For information on how to deploy the connector and configure the connection to MYOB, see Package Installation and Establishing a Connection.

For information on how to connect with the myob.connector module and its related classes, see Connecting.

Executing SQL

The connection's cursor object is used to directly execute SQL queries. For information on how to execute SELECT statements and process the returned result sets, see Querying Data. For information on to modify the data in MYOB with INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE statements, see Modifying Data .

Executing Stored Procedures

You can call stored procedures by using the EXECUTE statement. For further information, see Calling Stored Procedures.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Connecting

Connecting with the cdata.myob Module:

The connector's module is used directly to establish a connection with the data source. It does this by using a connection string as its argument. For example:
import cdata.myob as mod
conn = mod.connect(" If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")

Once the connection is created, you can use it to execute subsequent SQL queries.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Querying Data

After connecting as described in Connecting, you can use the open connection to execute SQL statements.

Executing Queries

To execute SQL statements that return data, use the execute() method. Once a query is executed, the result set is fetched from the cursor. This result set can then be iterated over to process the records individually.

For example:

cur = conn.execute("SELECT Id, Name FROM Accounts")
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

Parameterized Queries

Various Python collections, such as arrays and tuples, can act as additional arguments for the execute() method. This enables you to parameterize the queries executed and help to prevent SQL Injection.

For example:

cmd = "SELECT Id, Name FROM Accounts WHERE Type = ?"
params = ["Bank"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Modifying Data

The connection is also used to issue INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE commands to the data source. Parameters can be used with these statements if desired.

Note that the connector does not support transactions. As with normal write operations, all SQL statements executed by this connector affect the data source immediately. Call the connection's commit() method following the execution.

Insert

The following example adds a new record to the table:
cmd = "INSERT INTO Accounts (Id, Name) VALUES (?, ?)"
params = ["Jon Doe", "John"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Update

The following example modifies an existing record in the table:
cmd = "UPDATE Accounts SET Name = ? WHERE Id = ?"
params = ["John", "6186169c-6540-4d72-8bfe-ecc706e500ee"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

Delete

The following example removes an existing record from the table:

cmd = "DELETE FROM Accounts WHERE Id = ?"
params = ["6186169c-6540-4d72-8bfe-ecc706e500ee"]
cur = conn.execute(cmd, params)
print("Records affected: ", cur.rowcount)

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Calling Stored Procedures

You can execute stored procedures using either the execute() or callproc() method of the connection.

Calling Stored Procedures Using Execute()

When you call stored procedures by issuing EXECUTE commands, the stored procedure arguments are parameterized. For example:
cmd = "EXECUTE SelectEntries ObjectName = ?"
params = ["Account"]
conn.execute(cmd, params)

Calling Stored Procedures Using Callproc()

When you call stored procedured by issuing the callproc() method, the stored procedure arguments are a procedure name and a list of parameters. For example:
cur = conn.cursor()
params = ["Account"]
cur.callproc("SelectEntries", params)

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Using from Tools

The connector is integrated with other tools and packages within Python.

Python Integration Guides

The following sections show how to create and use connections with the connector in common packages in Python:

Complete List of MYOB Integration Quickstarts

For information on connecting from other applications, see MYOB integration guides.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

From SQLAlchemy

The CData Python Connector for MYOB includes a Dialect class that enables integration with SQLAlchemy. Bear in mind that several aspects of connector functionality are not currently supported in SQLAlchemy 2.0 or above. If necessary, downgrade SQLAlchemy to version 1.4 or 1.3 before using this connector.

The following sections detail various aspects of this integration:

Connecting From SQLAlchemy

To construct a URL with which SQLAlchemy loads and uses the appropriate connector automatically, see Connecting

Reflecting Metadata With SQLAlchemy

To learn how to model MYOB tables with mapped classes, see Reflecting Metadata.

Querying Data From SQLAlchemy

To learn how to use mapped classes to query the associated tables, see Querying Data.

Modifying Data From SQLAlchemy

The connector provides INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE functionality in SQLAlchemy. To learn how to call the session's execute() method to affect the data in the data source, see Modifying Data.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Connecting

Connecting With a Dialect URL

Establishing a connection using SQLAlchemy requires a specific URL format. For this connector, you can create the engine using either of the following URL formats:

Format 1


from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("myob:///? If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")

Format 2


from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("myob://User:Password@/?URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=myCompanyFileId;")

For SQLAlchemy 2.0, the dialect name is myob_2. To establish a connection, use the following URL format:

from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("myob_2:///? If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Reflecting Metadata

SQLAlchemy can act as an Object-relational Map (ORM). This enables you to treat records of a database table as instantiable records. To leverage this functionality, you must reflect the underlying metadata in one of the following ways.

Note: The following examples employ SQLAlchemy 1.4.

Modeling Data Using a Mapping Class

Use "sqlalchemy.ext.declarative.declarative_base" to declare a mapping class for the table you wish to model in the ORM. A known table in the data model is modeled either partially or completely, as shown in the following example:
from sqlalchemy.ext.declarative import declarative_base
Base = declarative_base()
class Accounts(Base):
	__tablename__ = "Accounts"
	Id = Column(String, primary_key=True)
	Id = Column(String)
	Name = Column(String)

Automatically Reflecting Metadata

Rather than mapping tables manually, SQLAlchemy can discover the metadata for one or more tables automatically. To accomplish this across the entire data model, use automap_base:
from sqlalchemy import MetaData
from sqlalchemy.ext.automap import automap_base
meta = MetaData()
abase = automap_base(metadata=meta)
abase.prepare(autoload_with=engine)
Accounts = abase.classes.Accounts

You can also reflect a single table with an inspector. When reflecting this way, providing a list of specific columns to map is optional:

from sqlalchemy import MetaData, Table
from sqlalchemy import inspect
meta = MetaData()
insp = inspect(engine)
Accounts_table = Table("Accounts", meta)
insp.reflect_table(Accounts_table, ["Id","Name"])

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Querying Data

After you use the steps in Connecting to connect, and use one of the methods in Reflecting Metadata to reflect some of the metadata, you can use a session object to query data.

Querying Data Using the Query Method

If the mapping class has been prepared, use it with a session object to query the data source. After binding the engine to the session, provide the mapping class to the session's query method.

For example:

engine = create_engine("myob:///? If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")
factory = sessionmaker(bind=engine)
session = factory()
for instance in session.query(Accounts).filter_by(Type="Bank"):
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Name: ", instance.Name)
	print("---------")

Querying Data Using the Execute Method

The session object can also run the query with the execute() method alongside the appropriate Table object. Assuming you have an active session, the following is just as viable:
Accounts_table = Accounts.metadata.tables["Accounts"]
for instance in session.execute(Accounts_table.select().where(Accounts_table.c.Type == "Bank")):
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("FullName: ", instance.Name)
	print("City: ", instance.BillingCity)
	print("---------")

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Executing JOINs

Implicit Joining

If mapped classes of related MYOB objects have a singular foreign key relationship, the classes are implicitly joined. After importing the necessary objects, a relationship is established between your two mapped classes, as in the example below:
from sqlalchemy.ext.declarative import declarative_base
from sqlalchemy import Column, String, Integer, DateTime, ForeignKey
from sqlalchemy.orm import sessionmaker, relationship

Base = declarative_base()
class Contact(Base):
	__tablename__ = "Contact"
	Id = Column(Integer, primary_key=True)
	Name = Column(String)
	Email = Column(String)
	BirthDate = Column(DateTime)
	AccountId = Column(String, ForeignKey("Account.Id"))
	Account_Link = relationship("Account", back_populates="Contact_Link")

class Account(Base):
	__tablename__ = "Account"
	Id = Column(String, primary_key=True)
	Name = Column(String)
	BillingCity = Column(String)
	NumberOfEmployees = Column(Integer)
	Contact_Link = relationship("Contact", order_by=Contact.Id, back_populates="Account_Link")

Once the relationship is established, the tables are queried simultaneously using the session's query() method. For example:

rs = session.query(Account, Contact).filter(Account.Id == Contact.AccountId)
for Ac, Ct in rs:
  print("AccountId: ", Ac.Id)
  print("AccountName: ", Ac.Name)
  print("ContactId: ", Ct.Id)
  print("ContactName: ", Ct.Name)

Other Join Forms

In situations where mapped classes have either no foreign keys or multiple foreign keys, you may need different forms of the JOIN query to accommodate them. Using the earlier classes as examples, the following JOIN queries are possible as well:
  • Explicit condition (necessary if there are no foreign keys in your mapped classes):
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join(Contact, Account.Id == Contact.AccountId)
    for Ac, Ct in rs:
  • Left-to-right relationship:
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join(Account.Contact_Link)
    for Ac, Ct in rs:
  • Left-to-right relationship with explicit target:
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join(Contact, Account.Contact_Link)
    for Ac, Ct in rs:
  • String form of a left-to-right relationship:
    rs = session.query(Account, Contact).join("Contact_Link")
    for Ac, Ct in rs:

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Other SQL Clauses

SQLAlchemy ORM also exposes support for other clauses in SQL, such as ORDER BY, GROUP BY, LIMIT, and OFFSET. All of these are supported by this connector:

ORDER BY

The following example sorts by a specified column using the session object's query() method:
rs = session.query(Accounts).order_by(Accounts.AnnualRevenue)
for instance in rs:
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Name: ", instance.Name)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method perform an ORDER BY. For example:

rs = session.execute(Accounts_table.select().order_by(Accounts_table.c.AnnualRevenue))
for instance in rs:

GROUP BY

The following example uses the session object's query() method to group records with a specified column:
rs = session.query(func.count(Accounts.Id).label("CustomCount"), Accounts.Id).group_by(Accounts.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Count: ", instance.CustomCount)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to perform a GROUP BY:

rs = session.execute(Accounts_table.select().with_only_columns([func.count(Accounts_table.c.Id).label("CustomCount"), Accounts_table.c.Id]).group_by(Accounts_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

LIMIT and OFFSET

The following example uses the session object's query() method to skip the first 100 records and fetch the following 25:
rs = session.query(Accounts).limit(25).offset(100)
for instance in rs:
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("Name: ", instance.Name)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to set a LIMIT or OFFSET:

rs = session.execute(Accounts_table.select().limit(25).offset(100))
for instance in rs:

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Aggregate Functions

Certain aggregate functions can also be used within SQLAlchemy by using the func module.

To import this module, execute:

from sqlalchemy.sql import func

Once func is imported, the following aggregate functions are available:

COUNT

The following example counts the number of records in a set of groups using the session object's query() method.
rs = session.query(func.count(Accounts.Id).label("CustomCount"), Accounts.Id).group_by(Accounts.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Count: ", instance.CustomCount)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also execute COUNT using the session object's execute() method:

rs = session.execute(Accounts_table.select().with_only_columns([func.count(Accounts_table.c.Id).label("CustomCount"), Accounts_table.c.Id])group_by(Accounts_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

SUM

This example calculates the cumulative amount of a numeric column in a set of groups.

rs = session.query(func.sum(Accounts.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomSum"), Accounts.Id).group_by(Accounts.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Sum: ", instance.CustomSum)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also invoke SUM using the session object's execute() method.

rs = session.execute(Accounts_table.select().with_only_columns([func.sum(Accounts_table.c.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomSum"), Accounts_table.c.Id]).group_by(Accounts_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

AVG

This example uses the session object's query() method to calculate the average amount of a numeric column in a set of groups:
rs = session.query(func.avg(Accounts.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomAvg"), Accounts.Id).group_by(Accounts.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Avg: ", instance.CustomAvg)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to invoke AVG:

rs = session.execute(Accounts_table.select().with_only_columns([func.avg(Accounts_table.c.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomAvg"), Accounts_table.c.Id]).group_by(Accounts_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

MAX and MIN

This example finds the maximum value and minimum value of a numeric column in a set of groups.
rs = session.query(func.max(Accounts.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomMax"), func.min(Accounts.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomMin"), Accounts.Id).group_by(Accounts.Id)
for instance in rs:
	print("Max: ", instance.CustomMax)
	print("Min: ", instance.CustomMin)
	print("Id: ", instance.Id)
	print("---------")

You can also use the session object's execute() method to invoke MAX and MIN:

rs = session.execute(Accounts_table.select().with_only_columns([func.max(Accounts_table.c.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomMax"), func.min(Accounts_table.c.AnnualRevenue).label("CustomMin"), Accounts_table.c.Id]).group_by(Accounts_table.c.Id))
for instance in rs:

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Modifying Data

Commands can be executed individually by the session with a call to "execute()".

Obtaining the Table Object

The query supplied to this method is constructed using the associated Table object of a mapped class. This Table object is obtained from the mapped class's metadata field, as below:

Accounts_table = Accounts.metadata.tables["Accounts"]

Once the table object is obtained, the write operations are executed in the following ways. The queries are executed immediately without the need for a call to "commit()":

Insert

The following example adds a new record to the table:

session.execute(Accounts_table.insert(), {"Id": "Jon Doe", "Name": "John"})

Update

The following example modifies an existing record in the table:

session.execute(Accounts_table.update().where(Accounts_table.c.Id == "6186169c-6540-4d72-8bfe-ecc706e500ee").values(Id="Jon Doe", Name="John"))

Delete

The following example removes an existing record from the table:

session.execute(Accounts_table.delete().where(Accounts_table.c.Id == "6186169c-6540-4d72-8bfe-ecc706e500ee"))

CData Python Connector for MYOB

From Pandas

When combined with the connector, Pandas can be used to generate data frames that contain your MYOB data. Once created, a data frame can be passed to various other Python packages.

Connecting

Pandas relies on an SQLAlchemy engine to execute queries. Before you can use Pandas you must import it:
import pandas as pd
from sqlalchemy import create_engine
engine = create_engine("myob:///? If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")

Querying Data

In Pandas, SELECT queries are provided in a call to the read_sql() method, alongside a relevant connection object. Pandas executes the query on that connection, and returns the results in the form of a data frame, which can be used for a variety of purposes.
df = pd.read_sql("""
	SELECT
	   Id,
	   Name,
     $exNumericCol;
	FROM Accounts;""", engine)
print(df)

Modifying Data

To insert new records into a table, create a new data frame, and define its fields accordingly. When that is done, call to_sql() on the data frame to perform the INSERT operation with the connector, as shown in the example below. You must set the "if _exists" argument to "append" to prevent Pandas from attempting building the table from scratch. To prevent Pandas from writing the data frame index as a column, set index=False.
df = pd.DataFrame({"Id": ["Jon Doe"], "Name": ["John"]})
df.to_sql("Accounts", con=engine, if_exists="append", index=False)

CData Python Connector for MYOB

From Matplotlib

Matplotlib contains a number of tools that can graphically model MYOB data after being fed a data frame From Pandas.

Using PyPlot

Before any Matplotlib tool, such as pyplot, can be used, it must be imported:
from matplotlib import pyplot as plt

Once a Pandas data frame is obtained, it can be used to create a plot visualizing MYOB data. For example, the following plot generates and displays a bar graph relating Id and AnnualRevenue values:

df.plot(kind="bar", x="Id", y=["AnnualRevenue"])
plt.show()

CData Python Connector for MYOB

From Petl

The connector can be used to create ETL applications and pipelines for CSV data in Python using Petl.

Install Required Modules

Install the Petl modules using the pip utility.
pip install petl

Connecting

After you import the modules, including the CData Python Connector for MYOB, you can use the connector's connect function to create a connection using a valid MYOB connection string. If you prefer not to use a direct connection, you can use a SQLAlchemy engine.
import petl as etl
import cdata.myob as mod
cnxn = mod.connect(" If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")

Extract, Transform, and Load the MYOB Data

Create a SQL query string and store the query results in a DataFrame.
sql = "SELECT	Id, Name FROM Accounts "
table1 = etl.fromdb(cnxn,sql)

Loading Data

With the query results stored in a DataFrame, you can load your data into any supported Petl destination. The following example loads the data into a CSV file.
etl.tocsv(table1,'output.csv')

Modifying Data

Insert new rows into MYOB tables using Petl's appenddb function.
table1 = [['Id','Name'],['Jon Doe','John']]
etl.appenddb(table1,cnxn,'Accounts')

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Schema Discovery

The extension supports schema discovery by using SQL queries to available System Tables.

Using SQL

The following sections describe the discovery of metadata through several System Tables:

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Tables and Views

The connector possesses system tables that are used to discover the tables and views available in the data model. Of these system tables, "sys_tables" and "sys_views" are used to fetch information about the available tables and views respectively:

Tables


import cdata.myob as mod
conn = mod.connect(" If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_tables"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

Views


import cdata.myob as mod
conn = mod.connect(" If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_views"
cur.execute(cmd, params)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Columns

The available columns for any given table are fetched from a system table called "sys_tablecolumns". A specific table name is provided in the WHERE criteria to restrict the table from which the column information is fetched:

import cdata.myob as mod
conn = mod.connect(" If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_tablecolumns WHERE TableName = 'Accounts'"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Procedures

Procedures

A system table called "sys_procedures" is queried to obtain the available stored procedures that are executed:
import cdata.myob as mod
conn = mod.connect(" If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_procedures"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

Parameters

The input parameters of any stored procedure are similarly obtained from the "sys_procedureparameters" system table:
import cdata.myob as mod
conn = mod.connect(" If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;")
cur = conn.cursor()
cmd = "SELECT * FROM sys_procedureparameters WHERE ProcedureName = 'SelectEntries'"
cur.execute(cmd)
rs = cur.fetchall()
for row in rs:
	print(row)

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Advanced Features

This section details a selection of advanced features of the MYOB connector.

User Defined Views

The connector supports the use of user defined views, virtual tables whose contents are decided by a pre-configured user defined query. These views are useful when you cannot directly control queries being issued to the drivers. For an overview of creating and configuring custom views, see User Defined Views .

SSL Configuration

Use SSL Configuration to adjust how connector handles TLS/SSL certificate negotiations. You can choose from various certificate formats;. For further information, see the SSLServerCert property under "Connection String Options" .

Firewall and Proxy

Configure the connector for compliance with Firewall and Proxy, including Windows proxies and HTTP proxies. You can also set up tunnel connections.

Caching Data

Caching Data enables faster access to data and reduces the number of API calls, improving performance. The connector supports a simple caching model where multiple connections can also share the cache over time. When configuring the cache connection, you can specify automatic or explicit data caching.

Query Processing

The connector offloads as much of the SELECT statement processing as possible to MYOB and then processes the rest of the query in memory (client-side).

For further information, see Query Processing.

Logging

For an overview of configuration settings that can be used to refine CData logging, see Logging. Only two connection properties are required for basic logging, but there are numerous features that support more refined logging, which enables you to use the LogModules connection property to specify subsets of information to be logged.

Exception Handling

For an overview of how exceptions are reported and the components of an exception, see Exception Handling.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

User Defined Views

The CData Python Connector for MYOB supports the use of user defined views: user-defined virtual tables whose contents are decided by a preconfigured query. User defined views are useful in situations where you cannot directly control the query being issued to the driver; for example, when using the driver from a tool.

Use a user defined view to define predicates that are always applied. If you specify additional predicates in the query to the view, they are combined with the query already defined as part of the view.

There are two ways to create user defined views:

  • Create a JSON-formatted configuration file defining the views you want.
  • DDL statements.

Defining Views Using a Configuration File

User defined views are defined in a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. The connector automatically detects the views specified in this file.

You can also have multiple view definitions and control them using the UserDefinedViews connection property. When you use this property, only the specified views are seen by the connector.

This user defined view configuration file is formatted so that each root element defines the name of a view, and includes a child element, called query, which contains the custom SQL query for the view.

For example:

{
	"MyView": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
	},
	"MyView2": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
	}
}
Use the UserDefinedViews connection property to specify the location of your JSON configuration file. For example:
"UserDefinedViews", "C:\\Users\\yourusername\\Desktop\\tmp\\UserDefinedViews.json"

Defining Views Using DDL Statements

The connector is also capable of creating and altering the schema via DDL Statements such as CREATE LOCAL VIEW, ALTER LOCAL VIEW, and DROP LOCAL VIEW.

Create a View

To create a new view using DDL statements, provide the view name and query as follows:

CREATE LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName] AS SELECT * FROM Customers LIMIT 20;

If no JSON file exists, the above code creates one. The view is then created in the JSON configuration file and is now discoverable. The JSON file location is specified by the UserDefinedViews connection property.

Alter a View

To alter an existing view, provide the name of an existing view alongside the new query you would like to use instead:

ALTER LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName] AS SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE TimeModified > '3/1/2020';

The view is then updated in the JSON configuration file.

Drop a View

To drop an existing view, provide the name of an existing schema alongside the new query you would like to use instead.

DROP LOCAL VIEW [MyViewName]

This removes the view from the JSON configuration file. It can no longer be queried.

Schema for User Defined Views

In order to avoid a view's name clashing with an actual entity in the data model, user defined views are exposed in the UserViews schema by default. To change the name of the schema used for UserViews, reset the UserViewsSchemaName property.

Working with User Defined Views

For example, a SQL statement with a user defined view called UserViews.RCustomers only lists customers in Raleigh:
SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE City = 'Raleigh';
An example of a query to the driver:
SELECT * FROM UserViews.RCustomers WHERE Status = 'Active';
Resulting in the effective query to the source:
SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE City = 'Raleigh' AND Status = 'Active';
That is a very simple example of a query to a user defined view that is effectively a combination of the view query and the view definition. It is possible to compose these queries in much more complex patterns. All SQL operations are allowed in both queries and are combined when appropriate.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SSL Configuration

Customizing the SSL Configuration

By default, the connector attempts to negotiate TLS with the server. The server certificate is validated against the default system trusted certificate store. You can override how the certificate gets validated using the SSLServerCert connection property.

To specify another certificate, see the SSLServerCert connection property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Firewall and Proxy

Connecting Through a Firewall or Proxy

HTTP Proxies

Note: The connector uses the system proxy settings by default, without further configuration needed. If you want to connect to other proxies, set ProxyAutoDetect to False and read further.

To authenticate to an HTTP proxy, set the following:

  • ProxyServer: the hostname or IP address of the proxy server that you want to route HTTP traffic through.
  • ProxyPort: the TCP port that the proxy server is running on.
  • ProxyAuthScheme: the authentication method the connector uses when authenticating to the proxy server.
  • ProxyUser: the username of a user account registered with the proxy server.
  • ProxyPassword: the password associated with the ProxyUser.

Other Proxies

Set the following properties:

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Caching Data

Caching Data

Caching data provides several benefits, including faster access to data and reducing the number of API calls, which improve performance. The connector supports a simple caching model where multiple connections can also share the cache over time. You can enable and configure caching features by setting the necessary connection properties.

Contents

The sections in this chapter detail the connector's caching functionality and link to the corresponding connection properties, as well as SQL statements.

Configuring the Cache Connection

Configuring the Cache Connection describes the properties that you can set when configuring the cache database.

Caching Metadata

Caching Metadata describes the CacheMetadata property. This property determines whether or not to cache the table metadata to a file store.

Automatically Caching Data

Automatically Caching Data describes how the connector automatically refreshes the cache when the AutoCache property is set.

Explicitly Caching Data

Explicitly Caching Data describes how you can decide what data is stored in the cache and when it is updated.

Data Type Mapping

Data Type Mapping shows the mappings between the data types configured in the schema and the data types in the database.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Configuring the Cache Connection

Configuring the Caching Database

This section describes the properties for caching data to the persistent store of your choice.

CacheLocation

The CacheLocation property species the path to a file-system-based database. When caching is enabled, a file-system-based database is used by default. If CacheLocation is not specified, this database is stored at the path in Location. If neither of these connection properties are specified, the connector uses a platform-dependent default location.

CacheConnection

The CacheConnection property specifies a database driver and the connection string to the caching database.

CacheDriver and CacheProvider

Both the CacheDriver and CacheProvider properties are supported. Each specifies a database driver and the connection string to the caching database. CacheDriver is designed for Linux and MacOS; CacheProvider is Windows-based.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Caching Metadata

This section describes how to enable caching metadata and how to update the metadata cache.

Before being able to query data, the connector requires relevant metadata to be retrieved. By default, metadata is cached in memory and shared across connections. But if you want to persist across processes, or if metadata requests are expensive, the solution is to cache the metadata to disk.

Enable Caching Metadata

To enable caching of metadata, set CacheMetadata = true and see Configuring the Cache Connection for instructions on how to configure your connection string. The connector caches the metadata the first time it is needed and uses the metadata cache for subsequent requests.

Update the Metadata Cache

Because metadata is cached, changes to metadata on the live source, for example, adding or removing a column or attribute, are not automatically reflected in the metadata cache. To get updates to the live metadata, you need to delete or drop the cached data.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Automatically Caching Data

Automatically caching data is useful when you do not want to rebuild the cache for each query. When you query data for the first time, the connector automatically initializes and builds a cache in the background. When AutoCache = true, the connector uses the cache for subsequent query executions, resulting in faster response times.

Configuring Automatic Caching

Caching the Accounts Table

The following example caches the Accounts table in the file specified by the CacheLocation property of the connection string.

SELECT Id, Name FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank'

Common Use Case

A common use for automatically caching data is to improve driver performance when making repeated requests to a live data source, such as building a report or creating a visualization. With auto caching enabled, repeated requests to the same data may be executed in a short period of time, but within an allowable tolerance (CacheTolerance) of what is considered "live" data.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Explicitly Caching Data

With explicit caching (AutoCache = false), you decide exactly what data is cached and when to query the cache instead of the live data. Explicit caching gives you full control over the cache contents by using CACHE Statements. This section describes some strategies to use the caching features offered by the connector.

Creating the Cache

To load data in the cache, issue the following statement.

CACHE SELECT * FROM tableName WHERE ...

Once the statement is issued, any matching data in tableName is loaded into the corresponding table.

Updating the Cache

This section describes two ways to update the cache.

Updating with the SELECT Statement

The following example shows a statement that can update modified rows and add missing rows in the cached table. However, this statement does not delete extra rows that are already in the cache. This statement only merges the new rows or updates the existing rows.

CACHE SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank'

Updating with the TRUNCATE Statement

The following example shows a statement that can update modified rows and add missing rows in the cached table. This statement can also delete rows in the cache table that are not present in the live data source.

  CACHE WITH TRUNCATE SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank'
  

Query the Data in Online or Offline Mode

This section describes how to query the data in online or offline mode.

Online: Select Cached Tables

You can use the tableName#CACHE syntax to explicitly execute queries to the cache while still online, as shown in the following example.

SELECT * FROM Accounts#CACHE

Offline: Select Cached Tables

With Offline = true, SELECT statements always execute against the local cache database, regardless of whether you explicitly specify the cached table or not. Modification of the cache is disabled in Offline mode to prevent accidentally updating only the cached data. Executing a DELETE/UPDATE/INSERT statement while in Offline mode results in an exception.

The following example selects from the local cache but not the live data source because Offline = true.

SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE Type='Bank' ORDER BY Name ASC

Delete Data from the Cache

You can delete data from the cache by building a direct connection to the database. Note that the connector does not support manually deleting data from the cache.

Common Use Case

A common use for caching is to have an application always query the cached data and only update the cache at set intervals, such as once every day or every two hours. There are two ways in which this can be implemented:

  • AutoCache = false and Offline = false. All queries issued by the application explicitly reference the tableName#CACHE table. When the cache needs to be updated, the application executes a tableName#CACHE ... statement to bring the cached data up to date.
  • Offline = true. Caching is transparent to the application. All queries are executed against the table as normal, so most application code does not need to be aware that caching is done. To update the cached data, simply create a separate connection with Offline = false and execute a tableName#CACHE ... statement.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Data Type Mapping

The connector maps types from the data source to the corresponding data type available in the chosen cache database. The following table shows the mappings between the data types configured in the schema and the data types in the database. Some schema types have synonyms which are all listed in the Schema column.

Data Type Mapping

Note: String columns can map to different data types depending on their length.

Schema .NET JDBC SQL Server Derby MySQL Oracle SQLite Access
int, integer, int32 Int32 int int INTEGER INT NUMBER integer LONG
smallint, short, int16 Int16 short smallint SMALLINT SMALLINT NUMBER integer SHORT
double, float, real Double double float DOUBLE DOUBLE NUMBER double DOUBLE
date DateTime java.sql.Date date DATE DATE DATE date DATETIME
datetime, timestamp DateTime java.sql.Date datetime TIMESTAMP DATETIME TIMESTAMP datetime DATETIME
time, timespan TimeSpan java.sql.Time time TIME TIME TIMESTAMP datetime DATETIME
string, varchar String java.lang.String If length > 4000: nvarchar(max), Otherwise: nvarchar(length)If length > 32672: LONG VARCHAR, Otherwise VARCHAR(length)If length > 255: LONGTEXT, Otherwise: VARCHAR(length)If length > 4000: CLOB, Otherwise: VARCHAR2(length)nvarchar(length)If length > 255: LONGTEXT, Otherwise: VARCHAR(length)
long, int64, bigint Int64 long bigint BIGINT BIGINT NUMBER bigint LONG
boolean, bool Boolean boolean tinyint SMALLINT BIT NUMBER tinyint BIT
decimal, numeric Decimal java.math.BigDecimal decimal DECIMAL DECIMAL DECIMAL decimal CURRENCY
uuid Guid java.util.UUID nvarchar(length) VARCHAR(length)VARCHAR(length) VARCHAR2(length)nvarchar(length) VARCHAR(length)
binary, varbinary, longvarbinary byte[] byte[] binary(1000) or varbinary(max) after SQL Server 2000, image otherwise BLOB LONGBLOB BLOB BLOB LONGBINARY

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Query Processing

Query Processing

CData has a client-side SQL engine built into the connector library. This enables support for the full capabilities that SQL-92 offers, including filters, aggregations, functions, etc.

For sources that do not support SQL-92, the connector offloads as much of SQL statement processing as possible to MYOB and then processes the rest of the query in memory (client-side). This results in optimal performance.

For data sources with limited query capabilities, the connector handles transformations of the SQL query to make it simpler for the connector. The goal is to make smart decisions based on the query capabilities of the data source to push down as much of the computation as possible. The MYOB Query Evaluation component examines SQL queries and returns information indicating what parts of the query the connector is not capable of executing natively.

The MYOB Query Slicer component is used in more specific cases to separate a single query into multiple independent queries. The client-side Query Engine makes decisions about simplifying queries, breaking queries into multiple queries, and pushing down or computing aggregations on the client-side while minimizing the size of the result set.

There's a significant trade-off in evaluating queries, even partially, client-side. There are always queries that are impossible to execute efficiently in this model, and some can be particularly expensive to compute in this manner. CData always pushes down as much of the query as is feasible for the data source to generate the most efficient query possible and provide the most flexible query capabilities.

More Information

For a full discussion of how CData handles query processing, see CData Architecture: Query Execution.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Logging

Logging

Capturing connector logging can be very helpful when diagnosing error messages or other unexpected behavior.

Basic Logging

To begin capturing connector logging, set these properties:

  • Logfile: A filepath that designates the name and location of the log file.
  • Verbosity: A numerical value (1-5) that determines the amount of detail in the log. See the page in the Connection Properties section for an explanation of the five levels.
  • MaxLogFileSize: When the limit is hit, a new log is created in the same folder with the date and time appended to the end. The default limit is 100 MB. Values lower than 100 kB will use 100 kB as the value instead.
  • MaxLogFileCount: A string specifying the maximum file count of log files. When the limit is hit, a new log is created in the same folder with the date and time appended to the end and the oldest log file will be deleted. Minimum supported value is 2. A value of 0 or a negative value indicates no limit on the count.

Once these properties are set, the connector populates the log file as it carries out various tasks, such as when authentication is performed or queries are executed. If the specified file doesn't already exist, it is created.

Log Verbosity

The verbosity level determines the amount of detail that the connector reports to the Logfile. Supported Verbosity levels range from 1 to 5.

The following list describes each level:

1Setting Verbosity to 1 logs the query, the number of rows returned by it, the start of execution and the time taken, and any errors.
2Setting Verbosity to 2 logs everything included in Verbosity 1, cache queries, and additional information about the request.
3Setting Verbosity to 3 also logs HTTP headers, as well as the body of the request and the response.
4Setting Verbosity to 4 also logs transport-level communication with the data source. This includes SSL negotiation.
5Setting Verbosity to 5 also logs communication with the data source and additional details that may be helpful in troubleshooting problems. This includes interface commands.

For normal operations, Verbosity should not be set to greater than 1. At higher verbosities you can log substantial amounts of data, which can delay execution times.

To refine the logged content further by showing/hiding specific categories of information, see LogModules.

Sensitive Data

Verbosity levels of 3 and higher may capture information that you do not want shared outside of your organization. The following lists information of concern for each level:

  • Verbosity 3: The full body of the request and the response, which includes all the data returned by the connector
  • Verbosity 4: SSL certificates
  • Verbosity 5: Any extra transfer data not included at Verbosity 3, such as non human-readable binary transfer data

Note: Although we mask sensitive values, such as passwords, in the connection string and any request in the log, it is always best practice to review the logs for any sensitive information before sharing outside your organization.

Advanced Logging

You may want to refine the exact information that is recorded to the log file. This can be accomplished using the LogModules property. This property allows you to filter the logging using a semicolon-separated list of logging modules.

Example property value:

LogModules=INFO;EXEC;SSL;SQL;META;

Note that the logfile filtering triggered by the Verbosity connection property takes precedence over the filtering imposed by this connection property. This means that operations of a higher verbosity level than the level specified in the Verbosity connection property are not printed in the logfile, even if they belong to one of the modules specified in this connection property.

The available modules and submodules are:

Module Name Module Description Submodules
INFO General Information. Includes the connection string, product version (build number), and initial connection messages.
  • Connec – Information related to creating or destroying connections.
  • Messag – Generic label for messages pertaining to connections, the connection string, and product version. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
EXEC Query Execution. Includes execution messages for user-written SQL queries, parsed SQL queries, and normalized SQL queries. Success/failure messages for queries and query pages appear here as well.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to query execution. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Normlz – Query normalization steps. Query normalization is when the product takes the user-submitted query and rewrites the query to get the same results with optimal performance.
  • Origin – This label applies to any messages recording a user's original query (the exact, unaltered, non-normalized query executed by the user).
  • Page – Messages related to query paging.
  • Parsed – Query parsing steps. Parsing is the process of converting the user-submitted query into a standardized format for easier processing.
HTTP HTTP protocol messages. Includes HTTP requests/responses (including POST messages), as well as Kerberos related messages.
  • KERB – HTTP requests related to Kerberos.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to HTTP protocols. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Unpack – This label applies to messages about zipped data being returned from the service API and unpacked by the product.
  • Res – Messages containing HTTP responses.
  • Req – Messages containing HTTP requests.
WSDL Messages pertaining to the generation of WSDL/XSD files.
SSL SSL certificate messages.
  • Certif – Messages pertaining to SSL certificates.
AUTH Authentication related failure/success messages.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to authentication. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • OAuth – Messages related to OAuth authentication.
  • Krbros – Kerberos-related authentication messages.
SQL Includes SQL transactions, SQL bulk transfer messages, and SQL result set messages.
  • Bulk – Messages pertaining to bulk query execution.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading row data from and writing row data to the product's cache for better performance.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to SQL transactions. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • ResSet – Query resultsets.
  • Transc – Messages related to handling transactions, including information about the number of jobs executed and backup table handling.
META Metadata cache and schema messages.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading from and modifying column and table definitions in the product's cache for better performance.
  • Schema – Messages related to retrieving metadata from or modifying the service schema.
  • MemSto – Messages related to writing to or reading from in-memory metadata cache.
  • Storag – Messages relating to storing metadata on disk or in an external data store, rather than in memory.
FUNC Information related to executing SQL functions.
  • Errmsg – Error messages related to executing SQL functions.
TCP Incoming and outgoing raw bytes on TCP transport layer messages.
  • Send – Raw data sent via the TCP protocol.
  • Receiv – Raw data received via the TCP protocol.
FTP Messages pertaining to the File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the FTP protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP client (the product) during FTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP server during FTP communication.
SFTP Messages pertaining to the Secure File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the SFTP protocol.
  • To_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP client (the product) during SFTP communication.
  • From_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP server during SFTP communication.
POP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Post Office Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the POP client (the product) during POP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the POP server during POP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the POP protocol.
SMTP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP client (the product) during SMTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP server during SMTP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the SMTP protocol.
CORE Messages relating to various internal product operations not covered by other modules.
DEMN Messages related to SQL remoting.
CLJB Messages about bulk data uploads (cloud job).
  • Commit – Submissions for bulk data uploads.
SRCE Miscellaneous messages produced by the product that don't belong in any other module.
TRANCE Advanced messages concerning low-level product operations.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Exception Handling

Exception Handling

Exceptions can be surfaced from either the API or the CData Python Connector for MYOB. Each exception will have an error code, an error message, and a SQL state.

Error Codes

The error code classifies the type of error.

0 NONE Used for unclassified errors and internally handled errors. This code also covers data source-specific errors that do not fit in any specific category.
65537 TCP_UNKNOWN_HOST Unable to resolve a hostname (DNS failure).
65538 TCP_CONNECTION_REFUSED Could not connect to the remote port.
65539 TCP_AUTH_FAILED Login failed when using a binary authentication protocol. Use this for auth errors when the protocol is not HTTP (LDAP, SASL, Kerberos, ...).
65540 TCP_TIMEOUT Did not receive a response after sending a request to the server.
65541 TCP_PROTOCOL For wire protocol drivers. Either the server sent a bad packet that we are unable to process, or we cannot construct a packet to send.
131073 TLS_SERVER_UNTRUSTED Could not verify SSL server certificate.
131074 TLS_CLIENT_UNTRUSTED Server did not accept the client certificate we sent.
196609 OAUTH_DECRYPT_FAILED OAuthEncryptKey did not decrypt the OAuthSettings file.
196610 OAUTH_MISSING_CLIENT_INFO OAuthClientId / OAuthClientSecret / OAuthJWTCert is missing.
196611 OAUTH_MISSING_PROP General OAuth property missing. OAUTH_MISSING_CLIENT_INFO is used for missing client ID/secret and JWT cert.
196612 OAUTH_NO_ACCESS_TOKEN Unable to retrieve access token. Only use this when getting a token in GetOAuthAccessToken / RefreshOAuthAccessToken.
196613 OAUTH_TOKEN_EXPIRED The access token expired. Normally used with a RefreshOAuth/OAuthException behavior.
196614 OAUTH_INVALID_PROP OAuth property has an invalid value. OAUTH_MISSING_CLIENT_INFO / OAUTH_MISSING_PROP is used if the value is not set.
262145 HTTP_REQUEST_TIMEOUT Did not receive a response from the HTTP server.
262146 HTTP_CLIENT_ERROR Generic HTTP 4xx error. Only use for 4xx errors not covered by other codes.
262147 HTTP_AUTH_FAILED HTTP 401 error.
262148 HTTP_LIMIT_EXCEEDED HTTP 429 error.
262149 HTTP_SERVER_ERROR HTTP 5xx error.
262150 HTTP_NOT_FOUND_ERROR HTTP 404 error.
327681 CORE_TIMEOUT General timeout. Not related to a specific network request.
327682 CORE_OP_NOT_ALLOWED Operation blocked by provider permissions.
327683 CORE_CONNECTION_CONFIG Connection configuration is not valid.
327684 CORE_SERIALIZE Failed to encode data into a specific format (XML, JSON, CSV, ...).
327685 CORE_DESERIALIZE Failed to decode data from a specific format (XML, JSON, CSV, ...).
393217 SQL_SYNTAX_ERROR Unable to parse a SQL query.
393218 SQL_MISSING_COLUMNS Query did not include required columns.
393219 SQL_MISSING_PARAMS Stored procedure call did not include required parameters.
393220 SQL_QUERY_NOT_SUPPORTED A part of the query is not allowed in the current context.
458753 SSH_SERVER_UNTRUSTED Could not verify SSH server.
524289 STORAGE_LIST_EXCEPTION Issue listing storage resources.
524290 STORAGE_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND Issue finding storage resources.
524291 STORAGE_ROOT_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND The root resource (bucket/share/drive) was not found; cannot create it in flat file drivers.
524292 STORAGE_RESOURCE_NOT_A_DIRECTORY Storage resource is not a directory.
524293 STORAGE_RESOURCE_NOT_A_FILE Storage resource is not a file.
524294 STORAGE_PERMISSIONS_DENIED Storage permissions denied.

SQL State

The SQL state is used when throwing generic provider errors to the wrapper and indicates the success or failure of a call.

Some of the common SQL states are listed below:

07007 REQUIRED_CLAUSE Class Code 07: Dynamic SQL Error.
08001 OPEN_CONNECTION Class Code 08: Connection Exception. The connection was unable to be established to the application server or other server.
08004 REJECT_CONNECTION The application server rejected establishment of the connection.
42501 PRIVILEGE_IDENTIFIED_OBJECT Class Code 42: Syntax Error or Access Rule Violation. The authorization ID does not have the privilege to perform the specified operation on the identified object.
42506 AUTH_FAILED Owner authorization failure occurred.
42601 SQL_SYNTAX A character, token, or clause is invalid or missing.

Error Message

The error message provides more detailed reasoning about why the error occurred. It provides an explanation of the issue, and may include steps on how to resolve it.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SQL Compliance

The CData Python Connector for MYOB supports several operations on data, including querying, deleting, modifying, and inserting.

SELECT Statements

See SELECT Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

See Data Model for information on the capabilities of the MYOB API.

INSERT Statements

See INSERT Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

UPDATE Statements

The primary key Id is required to update a record. See UPDATE Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

DELETE Statements

The primary key Id is required to delete a record. See DELETE Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

CACHE Statements

CACHE statements allow granular control over the connector's caching functionality. For a syntax reference and examples, see CACHE Statements.

For more information on the caching feature, see Caching Data.

EXECUTE Statements

Use EXECUTE or EXEC statements to execute stored procedures. See EXECUTE Statements for a syntax reference and examples.

Names and Quoting

  • Table and column names are considered identifier names; as such, they are restricted to the following characters: [A-Z, a-z, 0-9, _:@].
  • To use a table or column name with characters not listed above, the name must be quoted using square brackets ([name]) in any SQL statement.
  • Parameter names can optionally start with the @ symbol (e.g., @p1 or @CustomerName) and cannot be quoted.
  • Strings must be quoted using single quotes (e.g., 'John Doe').

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SQL Functions

The connector provides functions that are similar to those that are available with most standard databases. These functions are implemented in the CData provider engine and thus are available across all data sources with the same consistent API. Three categories of functions are available: string, date, and math.

The connector interprets all SQL function inputs as either strings or column identifiers, so you need to escape all literals as strings, with single quotes. For example, contrast the SQL Server syntax and connector syntax for the DATENAME function:

  • SQL Server:
    SELECT DATENAME(yy,GETDATE())
  • connector:
    SELECT DATENAME('yy',GETDATE())

String Functions

These functions perform string manipulations and return a string value. See STRING Functions for more details.

Date Functions

These functions perform date and date time manipulations. See DATE Functions for more details.

Math Functions

These functions provide mathematical operations. See MATH Functions for more details.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

STRING Functions

ASCII(character_expression)

Returns the ASCII code value of the left-most character of the character expression.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT ASCII('0');
                      --  Result: 48
                    

BASE64_ENCODE(input_binary)

Returns the Base64-encoded string form of a binary input.

  • input_binary: The binary value to encode.

                        SELECT BASE64_ENCODE(BinaryData);
                    -- Result: 'QmFzZTY0RW5jb2RlZA=='
                    

BASE64_DECODE(input_string)

Returns the binary result of decoding a Base64-encoded string.

  • input_string: The Base64-encoded string.

                        SELECT BASE64_DECODE('QmFzZTY0RW5jb2RlZA==');
                    -- Result: (binary output)
                    

CHAR(integer_expression)

Converts the integer ASCII code to the corresponding character.

  • integer_expression: The integer from 0 through 255.

                      SELECT CHAR(48);
                      -- Result: '0'
                    

CHARINDEX(expressionToFind ,expressionToSearch [,start_location ])

Returns the starting position of the specified expression in the character string.

  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.
  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.
  • start_location: An optional character position to start searching for expressionToFind in expressionToSearch.

                      SELECT CHARINDEX('456', '0123456');
                      -- Result: 4

                      SELECT CHARINDEX('456', '0123456', 5);
                      -- Result: -1
                    

CHAR_LENGTH(character_expression),

Returns the number of UTF-8 characters present in the expression.

  • character_expression: The set of characters to be evaluated for length.

				 SELECT CHAR_LENGTH('sample text') FROM Account LIMIT 1
				 -- Result: 11			
				

CONCAT(string_value1, string_value2, ..., string_valueN)

Returns the string that is the concatenation of two or more string values.

  • string_value1: The first string to be concatenated.
  • string_value2: The second string to be concatenated.
  • string_valueN: (optional) Any additional strings to be concatenated.

                      SELECT CONCAT('Hello, ', 'world!');
                      -- Result: 'Hello, world!'
                    

CONTAINS(expressionToSearch, expressionToFind)

Returns 1 if expressionToFind is found within expressionToSearch; otherwise, 0.

  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.
  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.

                      SELECT CONTAINS('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT CONTAINS('0123456', 'Not a number');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

ENDSWITH(character_expression, character_suffix)

Returns 1 if character_expression ends with character_suffix; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • character_suffix: The character suffix to search for.

                      SELECT ENDSWITH('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ENDSWITH('0123456', '012');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

FILESIZE(uri)

Returns the number of bytes present in the file at the specified file path.

  • uri: The path of the file from which to read the size.

				SELECT FILESIZE('C:/Users/User1/Desktop/myfile.txt');
				-- Result: 23684
				

FORMAT(value [, parseFormat], format )

Returns the value formatted with the specified format.

  • value: The string to format.
  • format: The string specifying the output syntax of the date or numeric format.
  • parseFormat: The string specifying the input syntax of the date value. Not applicable to numeric types.

                      SELECT FORMAT(12.34, '#');
                      -- Result: 12

                      SELECT FORMAT(12.34, '#.###');
                      -- Result: 12.34

                      SELECT FORMAT(1234, '0.000E0');
                      -- Result: 1.234E3
                      
                      SELECT FORMAT('2019/01/01', 'yyyy-MM-dd');
                      -- Result: 2019-01-01
                      
                      SELECT FORMAT('20190101', 'yyyyMMdd', 'yyyy-MM-dd');
                      -- Result: '2019-01-01'
                    

HASHBYTES(algorithm, value)

Returns the hash of the input value as a byte array using the given algorithm. The supported algorithms are MD5, SHA1, SHA2_256, SHA2_512, SHA3_224, SHA3_256, SHA3_384, and SHA3_512.

  • algorithm: The algorithm to use for hashing. Must be one of MD5, SHA1, SHA2_256, SHA2_512, SHA3_224, SHA3_256, SHA3_384, or SHA3_512.
  • value: The value to hash. Must be either a string or byte array.

                      SELECT HASHBYTES('MD5', 'Test');
                      -- Result (byte array): 0x0CBC6611F5540BD0809A388DC95A615B
                    

INDEXOF(expressionToSearch, expressionToFind [,start_location ])

Returns the starting position of the specified expression in the character string.

  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.
  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.
  • start_location: An optional character position to start searching for expressionToFind in expressionToSearch.

                      SELECT INDEXOF('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 4

                      SELECT INDEXOF('0123456', '456', 5);
                      -- Result: -1
                    

ISALPHABETIC(character_expression)

Returns 1 if the character expression consists only of alphabetic characters; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The string expression to evaluate.

                      SELECT ISALPHABETIC('Hello');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISALPHABETIC('Hello123');
                      -- Result: 0

                      SELECT ISALPHABETIC('Hello!');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

ISALPHANUMERIC(character_expression)

Returns 1 if the character expression consists only of alphabetic and numeric characters; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The string expression to evaluate.

                      SELECT ISALPHANUMERIC('Hello123');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISALPHANUMERIC('123');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISALPHANUMERIC('Hello.123');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

ISNUMERIC(character_expression)

Returns 1 if the character expression consists only of numeric digits and up to one decimal point; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The string expression to evaluate.

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('123');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('123.45');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('123.45.67');
                      -- Result: 0

                      SELECT ISNUMERIC('12a3');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

JSON_EXTRACT(json, jsonpath)

Selects any value in a JSON array or object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to extract.
  • jsonpath: The XPath used to select the nodes. The JSONPath must be a string constant. The values of the nodes selected will be returned in a token-separated list.

                      SELECT JSON_EXTRACT('{"test": {"data": 1}}', '$.test');
                      -- Result: '{"data":1}'

                      SELECT JSON_EXTRACT('{"test": {"data": 1}}', '$.test.data');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT JSON_EXTRACT('{"test": {"data": [1, 2, 3]}}', '$.test.data[1]');
                      -- Result: 2
                    

LEFT ( character_expression , integer_expression )

Returns the specified number of characters counting from the left of the specified string.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • integer_expression: The positive integer that specifies how many characters will be returned counting from the left of character_expression.

                      SELECT LEFT('1234567890', 3);
                      -- Result: '123'
                    

LEN(string_expression)

Returns the number of characters of the specified string expression.

  • string_expression: The string expression.

                      SELECT LEN('12345');
                      -- Result: 5
                    

LOCATE(substring,string)

Returns an integer representing how many characters into the string the substring appears.

  • substring: The substring to find inside larger string.
  • string: The larger string that is searched for the substring.
  • start locations: An optional integer that sets the character position (offset) from which to start searching.

				SELECT LOCATE('sample','XXXXXsampleXXXXX');
				-- Result: 6

                SELECT LOCATE('sample', 'XXXXXsampleXXXXX', 7)
                -- Result: 0
				

LOWER ( character_expression )

Returns the character expression with the uppercase character data converted to lowercase.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT LOWER('MIXED case');
                      -- Result: 'mixed case'
                    

LTRIM(character_expression)

Returns the character expression with leading blanks removed.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT LTRIM('     trimmed');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'
                    

MASK(string_expression, mask_character [, start_index [, end_index ]])

Replaces the characters between start_index and end_index with the mask_character within the string.

  • string_expression: The string expression to be searched.
  • mask_character: The character to mask with.
  • start_index: The optional number of characters to leave unmasked at beginning of string. Defaults to 0.
  • end_index: The optional number of characters to leave unmasked at end of string. Defaults to 0.

                        SELECT MASK('1234567890','*',);
                        -- Result: '**********'
                        SELECT MASK('1234567890','*', 4);
                        -- Result: '1234******'
                        SELECT MASK('1234567890','*', 4, 2);
                        -- Result: '1234****90'  
                    

NCHAR(integer_expression)

Returns the Unicode character with the specified integer code as defined by the Unicode standard.

  • integer_expression: The integer from 0 through 65535 (0 through xFFFF).

OCTET_LENGTH(character_expression),

Returns the number of bytes present in the expression.

  • character_expression: The set of characters to be be evaluated.

				 SELECT OCTET_LENGTH('text') FROM Account LIMIT 1
				 -- Result: 4
				

PATINDEX(pattern, expression)

Returns the starting position of the first occurrence of the pattern in the expression. Returns 0 if the pattern is not found.

  • pattern: The character expression that contains the sequence to be found. The wild-card character % can be used only at the start or end of the expression.
  • expression: The expression, typically a column, to search for the pattern.

                      SELECT PATINDEX('123%', '1234567890');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT PATINDEX('%890', '1234567890');
                      -- Result: 8

                      SELECT PATINDEX('%456%', '1234567890');
                      -- Result: 4
                    

POSITION(expressionToFind IN expressionToSearch)

Returns the starting position of the specified expression in the character string.

  • expressionToFind: The character expression to find.
  • expressionToSearch: The character expression, typically a column, to search.

                      SELECT POSITION('456' IN '123456');
                      -- Result: 4

                      SELECT POSITION('x' IN '123456');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

QUOTENAME(character_string [, quote_character])

Returns a valid SQL Server-delimited identifier by adding the necessary delimiters to the specified Unicode string.

  • character_string: The string of Unicode character data. The string is limited to 128 characters. Inputs greater than 128 characters return null.
  • quote_character: An optional single character to be used as the delimiter. These include:
    • a single quotation mark (')
    • a left or right bracket ([])
    • a double quotation mark (")
    • a left or right parenthesis ( () )
    • a greater or less than sign (><)
    • a left or right brace ({})
    • a backtick (`)

    If quote_character is not specified brackets are used. If an unacceptable character is supplied, it returns NULL.


                      SELECT QUOTENAME('table_name');
                      -- Result: '[table_name]'

                      SELECT QUOTENAME('table_name', '"');
                      -- Result: '"table_name"'

                      SELECT QUOTENAME('table_name', '[');
                      -- Result: '[table_name]'
                    

REGEXP_REPLACE(expr, pattern [, replacement [, position [, occurrence [, match_type]]]])

Replaces occurrences of a regular expression pattern in the input string with a specified value and returns the resulting string.

  • expr: The string expression to be searched.
  • pattern: The regular expression pattern to match.
  • replacement: (optional) The string to replace each matched occurrence of pattern with. Supports backreferences \1 through \9 and escape sequences \n, \r, \t, and \\. By default, this argument is an empty string, meaning matched portions are removed from the output string.
  • position: (optional) The 1-based starting position used when searching for regular expression matches in expr. The default is 1. All characters prior to the starting position are included in the output string unaltered. Skipped characters are ignored when calculating regular expression matches, even if they match pattern.
  • occurrence: (optional) Specifies whether all occurrences of pattern,, or only a specific occurrence of pattern are replaced. The default is 0, which means all occurrences of pattern are replaced with replacement. Set to 1 to only replace the first instance of the pattern; 2 to replace the second; etc.
  • match_type: (optional) Modifiers used to customize matching behavior. Supported values are: 'c' (case-sensitive, default), 'i' (case-insensitive), 'm' (multiline), 'n' (dot matches newline), 'x' (extended mode). These can be freely combined by including the letters back to back. For example, 'im' applies the functionality of both 'i' and 'm'. The regular expression syntax used is that of the Extended mode ('x') ignores whitespace and allows inline comments. If the pattern needs to match a literal space, it must be explicitly escaped.

                      SELECT REGEXP_REPLACE('abc123def456', '\d+', 'NUM');
                      -- Result: 'abcNUMdefNUM'

                      SELECT REGEXP_REPLACE('Hello\nHELLO\nhello', '^hello', 'X', 1, 0, 'im');
                      -- Result: 'X\nX\nX'
                    

REPLACE(string_expression, string_pattern, string_replacement)

Replaces all occurrences of a string with another string.

  • string_expression: The string expression to be searched. This can be a character or binary data type.
  • string_pattern: The substring to be found. Cannot be an empty string.
  • string_replacement: The replacement string.

                      SELECT REPLACE('1234567890', '456', '|');
                      -- Result: '123|7890'

                      SELECT REPLACE('123123123', '123', '.');
                      -- Result: '...'

                      SELECT REPLACE('1234567890', 'a', 'b');
                      -- Result: '1234567890'
                    

REPLICATE ( string_expression ,integer_expression )

Repeats the string value the specified number of times.

  • string_expression: The string to replicate.
  • integer_expression: The repeat count.

                      SELECT REPLACE('x', 5);
                      -- Result: 'xxxxx'
                    

REVERSE ( string_expression )

Returns the reverse order of the string expression.

  • string_expression: The string.

                      SELECT REVERSE('1234567890');
                      -- Result: '0987654321'
                    

RIGHT ( character_expression , integer_expression )

Returns the right part of the string with the specified number of characters.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • integer_expression: The positive integer that specifies how many characters of the character expression will be returned.

                      SELECT RIGHT('1234567890', 3);
                      -- Result: '890'
                    

RTRIM(character_expression)

Returns the character expression after it removes trailing blanks.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT RTRIM('trimmed     ');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'
                    

SOUNDEX(character_expression)

Returns the four-character Soundex code, based on how the string sounds when spoken.

  • character_expression: The alphanumeric expression of character data.

                      SELECT SOUNDEX('smith');
                      -- Result: 'S530'
                    

SPACE(repeatcount)

Returns the string that consists of repeated spaces.

  • repeatcount: The number of spaces.

                      SELECT SPACE(5);
                      -- Result: '     '
                    

SPLIT(string, delimiter, offset)

Returns a section of the string between to delimiters.

  • string: The string to split.
  • delimiter: The character to split the string with.
  • offset: The number of the split to return. Positive numbers are treated as offsets from the left, and negative numbers are treated as offsets from the right.

                      SELECT SPLIT('a/b/c/d', '/', 1);
                      -- Result: 'a'
                      SELECT SPLIT('a/b/c/d', '/', -2);
                      -- Result: 'c'
                    

STARTSWITH(character_expression, character_prefix)

Returns 1 if character_expression starts with character_prefix; otherwise, 0.

  • character_expression: The character expression.
  • character_prefix: The character prefix to search for.

                      SELECT STARTSWITH('0123456', '012');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT STARTSWITH('0123456', '456');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

STR ( float_expression [ , integer_length [ , integer_decimal ] ] )

Returns the character data converted from the numeric data. For example, STR(123.45, 6, 1) returns 123.5.

  • float_expression: The float expression.
  • length: The optional total length to return. This includes decimal point, sign, digits, and spaces. The default is 10.
  • decimal: The optional number of places to the right of the decimal point. The decimal must be less than or equal to 16.

                      SELECT STR('123.456');
                      -- Result: '123'

                      SELECT STR('123.456', 2);
                      -- Result: '**'

                      SELECT STR('123.456', 10, 2);
                      -- Result: '123.46'
                    

STUFF(character_expression , integer_start , integer_length , replaceWith_expression)

Inserts a string into another string. It deletes the specified length of characters in the first string at the start position and then inserts the second string into the first string at the start position.

  • character_expression: The string expression.
  • start: The integer value that specifies the location to start deletion and insertion. If start or length is negative, null is returned. If start is longer than the string to be modified, character_expression, null is returned.
  • length: The integer that specifies the number of characters to delete. If length is longer than character_expression, deletion occurs up to the last character in replaceWith_expression.
  • replaceWith_expression: The expression of character data that will replace length characters of character_expression beginning at the start value.

                      SELECT STUFF('1234567890', 3, 2, 'xx');
                      -- Result: '12xx567890'
                    

SUBSTRING(string_value FROM start FOR length)

Returns the part of the string with the specified length; starts at the specified index.

  • string_value: The character string.
  • start: The positive integer that specifies the start index of characters to return.
  • length: Optional. The positive integer that specifies how many characters will be returned.

                      SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890' FROM 3 FOR 2);
                      -- Result: '34'

                      SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890' FROM 3);
                      -- Result: '34567890'
                    
You can also drop the FROM and FOR clauses:
                    SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890', 3, 2)
                    --Result: '34'
                    SELECT SUBSTRING('1234567890', 3)
                    --Result: '34567890'
                    

TEXT_ENCODE(input_string, charset)

Returns binary output by encoding a string using the specified character set.

  • input_string: The plain text string.
  • charset: The character set to use, such as 'UTF-8', 'ISO-8859-1'.

                    SELECT TEXT_ENCODE('Café', 'UTF-8');
                    -- Result: (binary output)
                    

TEXT_DECODE(input_binary, charset)

Returns a string decoded from binary data using the specified character set.

  • input_binary: The binary value to decode.
  • charset: The character set used for decoding.

                    SELECT TEXT_DECODE(BinaryData, 'UTF-8');
                    -- Result: 'Café'
                    

TOSTRING(string_value1)

Converts the value of this instance to its equivalent string representation.

  • string_value1: The string to be converted.

                      SELECT TOSTRING(123);
                      -- Result: '123'

                      SELECT TOSTRING(123.456);
                      -- Result: '123.456'

                      SELECT TOSTRING(null);
                      -- Result: ''
                    

TRIM(trimspec trimchar FROM string_value)

Returns the character expression with leading and/or trailing blanks removed.

  • trimspec: Optional. If included must be one of the keywords BOTH, LEADING or TRAILING.
  • trimchar: Optional. If included should be a one-character string value.
  • string_value: The string value to trim.

                      SELECT TRIM('     trimmed     ');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'

                      SELECT TRIM(LEADING FROM '     trimmed     ');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed     '

                      SELECT TRIM('-' FROM '-----trimmed-----');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'

                      SELECT TRIM(BOTH '-' FROM '-----trimmed-----');
                      -- Result: 'trimmed'

                      SELECT TRIM(TRAILING '-' FROM '-----trimmed-----');
                      -- Result: '-----trimmed'
                    

UNICODE(ncharacter_expression)

Returns the integer value defined by the Unicode standard of the first character of the input expression.

  • ncharacter_expression: The Unicode character expression.

UPPER ( character_expression )

Returns the character expression with lowercase character data converted to uppercase.

  • character_expression: The character expression.

                      SELECT UPPER('MIXED case');
                      -- Result: 'MIXED CASE'
                    

XML_EXTRACT(xml, xpath [, separator])

Extracts an XML document using the specified XPath to flatten the XML. A comma is used to separate the outputs by default, but this can be changed by specifying the third parameter.

  • xml: The XML document to extract.
  • xpath: The XPath used to select the nodes. The nodes selected will be returned in a token-separated list.
  • separator: The optional token used to separate the items in the flattened response. If this is not specified, the separator will be a comma.

                      SELECT XML_EXTRACT('<vowels><ch>a</ch><ch>e</ch><ch>i</ch><ch>o</ch><ch>u</ch></vowels>', '/vowels/ch');
                      -- Result: 'a,e,i,o,u'

                      SELECT XML_EXTRACT('<vowels><ch>a</ch><ch>e</ch><ch>i</ch><ch>o</ch><ch>u</ch></vowels>', '/vowels/ch', ';');
                      -- Result: 'a;e;i;o;u'
                    

CData Python Connector for MYOB

MATH Functions

ABS ( numeric_expression )

Returns the absolute (positive) value of the specified numeric expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT ABS(15);
                      -- Result: 15

                      SELECT ABS(-15);
                      -- Result: 15
                    

ACOS ( float_expression )

Returns the arc cosine, the angle in radians whose cosine is the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression that specifies the cosine of the angle to be returned. Values outside the range from -1 to 1 return null.

                      SELECT ACOS(0.5);
                      -- Result: 1.0471975511966
                    

ASIN ( float_expression )

Returns the arc sine, the angle in radians whose sine is the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression that specifies the sine of the angle to be returned. Values outside the range from -1 to 1 return null.

                      SELECT ASIN(0.5);
                      -- Result: 0.523598775598299
                    

ATAN ( float_expression )

Returns the arc tangent, the angle in radians whose tangent is the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression that specifies the tangent of the angle to be returned.

                      SELECT ATAN(10);
                      -- Result: 1.47112767430373
                    

ATN2 ( float_expression1 , float_expression2 )

Returns the angle in radians between the positive x-axis and the ray from the origin to the point (y, x) where x and y are the values of the two specified float expressions.

  • float_expression1: The float expression that is the y-coordinate.
  • float_expression2: The float expression that is the x-coordinate.

                      SELECT ATN2(1, 1);
                      -- Result: 0.785398163397448
                    

CEILING ( numeric_expression ) or CEIL( numeric_expression )

Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to the specified numeric expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT CEILING(1.3);
                      -- Result: 2

                      SELECT CEILING(1.5);
                      -- Result: 2

                      SELECT CEILING(1.7);
                      -- Result: 2
                    

COS ( float_expression )

Returns the trigonometric cosine of the specified angle in radians in the specified expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression of the specified angle in radians.

                      SELECT COS(1);
                      -- Result: 0.54030230586814
                    

COT ( float_expression )

Returns the trigonometric cotangent of the angle in radians specified by float_expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression of the angle in radians.

                      SELECT COT(1);
                      -- Result: 0.642092615934331
                    

DEGREES ( numeric_expression )

Returns the angle in degrees for the angle specified in radians.

  • numeric_expression: The angle in radians, an expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT DEGREES(3.1415926);
                      -- Result: 179.999996929531
                    

EXP ( float_expression )

Returns the exponential value of the specified float expression. For example, EXP(LOG(20)) is 20.

  • float_expression: The float expression.

                      SELECT EXP(2);
                      -- Result: 7.38905609893065
                    

EXPR ( expression )

Evaluates the expression.

  • expression: The expression. Operators allowed are +, -, *, /, ==, !=, >, <, >=, and <=.

                      SELECT EXPR('1 + 2 * 3');
                      -- Result: 7

                      SELECT EXPR('1 + 2 * 3 == 7');
                      -- Result: true
                    

FLOOR ( numeric_expression )

Returns the largest integer less than or equal to the numeric expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate numeric data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT FLOOR(1.3);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT FLOOR(1.5);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT FLOOR(1.7);
                      -- Result: 1
                    

GREATEST(int1,int2,....)

Returns the greatest of the supplied integers.

				SELECT GREATEST(3,5,8,10,1)
				-- Result: 10			
				

HEX(value)

Returns a the equivalent hex for the input value.

  • value: A string or numerical value to be converted into hex.

				SELECT HEX(866849198);
				-- Result: 33AB11AE
				
				SELECT HEX('Sample Text');
				-- Result: 53616D706C652054657874
				

JSON_AVG(json, jsonpath)

Computes the average value of a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_AVG('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 3

                      SELECT JSON_AVG('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 3

                      SELECT JSON_AVG('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 4.5
                    

JSON_COUNT(json, jsonpath)

Returns the number of elements in a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_COUNT('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_COUNT('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_COUNT('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 2
                    

JSON_MAX(json, jsonpath)

Gets the maximum value in a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_MAX('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_MAX('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 5

                      SELECT JSON_MAX('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[..3]');
                      -- Result: 4
                    

JSON_MIN(json, jsonpath)

Gets the minimum value in a JSON array within a JSON object. The path to the array is specified in the jsonpath argument. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_MIN('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT JSON_MIN('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT JSON_MIN('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 4
                    

JSON_SUM(json, jsonpath)

Computes the summary value in JSON according to the JSONPath expression. Return value is numeric or null.

  • json: The JSON document to compute.
  • jsonpath: The JSONPath used to select the nodes. [x], [2..], [..8], or [1..12] are accepted. [x] selects all nodes.

                      SELECT JSON_SUM('[1,2,3,4,5]', '$[x]');
                      -- Result: 15

                      SELECT JSON_SUM('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[x]');
                      -- Result: 15

                      SELECT JSON_SUM('{"test": {"data": [1,2,3,4,5]}}', '$.test.data[3..]');
                      -- Result: 9
                    

LEAST(int1,int2,....)

Returns the least of the supplied integers.

				SELECT LEAST(3,5,8,10,1)
				-- Result: 1			
				

LOG ( float_expression [, base ] )

Returns the natural logarithm of the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The float expression.
  • base: The optional integer argument that sets the base for the logarithm.

                      SELECT LOG(7.3890560);
                      -- Result: 1.99999998661119
                    

LOG10 ( float_expression )

Returns the base-10 logarithm of the specified float expression.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT LOG10(10000);
                      -- Result: 4
                    

MOD(dividend,divisor)

Returns the integer value associated with the remainder when dividing the dividend by the divisor.

  • dividend: The number to take the modulus of.
  • divisor: The number to divide the dividend by when determining the modulus.

				SELECT MOD(10,3);
				-- Result: 1
				

NEGATE(real_number)

Returns the opposite to the real number input.

  • real_number: The real number to find the opposite of.

				SELECT NEGATE(10);
				-- Result: -10
				
				SELECT NEGATE(-12.4)
				--Result: 12.4
				

PI ( )

Returns the constant value of pi.

                  SELECT PI()
                  -- Result: 3.14159265358979 
                

POWER ( float_expression , y )

Returns the value of the specified expression raised to the specified power.

  • float_expression: The float expression.
  • y: The power to raise float_expression to.

                      SELECT POWER(2, 10);
                      -- Result: 1024

                      SELECT POWER(2, -2);
                      -- Result: 0.25
                    

RADIANS ( float_expression )

Returns the angle in radians of the angle in degrees.

  • float_expression: The degrees of the angle as a float expression.

                      SELECT RADIANS(180);
                      -- Result: 3.14159265358979
                    

RAND ( [ integer_seed ] )

Returns a pseudorandom float value from 0 through 1, exclusive.

  • seed: The optional integer expression that specifies the seed value. If seed is not specified, a seed value at random will be assigned.

                      SELECT RAND();
                      -- This result may be different, since the seed is randomized
                      -- Result: 0.873159630165044

                      SELECT RAND(1);
                      -- This result will always be the same, since the seed is constant
                      -- Result: 0.248668584157093
                    

ROUND ( numeric_expression [ ,integer_length] [ ,function ] )

Returns the numeric value rounded to the specified length or precision.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of a numeric data type.
  • length: The optional precision to round the numeric expression to. When this is omitted, the default behavior will be to round to the nearest whole number.
  • function: The optional type of operation to perform. When the function parameter is omitted or has a value of 0 (default), numeric_expression is rounded. When a value other than 0 is specified, numeric_expression is truncated.

                      SELECT ROUND(1.3, 0);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ROUND(1.55, 1);
                      -- Result: 1.6

                      SELECT ROUND(1.7, 0, 0);
                      -- Result: 2

                      SELECT ROUND(1.7, 0, 1);
                      -- Result: 1
                      
                      SELECT ROUND (1.24);
                      -- Result: 1.0
                    

SIGN ( numeric_expression )

Returns the positive sign (1), 0, or negative sign (-1) of the specified expression.

  • numeric_expression: The expression of an indeterminate data type except for the bit data type.

                      SELECT SIGN(0);
                      -- Result: 0

                      SELECT SIGN(10);
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT SIGN(-10);
                      -- Result: -1
                    

SIN ( float_expression )

Returns the trigonometric sine of the angle in radians.

  • float_expression: The float expression specifying the angle in radians.

                     SELECT SIN(1);
                     -- Result: 0.841470984807897
                    

SQRT ( float_expression )

Returns the square root of the specified float value.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT SQRT(100);
                      -- Result: 10
                    

SQUARE ( float_expression )

Returns the square of the specified float value.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT SQUARE(10);
                      -- Result: 100

                      SELECT SQUARE(-10);
                      -- Result: 100
                    

TAN ( float_expression )

Returns the tangent of the input expression.

  • float_expression: The expression of type float.

                      SELECT TAN(1);
                      -- Result: 1.5574077246549
                    

TRUNC(decimal_number,precision)

Returns the supplied decimal number truncated to have the supplied decimal precision.

  • decimal_number: The decimal value to truncate.
  • precision: The number of decimal places to truncate the decimal number to.

				SELECT TRUNC(10.3423,2);
				-- Result: 10.34
				

_ROW_NUMBER_()

Returns a row index as an additional column.

				SELECT ColumnName, _ROW_NUMBER_() FROM TableName
				-- Result: ColumnData, 0
				ColumnData2, 1
				ColumnData3, 2
				

CData Python Connector for MYOB

DATE Functions

CURRENT_DATE()

Returns the current date value.

                  SELECT CURRENT_DATE();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01
                

CURRENT_TIMESTAMP()

Returns the current time stamp of the database system as a datetime value. This value is equal to GETDATE and SYSDATETIME, and is always in the local timezone.

                  SELECT CURRENT_TIMESTAMP();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 03:04:05
                

DATEADD (datepart , integer_number , date [, dateformat])

Returns the datetime value that results from adding the specified number (a signed integer) to the specified date part of the date.

  • datepart: The part of the date to add the specified number to. The valid values and abbreviations are
    • year (yy, yyyy)
    • quarter (qq, q)
    • month (mm, m)
    • week (wk, ww)
    • weekday (dw)
    • dayofyear (dy, y)
    • day (dd, d)
    • hour (hh)
    • minute (mi, n)
    • second (ss, s)
    • millisecond (ms)
  • number: The number to be added.
  • date: The expression of the datetime data type.
  • dateformat: The optional output date format.

                  SELECT DATEADD('d', 5, '2018-02-01');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-06

                  SELECT DATEADD('hh', 5, '2018-02-01 00:00:00');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 05:00:00
                

DATEDIFF ( datepart , startdate , enddate )

Returns the difference (a signed integer) of the specified time interval between the specified start date and end date.

  • datepart: The part of the date that is the time interval of the difference between the start date and end date. The valid values and abbreviations are:
    • Year (year, yyyy, yy)
    • Quarter (quarter, qq, q)
    • Month (month, mm, m)
    • Week (week, wk, ww)
    • Weekday (weekday, dw)
    • Dayofyear (dayofyear, dy, y)
    • Day (day, dd, d)
    • Hour (hour, hh)
    • Minute (minute, mi, n)
    • Second (second, ss, s)
    • Millisecond (millisecond, ms)
  • startdate: The datetime expression of the start date.
  • enddate: The datetime expression of the end date.

                  SELECT DATEDIFF('d', '2018-02-01', '2018-02-10');
                  -- Result: 9

                  SELECT DATEDIFF('hh', '2018-02-01 00:00:00', '2018-02-01 12:00:00');
                  -- Result: 12
                

DATE_FORMAT(date,format)

Returns the date or timestamp in the format specified. This function mirrors the MySQL DATE_FORMAT function.

  • date: A date or timestamp string.
  • format: The specifier string of the desired output format. The list of supported format specifiers comes from the MySQL DATE_FORMAT function (see link to MySQL documentation above).

					SELECT DATE_FORMAT('9/4/2021 3:11:53 AM','%h')
					-- Result: 03
				  

DATEFROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day)

Returns the datetime value for the specified year, month, and day.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.

                    SELECT DATEFROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1);
                    -- Result: 2018-02-01
                  

DATENAME(datepart , date)

Returns the character string that represents the specified date part of the specified date.

  • datepart: The part of the date to return. The valid values and abbreviations are year (yy, yyyy), quarter (qq, q), month (mm, m), dayofyear (dy, y), day (dd, d), week (wk, ww), weekday (dw), hour (hh), minute (mi, n), second (ss, s), millisecond (ms), microsecond (mcs), and nanosecond (ns).
  • date: The datetime expression.

                     SELECT DATENAME('yy', '2018-02-01');
                     -- Result: '2018'

                     SELECT DATENAME('dw', '2018-02-01');
                     -- Result: 'Thursday'
                   

DATEPART(datepart, date [,integer_datefirst])

Returns a character string that represents the specified date part of the specified date.

  • datepart: The part of the date to return. The valid values and abbreviations are year (yy, yyyy), quarter (qq, q), month (mm, m), dayofyear (dy, y), day (dd, d), week (wk, ww), weekday (dw), hour (hh), minute (mi, n), second (ss, s), millisecond (ms), microsecond (mcs), nanosecond (ns), ISODOW, ISO_WEEK (isoweek, isowk,isoww), and ISOYEAR.
  • date: The datetime string.
  • datefirst: The optional integer representing the first day of the week. The default is 7, Sunday.

                    SELECT DATEPART('yy', '2018-02-01');
                    -- Result: 2018

                    SELECT DATEPART('dw', '2018-02-01');
                    -- Result: 5
                  

DATETIMEFROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day, integer_hour, integer_minute, integer_seconds, integer_milliseconds)

Returns the datetime value for the specified date parts.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.
  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.
  • seconds: The integer expression specifying the seconds.
  • milliseconds: The integer expression specifying the milliseconds.

                    SELECT DATETIMEFROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1, 1, 2, 3, 456);
                    -- Result: 2018-02-01 01:02:03.456
                  

DATETIME2FROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day, integer_hour, integer_minute, integer_seconds, integer_fractions, integer_precision)

Returns the datetime value for the specified date parts.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.
  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.
  • seconds: The integer expression specifying the seconds.
  • fractions: The integer expression specifying the fractions of the second.
  • precision: The integer expression specifying the precision of the fraction.

				    SELECT DATETIME2FROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1, 1, 2, 3, 456, 3);
                    -- Result: 2018-02-01 01:02:03.456
                  

DATE_TRUNC(date, datepart)

Truncates the date to the precision of the given date part. Modeled after the Oracle TRUNC function.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • datepart: Refer to the Oracle documentation for valid datepart syntax.

				    SELECT DATE_TRUNC('05-04-2005', 'YY');
                    -- Result: '1/1/2005'
					
                    SELECT DATE_TRUNC('05-04-2005', 'MM');
                    -- Result: '5/1/2005'                    
                  

DATE_TRUNC2(datepart, date, [weekday])

Truncates the date to the precision of the given date part. Modeled after the PostgreSQL date_trunc function.

  • datepart: One of 'millennium', 'century', 'decade', 'year', 'quarter', 'month', 'week', 'day', 'hour', 'minute' or 'second'.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • weekday: The optional day of the week to use as the first day for 'week'. One of 'sunday', 'monday', etc.

                    SELECT DATE_TRUNC2('year', '2020-02-04');
                    -- Result: '2020-01-01'

                    SELECT DATE_TRUNC2('week', '2020-02-04', 'monday');
                    -- Result: '2020-02-02', which is the previous Monday
                  

DAY(date)

Returns the integer that specifies the day component of the specified date.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

                    SELECT DAY('2018-02-01');
                    -- Result: 1
                  

DAYNAME(date)

Returns the name of the day of the week of the specified date.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

                    SELECT DAYNAME('8/18/2021');
                    -- Result: Wednesday
                  

DAYOFMONTH(date)

Returns the day of the month of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				  SELECT DAYOFMONTH('04/15/2000');
				  -- Result: 15
				  

DAYOFWEEK(date)

Returns the day of the week of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				  SELECT DAYOFWEEK('04/15/2000');
				  -- Result: 7
				  

DAYOFYEAR(date)

Returns the day of the year of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				  SELECT DAYOFYEAR('04/15/2000');
				  -- Result: 106
				  

EOMONTH(date [, integer_month_to_add ]) or LAST_DAY(date)

Returns the last day of the month that contains the specified date with an optional offset.

  • date: The datetime expression specifying the date for which to return the last day of the month.
  • integer_month_to_add: The optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the end of the month.

                  SELECT EOMONTH('2018-02-01');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-28
                  
                  SELECT LAST_DAY('2018-02-01');
                  -- Result: 2018-02-28

                  SELECT EOMONTH('2018-02-01', 2);
                  -- Result: 2018-04-30
                

EXTRACT(date_part FROM date_column_name)

Returns the last day of the month that contains the specified date with an optional offset.

  • date_part: One of the following date components: YEAR, MONTH, DAY, HOUR, MINUTE, SECOND.
  • date_column_name: The name of a date column in a table.

                  SELECT EXTRACT(YEAR FROM DateColumn)
                  -- Result: 2021
                

FDWEEK(date)

Returns the first day of the week of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • weeks to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the first day of the week.

				  SELECT FDWEEK('02-08-2018');
				  -- Result: 2/4/2018

          SELECT FDWEEK('02-08-2018', 1)
          --Result: 02/11/2018
				  

FDMONTH(date)

Returns the first day of the month of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • month to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the first day of the month.

				  SELECT FDMONTH('02-08-2018');
				  -- Result: 2/1/2018

          SELECT FDMONTH('02-08-2018', 1) 
          --Result: 03/01/2018
				  

FDQUARTER(date)

Returns the first day of the quarter of the given date part.
  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.
  • quarters to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the first day of the quarter.

				  SELECT FDQUARTER('05-08-2018');
				  -- Result: 4/1/2018

          SELECT FDQUARTER('05-08-2018',1)
          --Result: 07/01/2018
				  

FILEMODIFIEDTIME(uri)

Returns the time stamp associated with the Date Modified of the relevant file.

  • uri: An absolute path pointing to a file on the local file system.

				 SELECT FILEMODIFIEDTIME('C:/Documents/myfile.txt');
				 -- Result: 6/25/2019 10:06:58 AM
				 

FROM_DAYS(datevalue)

Returns a date derived from the number of days after 1582-10-15 (based upon the Gregorian calendar). This will be equivalent to the MYSQL FROM_DAYS function.

  • datevalue: A integer value representing the number of days since 1582-10-15.

				SELECT FROM_DAYS(736000);
				-- Result: 2/6/2015
				

FROM_UNIXTIME(time, issecond)

Returns a representation of the unix_timestamp argument as a value in YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS expressed in the current time zone.

  • time: The time stamp value from epoch time. Milliseconds are accepted.
  • issecond: Indicates the time stamp value is milliseconds to epoch time.

                      SELECT FROM_UNIXTIME(1540495231, 1);
                      -- Result: 2018-10-25 19:20:31

                      SELECT FROM_UNIXTIME(1540495357385, 0);
                      -- Result: 2018-10-25 19:22:37
                    

GETDATE()

Returns the current time stamp of the database system as a datetime value. This value is equal to CURRENT_TIMESTAMP and SYSDATETIME, and is always in the local timezone.

                  SELECT GETDATE();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 03:04:05
                

GETUTCDATE()

Returns the current time stamp of the database system formatted as a UTC datetime value. This value is equal to SYSUTCDATETIME.

In addition, GETUTCDATE can take an optional second parameter, a date and time that are converted to UTC.

                  SELECT GETUTCDATE();
                  -- For example, if the local timezone is Eastern European Time (GMT+2)
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 05:04:05

                  SELECT GETUTCDATE('2020/08/31 13:56:00')
                  --Result: '2020-08-31 17:56:00'
                

HOUR(date)

Returns the hour component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT HOUR('02-02-2020 11:30:00');
				-- Result: 11
				

ISDATE(date, [date_format])

Returns 1 if the value is a valid date, time, or datetime value; otherwise, 0.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • date_format: The optional datetime format.

                      SELECT ISDATE('2018-02-01', 'yyyy-MM-dd');
                      -- Result: 1

                      SELECT ISDATE('Not a date');
                      -- Result: 0
                    

LAST_WEEK()

Returns a time stamp equivalent to exactly one week before the current date.

				SELECT LAST_WEEK();	//Assume the date is 3/17/2020	
			 -- Result: 3/10/2020 00:00:00
				

LAST_MONTH()

Returns a time stamp equivalent to exactly one month before the current date.

	
				SELECT LAST_MONTH(); //Assume the date is 3/17/2020
				-- Result: 2/17/2020 00:00:00
				

LAST_YEAR()

Returns a time stamp equivalent to exactly one year before the current date.

				SELECT LAST_YEAR();	//Assume the date is 3/17/2020	
				-- Result: 3/10/2019 00:00:00
				

LDWEEK(date)

Returns the last day of the provided week.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • weeks to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the last day of the week.

				SELECT LDWEEK('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 2/8/2020
				

LDMONTH(date)

Returns the last day of the provided month.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • months to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the last day of the month.

				SELECT LDMONTH('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 2/29/2020

        SELECT LDMONTH('02-08-2020', 1)
        --Result: 03/31/2020
				

LDQUARTER(date)

Returns the last day of the provided quarter.

  • date: The datetime string.
  • quarters to add: An optional integer expression specifying the number of months to add to the date before calculating the last day of the quarter.

				SELECT LDQUARTER('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 3/31/2020

        SELECT LDQUARTER('02-02-2020',1)
        --Result: 06/30/2020
				

MAKEDATE(year, days)

Returns a date value from a year and a number of days.

  • year: The year
  • days: The number of days into the year. Value must be greater than 0.

          SELECT MAKEDATE(2020, 1);
          -- Result: 2020-01-01
        

MINUTE(date)

Returns the minute component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT MINUTE('02-02-2020 11:15:00');
				-- Result: 15
				

MONTH(date)

Returns the month component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT MONTH('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 2
				

QUARTER(date)

Returns the quarter associated with the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT QUARTER('02-02-2020');
				-- Result: 1
				

SECOND(date)

Returns the second component from the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT SECOND('02-02-2020 11:15:23');
				-- Result: 23
				

SMALLDATETIMEFROMPARTS(integer_year, integer_month, integer_day, integer_hour, integer_minute)

Returns the datetime value for the specified date and time.

  • year: The integer expression specifying the year.
  • month: The integer expression specifying the month.
  • day: The integer expression specifying the day.
  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.

                      SELECT SMALLDATETIMEFROMPARTS(2018, 2, 1, 1, 2);
                      -- Result: 2018-02-01 01:02:00
                    

STRTODATE(string,format)

Parses the provided string value and returns the corresponding datetime.

  • string: The string value to be converted to datetime format.
  • format: A format string which describes how to interpret the first string input. A few special formats are available as well, including UNIX, UNIXMILIS, TICKS, and FILETICKS.

				SELECT STRTODATE('03*04*2020','dd*MM*yyyy');
				-- Result: 4/3/2020
				

SYSDATETIME()

Returns the current time stamp as a datetime value of the database system. It is equal to GETDATE and CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, and is always in the local timezone.

                  SELECT SYSDATETIME();
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 03:04:05
                

SYSUTCDATETIME()

Returns the current system date and time as a UTC datetime value. It is equal to GETUTCDATE.

                  SELECT SYSUTCDATETIME();
                  -- For example, if the local timezone is Eastern European Time (GMT+2)
                  -- Result: 2018-02-01 05:04:05
                

TIMEFROMPARTS(integer_hour, integer_minute, integer_seconds, integer_fractions, integer_precision)

Returns the time value for the specified time and with the specified precision.

  • hour: The integer expression specifying the hour.
  • minute: The integer expression specifying the minute.
  • seconds: The integer expression specifying the seconds.
  • fractions: The integer expression specifying the fractions of the second.
  • precision : The integer expression specifying the precision of the fraction.

                      SELECT TIMEFROMPARTS(1, 2, 3, 456, 3);
                      -- Result: 01:02:03.456
                    

TO_DAYS(date)

Returns the number of days since 0000-00-01. This will only return a value for dates on or after 1582-10-15 (based upon the Gregorian calendar). This will be equivalent to the MYSQL TO_DAYS function.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT TO_DAYS('02-06-2015');
				-- Result: 736000
				

WEEK(date)

Returns the week (of the year) associated with the provided datetime.

  • date: The datetime string that specifies the date.

				SELECT WEEK('02-17-2020 11:15:23');
				-- Result: 8
				

YEAR(date)

Returns the integer that specifies the year of the specified date.

  • date: The datetime string.

                      SELECT YEAR('2018-02-01');
                      -- Result: 2018
                    

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Date Literal Functions

The following date literal functions can be used to filter date fields using relative intervals. Note that while the <, >, and = operators are supported for these functions, <= and >= are not.

L_TODAY()

The current day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_TODAY()

L_YESTERDAY()

The previous day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_YESTERDAY()

L_TOMORROW()

The following day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_TOMORROW()

L_LAST_WEEK()

Every day in the preceding week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_LAST_WEEK()

L_THIS_WEEK()

Every day in the current week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_THIS_WEEK()

L_NEXT_WEEK()

Every day in the following week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_NEXT_WEEK()
Also available:
  • L_LAST/L_THIS/L_NEXT MONTH
  • L_LAST/L_THIS/L_NEXT QUARTER
  • L_LAST/L_THIS/L_NEXT YEAR

L_LAST_N_DAYS(n)

The previous n days, excluding the current day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_LAST_N_DAYS(3)

L_NEXT_N_DAYS(n)

The following n days, including the current day.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_NEXT_N_DAYS(3)
Also available:
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_90_DAYS

L_LAST_N_WEEKS(n)

Every day in every week, starting n weeks before current week, and ending in the previous week.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_LAST_N_WEEKS(3)

L_NEXT_N_WEEKS(n)

Every day in every week, starting the following week, and ending n weeks in the future.

  SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE MyDateField = L_NEXT_N_WEEKS(3)
Also available:
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_N_MONTHS(n)
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_N_QUARTERS(n)
  • L_LAST/L_NEXT_N_YEARS(n)

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SELECT Statements

A SELECT statement can consist of the following basic clauses.

  • SELECT
  • INTO
  • FROM
  • JOIN
  • WHERE
  • GROUP BY
  • HAVING
  • UNION
  • ORDER BY
  • LIMIT

SELECT Syntax

The following syntax diagram outlines the syntax supported by the SQL engine of the connector:

SELECT {
  [ TOP <numeric_literal> | DISTINCT ]
  { 
    * 
    | { 
        <expression> [ [ AS ] <column_reference> ] 
        | { <table_name> | <correlation_name> } .* 
      } [ , ... ] 
  }
  { 
    FROM <table_reference> [ [ AS ] <identifier> ] 
  } [ , ... ]
  [ [  
      INNER | { { LEFT | RIGHT | FULL } [ OUTER ] } 
    ] JOIN <table_reference> [ ON <search_condition> ] [ [ AS ] <identifier> ] 
  ] [ ... ] 
  [ WHERE <search_condition> ]
  [ GROUP BY <column_reference> [ , ... ]
  [ HAVING <search_condition> ]
  [ UNION [ ALL ] <select_statement> ]
  [ 
    ORDER BY 
    <column_reference> [ ASC | DESC ] [ NULLS FIRST | NULLS LAST ]
  ]
  [ 
    LIMIT <expression>
    [ 
      { OFFSET | , }
      <expression> 
    ]
  ] 
} | SCOPE_IDENTITY() 

<expression> ::=
  | <column_reference>
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | COUNT( * | { [ DISTINCT ] <expression> } )
  | { AVG | MAX | MIN | SUM | COUNT } ( <expression> ) 
  | NULLIF ( <expression> , <expression> ) 
  | COALESCE ( <expression> , ... ) 
  | CASE <expression>
      WHEN { <expression> | <search_condition> } THEN { <expression> | NULL } [ ... ]
    [ ELSE { <expression> | NULL } ]
    END 
  | {RANK() | DENSE_RANK()} OVER ([PARTITION BY <column_reference>] {ORDER BY <column_reference>})
  | <literal>
  | <sql_function> 

<search_condition> ::= 
  {
    <expression> { = | > | < | >= | <= | <> | != | LIKE | NOT LIKE | IN | NOT IN | IS NULL | IS NOT NULL | AND | OR | CONTAINS | BETWEEN | IS DISTINCT FROM | IS NOT DISTINCT FROM } [ <expression> ]
  } [ { AND | OR } ... ] 

Examples

  1. Return all columns:
    SELECT * FROM Accounts
  2. Rename a column:
    SELECT [Name] AS MY_Name FROM Accounts
  3. Cast a column's data as a different data type:
    SELECT CAST(AnnualRevenue AS VARCHAR) AS Str_AnnualRevenue FROM Accounts
  4. Search data:
    SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank'
  5. Return the number of items matching the query criteria:
    SELECT COUNT(*) AS MyCount FROM Accounts 
  6. Return the number of unique items matching the query criteria:
    SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT Name) FROM Accounts 
  7. Return the unique items matching the query criteria:
    SELECT DISTINCT Name FROM Accounts 
  8. Sort a result set in ascending order:
    SELECT Id, Name FROM Accounts  ORDER BY Name ASC
  9. Restrict a result set to the specified number of rows:
    SELECT Id, Name FROM Accounts LIMIT 10 
  10. Parameterize a query to pass in inputs at execution time. This enables you to create prepared statements and mitigate SQL injection attacks.
    SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE Type = @param
See Explicitly Caching Data for information on using the SELECT statement in offline mode.

Pseudo Columns

Some input-only fields are available in SELECT statements. These fields, called pseudo columns, do not appear as regular columns in the results, yet may be specified as part of the WHERE clause. You can use pseudo columns to access additional features from MYOB.

    SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE CompanyFileId = 'ffd755f3-c19e-4975-849f-85f89b552c52'
    

Aggregate Functions

For SELECT examples using aggregate functions, see Aggregate Functions.

JOIN Queries

See JOIN Queries for SELECT query examples using JOINs.

Date Literal Functions

Date Literal Functions contains SELECT examples with date literal functions.

Window Functions

See Window Functions for SELECT examples containing window functions.

Table-Valued Functions

See Table-Valued Functions for SELECT examples with table-valued functions.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Aggregate Functions

COUNT

Returns the number of rows matching the query criteria.

SELECT COUNT(*) FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank'

COUNT(DISTINCT)

Returns the number of distinct, non-null field values matching the query criteria.

SELECT COUNT(DISTINCT Id) AS DistinctValues FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank'

AVG

Returns the average of the column values.

SELECT Name, AVG(AnnualRevenue) FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank'  GROUP BY Name

MIN

Returns the minimum column value.

SELECT MIN(AnnualRevenue), Name FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank' GROUP BY Name

MAX

Returns the maximum column value.

SELECT Name, MAX(AnnualRevenue) FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank' GROUP BY Name

SUM

Returns the total sum of the column values.

SELECT SUM(AnnualRevenue) FROM Accounts WHERE Type = 'Bank'

CData Python Connector for MYOB

JOIN Queries

The CData Python Connector for MYOB supports standard SQL joins like the following examples.

Inner Join

An inner join selects only rows from both tables that match the join condition:

SELECT SaleInvoices.ID, Contacts.* FROM SaleInvoices INNER JOIN Contacts ON SaleInvoices.CustomerID = Contacts.ID

Left Join

A left join selects all rows in the FROM table and only matching rows in the JOIN table:

SELECT Jobs.ID, Contacts.* FROM Jobs LEFT JOIN Contacts ON Jobs.LinkedCustomerID = Contacts.ID

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Window Functions

Window functions allow you to create computed fields from a group of rows (a window) that return a result for each row, as opposed to one computed result for a set of rows, as is the case with aggregate functions. The connector supports the following window function syntax.

Note: Window function support is an experimental feature of the connector. This functionality extends beyond the connector's core scope of being SQL-92 compliant. As such, performance with window functions may not be optimal.

Window Function Clauses

OVER

The OVER clause defines the window over which window functions are performed.

SELECT A, B, <window function> OVER (<window frame>) FROM TableName

The <window function> refers to any supported window function clause, and the <window frame> refers to one or more clauses that specify the logic by which the window is defined.

PARTITION BY

The PARTITION BY clause subdivides a window into sub-windows called partitions. For each unique value in the column specified in the PARTITION BY clause, every record with that value collectively forms an individual partition.

SELECT A, B, <window function> OVER (PARTITION BY A ORDER BY B) From Accounts

The <window function> refers to any supported window function clause.

Window Functions

The connector supports math, ranking, and analytic window functions.

Math

These window functions perform mathematical operations on the records within the window.

COUNT()

Calculates the number of records in each partition. The calculated column is of the data type "int".

In each partition, every record will display the total number of records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, COUNT() OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

COUNT_BIG()

Calculates the number of records in each partition. The calculated column is of the data type "bigint".

In each partition, every record will display the total number of records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, COUNT_BIG() OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

MIN(numeric_column)

Calculates the minimum value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the minimum value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, MIN(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

MAX(numeric_column)

Calculates the maximum value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the maximum value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, MAX(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

SUM(numeric_column)

Calculates the sum of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the sum of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, SUM(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

AVG(numeric_column)

Calculates the average value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the average value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, AVG(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

MEDIAN(numeric_column)

Calculates the median value of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the median value of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, MEDIAN(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

STDEV(numeric_column)

Calculates the standard deviation of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the standard deviation of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, STDEV(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

STDEVP(numeric_column)

Calculates the population standard deviation of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the population standard deviation of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, STDEVP(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

VAR(numeric_column)

Calculates the statistical standard variance of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the statistical standard variance of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, VAR(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

VARP(numeric_column)

Calculates the variance population of a numerical column per partition.

In each partition, every record will display the variance population of numeric_column across the records in that partition.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, VARP(Earnings) OVER (PARTITION BY Role) FROM Employees

Ranking

These window functions rank records that fall within the window and its partitions.

RANK()

Assigns a rank number to each record in a window based on the value of the column specified in the required ORDER BY clause.

If two or more records have an equal value in the in ranked column, they all receive the same rank number and the rank count increments internally, skipping ahead one rank number for each record with a duplicate value in the ORDER BY column.

SELECT Id, Name, RANK() OVER (ORDER BY Name) AS Rank FROM Accounts

If you add a PARTITION BY clause, a separate set of ranks is calculated for each partition.

SELECT Id, Name, RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY Id ORDER BY Name) AS Rank FROM Accounts

DENSE_RANK()

Operates like the RANK() function, but it doesn't increment the internal rank counter for each record with a duplicate value in the ranked column.

This means that, while records with identical values in the ORDER BY column still share a rank number, the function never skips a rank number.

SELECT Id, Name, DENSE_RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY Id ORDER BY Name) AS Rank FROM Accounts

If you add a PARTITION BY clause, a separate set of ranks is calculated for each partition.

SELECT Id, Name, DENSE_RANK() OVER (PARTITION BY Id ORDER BY Name) AS Rank FROM Accounts

ROW_NUMBER()

Calculates a row number for each record. An ORDER BY clause in the OVER clause is required.

SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, ROW_NUMBER() OVER (ORDER BY Role) FROM Employees
If you define multiple partitions with PARTITION BY, a new set of row numbers are calculated for each partition.
SELECT Name, Role, Earnings, ROW_NUMBER() OVER (PARTITION BY Role ORDER BY Earnings) FROM Employees

NTILE()

Distributes rows of an ordered partition into a specified number of approximately equal groups, or buckets. It assigns each group a bucket number starting from one. For each row in a group, the NTILE() function assigns a bucket number representing the group to which the row belongs.

The syntax of NTILE() is:

NTILE(buckets) OVER (
    [PARTITION BY partition_expression, ... ]
    ORDER BY sort_expression [ASC | DESC], ...
)
The following are paramaters that NTILE() supports:

  • buckets: The number of buckets into which the rows are divided. The buckets can be an expression or subquery that evaluates to a positive integer. It cannot be a window function.
  • PARTITION BY: distributes rows of a result set into partitions to which the NTILE() function is applied.
  • ORDER BY is clause that specifies the logical order of rows in each partition to which the NTILE() is applied.

If the number of rows is not divisible by the buckets, the NTILE() function returns groups of two sizes with the difference by one. The larger groups always precede the smaller group in the order set by ORDER BY in the OVER() clause.

If the total of rows is divisible by the number of buckets, the function divides the rows evenly among buckets. The following statement creates a new table named ntile_demo that stores 10 integers:

CREATE TABLE sales.ntile_demo (
	v INT NOT NULL
);
	
INSERT INTO sales.ntile_demo(v) 
VALUES(1),(2),(3),(4),(5),(6),(7),(8),(9),(10);	
	
SELECT * FROM sales.ntile_demo;
This statement uses the NTILE() function to divide ten rows into three groups:
SELECT 
	v, 
	NTILE (3) OVER (
		ORDER BY v
	) buckets
FROM 
	sales.ntile_demo;

Analytical

These window functions perform analytical operations on the records within the window.

PERCENT_RANK()

Calculates the relative rank SQL Percentile of each row. It returns values greater than zero, but the maximum value is one. It does not count any NULL values. This function is nondeterministic.

The syntax of PERCENT_RANK() is:

PERCENT_RANK() OVER (
      [PARTITION BY partition_expression, ... ]
      ORDER BY sort_expression [ASC | DESC], ...
  )
  
This syntax uses the following parameters.

  • PARTITION BY: By default, SQL Server treats the whole data set as a single set. You can specify the PARTITION BY clause to divide data into multiple sets. The Percent_Rank function performs the analytical calculations on each set. This parameter is optional.
  • ORDER BY: Sorts the data in either ascending or descending order. This parameter is required.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Table-Valued Functions

Table-valued functions are functions that return a table (rowset).

Note: Table-valued function support is an experimental feature of the connector. This functionality extends beyond the connector's core scope of being SQL-92 compliant. As such, performance with these functions may not be optimal.

Table-Valued Function Clauses

CROSS APPLY

The CROSS APPLY operator is used to perform a subquery on each row of a table or resultset produced by a preceding table expression.

<table_expression_1> CROSS APPLY <table_expression_2>

The second table expression can reference results from the first table expression to create derived columns or an altered recordset via a table-valued function.

Each resulting record is an instance of the record it's splitting, with all the same column values, except for the column(s) containing the value split by the function.

WITH

The WITH clause is used alongside certain table-valued functions to match against constructs within the structure being split (keys, element names, attribute names, etc.) and/or to specify metadata for the columns generated from the function.
SELECT A.ColumnName, X.DerivedColumnName FROM TableName A CROSS APPLY <table-valued function> WITH (DerivedColumnName varchar(255)) AS X

Table-Valued Functions

STRING_SPLIT(input_text,delimiter)

Takes each record in the recordset of the preceding table expression, splits the column containing delimiters (input_text) into substrings separated by the delimiter, and returns one record per substring.

  • input_text: A column whose value you want to parse.
  • delimiter: The character used to split the value of the column specified in input_text.

Suppose there is a column called "SplitColumn" with the following content:

One-Two-Three
To unpack this value across multiple records:
SELECT A.ID, X.Value FROM [TableWithDelimitedStringField] A CROSS APPLY STRING_SPLIT(A.SplitColumn,'-') WITH (Value VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results:
-----------
|ID|Value|
|1|One|
|1|Two|
|1|Three|

JSONTABLE(json_content,[jsonpath])

For each record in the recordset of the preceding table expression, returns one record for each instance of a key in a JSON array (json_content) that matches the key(s) specified in the WITH clause, at the scope specified by the "jsonpath" input.

  • json_content: A JSON "table" (array of objects). The contents can nest, but this must be a single JSON array, not any other JSON structure, at the root level.
    • The values of every instance of the key(s) provided in the WITH clause are retrievable only for substructures which are immediate children of the root-level JSON array.
  • jsonpath: An optional JSONPath query defining the scope, within the json_content array, that you want to pull content from. The JSON key(s) identified in the WITH clause must exist at the scope defined in this parameter. This defaults to the JSON root ($).

Consider a sample table with a single record, including an ID column and column with JSON content called "JSONColumn" with the following content:

[
	{
		"name": "Samuel",
		"email": "sam@gmail.com",
		"extrainfo": {
			"city": "Seattle"
		}
	},
	{
		"name": "Katherine",
		"email": "kat@gmail.com",
	},
	{
		"name": "George",
		"email": "george23@gmail.com",
	},
	{
		"name": "Carlos",
		"email": "carlos32@gmail.com",
	}
]

To extract all values for a certain key, specify the scope in the JSONTABLE function and provide the desired key(s) in the WITH clause.

SELECT A.ID, X.name FROM [TableWithJSONField] A CROSS APPLY JSONTABLE(A.JSONColumn) WITH (name VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results: 
|ID|name|
---------
|1 |Samuel|
|1 |Katherine|
|1 |George|
|1 |Carlos|

XMLTABLE(xml_content,[xpath,child_type])

For each record in the resultset of the preceding table expression, returns one record for each of the elements and/or attributes in an XML structure (xml_content) that match the tag name(s) and/or attribute name(s) specified in the WITH clause, at the scope specified in the "xpath" input.

  • xml_content: A column containing an XML structure.
  • xpath: An optional XPath that specifies the scope within the XML structure at which the connector extracts content matching the tag/attribute name(s) specified in the WITH clause.
    • When extracting the content of sub-elements, the connector can retrieve all content from tags at the root level, (depth 0) immediate children of the root (depth 1), and children of those children (depth 2).
    • When extracting element attribute content, the connector can retrieve all content from tags containing the specified attribute at the root level (depth 0) and from immediate children of root-level elements (depth 1).
  • child_type: An optional parameter that specifies the part(s) of the parent element (specified in the xpath input) that the column(s) provided in the WITH clause are checked against to identify content.
    • You can supply the following values:
      • 0: The column(s) in the WITH clause are checked for matches against the parent element's attribute names and sub-element tag names.
      • 1: The column(s) in the WITH clause are checked for matches against the parent element's attribute names.
      • 2: The column(s) in the WITH clause are checked for matches against the parent element's sub-element tag names.
    • When not supplied, this defaults to 0.

Extracting Sub-Element Values

Consider a sample table with a single record, including an ID column and a column with XML content called "XMLContent" with the following content:
<shoppingList>
    <item>
        <name>Apples</name>
        <quantity>3</quantity>
        <unit>Kg</unit>
    </item>
    <item>
        <name>Bread</name>
        <quantity>2</quantity>
        <unit>Loaf</unit>
		<extrainfo>
			<Type>Whole-Grain</Type>
		</extrainfo>
    </item>
    <item>
        <name>Milk</name>
        <quantity>1</quantity>
        <unit>Carton</unit>
    </item>
    <item>
        <name>Eggs</name>
        <quantity>12</quantity>
        <unit></unit>
    </item>
</shoppingList>

To extract sub-element content, specify the scope in the XMLTABLE function and provide the desired element name(s) in the WITH clause. Note that this will not work if the XMLTABLE function's child_type input is set to 1.

SELECT A.ID, X.name FROM [TableWithXMLField] A CROSS APPLY XMLTABLE(A.XMLContent,'//*/item') WITH (name VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results: 
|ID|name|
---------
|1|Apples|
|1|Bread|
|1|Milk|
|1|Eggs|

Extracting Values Using Element Tag Attributes

Suppose you have this sample table with a single record, including an ID column and a column with XML content called "XMLContent" with the following content:

<restaurant>
  <dish type="appetizer">
    <name lang="en">Caprese Salad</name>
    <chef>Chef Giovanni</chef>
    <price currency="USD">9.99</price>
  </dish>
  <dish type="main-course">
    <name lang="fr">Boeuf Bourguignon</name>
    <chef>Chef Marie</chef>
    <price currency="EUR">19.99</price>
  </dish>
  <dish type="dessert">
    <name lang="es">Tres Leches Cake</name>
    <chef>Chef Alejandro</chef>
    <price currency="MXN">89.99</price>
  </dish>
</restaurant>

To extract attribute content, specify the scope in the XMLTABLE function and provide the desired attribute name(s) in the WITH clause. Note that this will not work if the XMLTABLE function's child_type input is set to 2.

SELECT A.ID, X.type FROM [TableWithXMLField] A CROSS APPLY XMLTABLE(A.XMLContent,'//*/dish') WITH (type VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results: 
|ID|type|
---------
|1|appetizer|
|1|main-course|
|1|dessert|

CSVTABLE(csv_content,[delimiter])

For each record in the resultset of the preceding table expression, reads from a column that contains a CSV table (csv_content) and for each record in that CSV table, returns one record containing the value of the CSV column(s) specified in the WITH clause.

  • csv_content: A column containing a CSV table.
  • delimiter: An optional custom delimiter (instead of a comma) which splits the CSV content contained in the csv_content input.

Consider a sample table with a single record, including an ID column and a column containing CSV table called "CSVContent" with the following content:

Name;Category;Price
Apple;Fruit;0.99
Spaghetti;Pasta;5.49
Chicken Breast;Meat;8.99
Broccoli;Vegetable;2.49

To select every value in the "Name" column and account for the custom delimiter (;):

SELECT A.ID, X.Name FROM [TableWithCSVField] A CROSS APPLY CSVTABLE(A.CSVContent,';') WITH (Name VARCHAR(255)) AS X

-- Results:
|ID|Name|
-----------
|1|Apple|
|1|Spaghetti|
|1|Chicken Breast|
|1|Broccoli|

CData Python Connector for MYOB

INSERT Statements

To create new records, use INSERT statements.

INSERT Syntax

The INSERT statement specifies the columns to be inserted and the new column values. You can specify the column values in a comma-separated list in the VALUES clause, as shown in the following example:

INSERT INTO <table_name> 
( <column_reference> [ , ... ] )
VALUES 
( { <expression> | NULL } [ , ... ] ) 
  

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>
The following is an example query:
INSERT INTO Accounts (Name) VALUES ('John')

CData Python Connector for MYOB

UPDATE Statements

To modify existing records, use UPDATE statements.

Update Syntax

The UPDATE statement takes as input a comma-separated list of columns and new column values as name-value pairs in the SET clause, as shown in the following example:

UPDATE <table_name> SET <select_statement> | {<column_reference> = <expression> [ , ... ]} WHERE { Id = <expression>  } [ { AND | OR } ... ] 

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>

The following is an example query:

UPDATE Accounts SET Name='John' WHERE Id = @myId

CData Python Connector for MYOB

DELETE Statements

To delete information from a table, use DELETE statements.

DELETE Syntax

The DELETE statement requires the table name in the FROM clause and the row's primary key in the WHERE clause, as shown in the following example:

<delete_statement> ::= DELETE FROM <table_name> WHERE { Id = <expression> } [ { AND | OR } ... ]

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>

The following is an example query:

DELETE FROM Accounts WHERE Id = @myId

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CACHE Statements

When caching is enabled, CACHE statements provide complete control over the data that is cached and the table to which it is cached. The CACHE statement executes the SELECT statement specified and caches its results to a table with the same name in the cache database or to table specified in <cached_table_name>. The connector updates or inserts rows to the cache depending on whether or not they already exist in the cache, so the primary key, which is used to identify existing rows, must be included in the selected columns.

See Caching Data for more information on different caching strategies.

CACHE Statement Syntax

The cache statement may include the following options that alter its behavior:

CACHE [ <cached_table_name> ] [ WITH TRUNCATE | AUTOCOMMIT | SCHEMA ONLY | DROP EXISTING | ALTER SCHEMA ] <select_statement> 

WITH TRUNCATE

If this option is set, the connector removes existing rows in the cache table before adding the selected rows. Use this option if you want to refresh the entire cache table but keep its existing schema.

AUTOCOMMIT

If this option is set, the connector commits each row individually. Use this option if you want to ignore the rows that could not be cached due to some reason. By default, the entire result set is cached as a single transaction.

DROP EXISTING

If this option is set, the connector drops the existing cache table before caching the new results. Use this option if you want to refresh the entire cache table, including its schema.

SCHEMA ONLY

If this option is set, the connector creates the cache table based on the SELECT statement without executing the query.

ALTER SCHEMA

If this option is set, the connector alters the schema of the existing table in the cache if it does not match the schema of the SELECT statement. This option results in new columns or dropped columns, if the schema of the SELECT statement does not match the cached table.

Common Queries

Use the following cache statement to cache all rows of a table:

CACHE SELECT * FROM Accounts

Use the following cache statement to cache all rows of a table into the cache table CachedAccounts:

CACHE CachedAccounts SELECT * FROM Accounts

Use the following cache statement for incremental caching. The DateModified column may not exist in all tables. The cache statement shows how incremental caching would work if there were such a column. Also, notice that, in this case, the WITH TRUNCATE and DROP EXISTING options are specifically omitted, which would have deleted all existing rows.

CACHE CachedAccounts SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE DateModified > '2013-04-04'

Use the following cache statements to create a table with all available columns that will then cache only a few of them. The sequence of statements cache only Id and Name even though the cache table CachedAccounts has all the columns in Accounts.

CACHE CachedAccounts SCHEMA ONLY SELECT * FROM Accounts
CACHE CachedAccounts SELECT Id, Name FROM Accounts

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EXECUTE Statements

To execute stored procedures, you can use EXECUTE or EXEC statements.

EXEC and EXECUTE assign stored procedure inputs, referenced by name, to values or parameter names.

Stored Procedure Syntax

To execute a stored procedure as an SQL statement, use the following syntax:

 
{ EXECUTE | EXEC } <stored_proc_name> 
{
  [ @ ] <input_name> = <expression>
} [ , ... ]

<expression> ::=
  | @ <parameter> 
  | ?
  | <literal>

Example Statements

Reference stored procedure inputs by name:

EXECUTE my_proc @second = 2, @first = 1, @third = 3;

Execute a parameterized stored procedure statement:

EXECUTE my_proc second = @p1, first = @p2, third = @p3; 

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PIVOT and UNPIVOT

PIVOT and UNPIVOT can be used to change a table-valued expression into another table.

PIVOT

PIVOT rotates a table-value expression by turning unique values from one column into multiple columns in the output. PIVOT can run aggregations where required on any column value.
PIVOT Synax

 
"SELECT 'AverageCost' AS Cost_Sorted_By_Production_Days, [0], [1], [2], [3], [4]
FROM
(
SELECT DaysToManufacture, StandardCost
FROM Production.Product
) AS SourceTable
PIVOT
(
AVG(StandardCost)
FOR DaysToManufacture IN ([0], [1], [2], [3], [4])
) AS PivotTable;"

UNPIVOT

UNPIVOT carries out nearly the opposite to PIVOT by rotating columns of a table-valued expressions into column values.
UNPIVOT Sytax

 
"SELECT VendorID, Employee, Orders
FROM
(SELECT VendorID, Emp1, Emp2, Emp3, Emp4, Emp5
FROM pvt) p
UNPIVOT
(Orders FOR Employee IN
(Emp1, Emp2, Emp3, Emp4, Emp5)
)AS unpvt;"

For further information on PIVOT and UNPIVOT, see FROM clause plus JOIN, APPLY, PIVOT (Transact-SQL)

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Data Model

Overview

This section shows the available API objects and provides more information on executing SQL to MYOB APIs.

The CompanyFileId connection property is required to access all tables and views, except for the CompanyFiles view, which you can use to view the company files associated with your account (and their associated IDs). Use this view if you don't know the ID of your company file.

Key Features

  • The connector models MYOB entities like Accounts, PurchaseOrders, and SalesOrders as relational tables and views, allowing you to write SQL to query MYOB data.
  • Stored procedures allow you to execute operations to MYOB, including retrieving the access token and keeping it refreshed in OAuth 2.0.
  • Live connectivity to these objects means any changes to your MYOB account are immediately reflected when using the connector.

Tables

Tables describes the available tables. Tables are statically defined to model Customers, PurchaseOrders, SalesOrders, and more.

Views

Views are available for read-only access to data from MYOB, including AccountRegister and Currencies.

Stored Procedures

Stored Procedures are function-like interfaces to MYOB. Stored procedures allow you to execute operations to MYOB, including downloading and uploading objects.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Tables

The connector models the data in MYOB as a list of tables in a relational database that can be queried using standard SQL statements.

CData Python Connector for MYOB Tables

Name Description
AccountBudgets Return and update general ledger account budgets.
Accounts Return, update, create and delete accounts for an AccountRight company file.
Activities Return, update, create and delete a list of time billing activities for an AccountRight company file.
ActivitySlips Return, update, create and delete a list of time billing activity slips for an AccountRight company file.
Build Return's Build transaction journals
ContactCustomers Return, update, create and delete a customer contact for an AccountRight company file.
ContactEmployees Return, update, create and delete an employee contact for an AccountRight company file.
ContactPersonals Return, update, create and delete a personal contact for an AccountRight company file.
Contacts Return all contact types for an AccountRight company file. This table has been deprecated, and new tables - ContactSupplier, ContactCustomer, ContactPersonal, and ContactEmployee have been introduced as replacements for it.
ContactSuppliers Return, update, create and delete a supplier contact for an AccountRight company file.
CreditRefunds Return, create and delete credit notes refunded to customers for an AccountRight company file.
CreditSettlements Return, create and delete settled customer credits for an AccountRight company file.
CustomerPayments Return, create and delete customer payments for an AccountRight company file.
DebitRefunds Return all purchase bill types for an AccountRight company file.
DebitSettlements Return, create and delete debit settlements for an AccountRight company file.
EmployeePaymentDetails Return and update employee payment details on employee contact cards for an AccountRight company file.
EmployeePayrollDetails Return and update employee payroll details on employee contact cards for an AccountRight company file.
EmployeeStandardPay Return and update employee standard pay details on employee contact cards for an AccountRight company file.
InventoryAdjustments Return, update, create and delete inventory adjustments for an AccountRight company file.
ItemPriceMatrices Return and update the item price matrix for multiple customer selling prices.
Items Return, update, create and delete inventory items for an AccountRight company file.
JobBudgets Return and update job budgets.
Jobs Return, update, create and delete a job for an AccountRight company file.
Journals Return, update, create and delete general journal transactions for an AccountRight company file.
PayrollWages Return, update, create and delete payroll categories of type wage for an AccountRight company file.
PurchaseBills Return all purchase bill types for an AccountRight company file.
PurchaseOrders Return all purchase order types for an AccountRight company file.
ReceivingTransactions Return, update, create and delete receive money transactions for an AccountRight company file.
SaleInvoices Return all sale invoice types for an AccountRight company file.
SaleOrders Returns all sale order types for an AccountRight company file.
SaleQuotes Return all sale quote types for an AccountRight company file.
SpendingTransactions Return, update, create and delete spend money transactions for an AccountRight company file.
SupplierPayments Return, create and delete supplier payments for an AccountRight company file.
TaxCodes Tax codes for an AccountRight company file.
TimesheetLineEntries Return timesheet entries for an AccountRight company file
TimesheetLineItems Return timesheet entries for an AccountRight company file
Timesheets Return timesheet entries for an AccountRight company file
TransferringTransactions Return, update, create and delete transfer money transactions for an AccountRight company file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

AccountBudgets

Return and update general ledger account budgets.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: FinancialYear, LastMonthInFinancialYear. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM AccountBudgets WHERE FinancialYear = 13
SELECT * FROM AccountBudgets WHERE LastMonthInFinancialYear = 41

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
FinancialYear Integer False

Financial year can consist of current FY or next FY only.

LastMonthInFinancialYear Integer True

Number representing the last month of the financial year. For example, 3 indicates March.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

Budgets String False

An array of account budget information.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Accounts

Return, update, create and delete accounts for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Classification, CurrentBalance, Description, DisplayID, IsActive, IsHeader, Level, Name, Number, OpeningBalance, Type, LastReconciledDate, BankingBSBNumber, BankingAccountName, BankingAccountNumber, BankingCode, BankingCompanyTradingName, BankingCreateBankFiles, BankingDirectEntryUserId, BankingIncludeSelfBalancingTransaction, BankingStatementParticulars, ForeignCurrencyID, ForeignCurrencyCode, ForeignCurrencyCurrencyName, ParentAccountID, ParentAccountDisplayID, ParentAccountName, TaxCodeID, TaxCodeCode. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE ID = REPLACE
SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE Classification = "criteria"
SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE CurrentBalance = 40.72729281968018

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Number, Type, TaxCodeID.

INSERT INTO Accounts (Number, Type, TaxCodeID) VALUES (101, "bank", "2619bed9-3750-45b5-b353-18f5651beb01")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid False

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Classification String False

The account classification can be one of the following: (1) Asset, (2) Liability, (3) Equity, (4) Income, (5) CostOfSales, (6) Expense, (8) OtherIncome, (9) OtherExpense.

CurrentBalance Decimal True

Current balance of the account. Note that this balance will include all future-dated activity.

Description String False

A description of the account.

DisplayID String False

Account code format includes separator ie 1-1100

IsActive Boolean False

True indicates the account is active. False indicates the account is inactive. A user marks an account as inactive when they no longer need to record transactions to it

IsHeader Boolean False

True indicates the account is a header account.Header accounts are used to organise, group and subtotal accounts in the Accounts List and reports. False indicates the account is a detail account. Only detail accounts can be assigned to transactions.

Level Integer False

The hierarchial level of the account in the Accounts List. Possible values are 1, 2, 3, 4. The highest level accounts are level 1, the lowest 4. You can only assign levels 2 to 4 to a new account.

Name String False

Name of the account.

Number Integer False

Account number for example 1150. Must be a unique four-digit number that does not include the account type classification number and account separator.

OpeningBalance Decimal False

Balance of the account as at the conversion date set for the company file.

Type String False

Depending on the classification of the account (e.g. asset), you can define the account's type, see here for more information on account types.

LastReconciledDate Datetime True

Shows the date that the Account was last reconciled. This will return as null if the Account has never been reconciled.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

BankingBSBNumber String False

BSB as provided by the financial institution.

BankingAccountName String False

Bank account name setup.

BankingAccountNumber String False

Account number as provided by the financial institution.

BankingCode String False

Bank code as provided by the financial institution.

BankingCompanyTradingName String False

Company trading name if applicable for bank account.

BankingCreateBankFiles Boolean False

True indicates the bank account will be used to create bank files (ABA). False indicates the bank account will not be used to create bank files.

BankingDirectEntryUserId String False

Direct entry user id as provided by the financial institution.

BankingIncludeSelfBalancingTransaction Boolean False

True indicates the bank account requires a self balancing transaction. False indicates the bank account does not require a self balancing transaction.

BankingStatementParticulars String False

Statement particulars assigned to the bank account.

ForeignCurrencyID Uuid True

Currencies.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

ForeignCurrencyCode String True

The currency code.

ForeignCurrencyCurrencyName String True

The full name of the currency.

ForeignCurrencyURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the purchase.

ParentAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

ParentAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

ParentAccountName String True

Name of the account.

ParentAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

TaxCodeID Uuid False

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

TaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

TaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Activities

Return, update, create and delete a list of time billing activities for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Description, DisplayID, IsActive, Name, Status, Type, UnitOfMeasurement, IncomeAccountID, IncomeAccountDisplayID, IncomeAccountName, ChargeableRate, UseDescriptionOnSales, TaxCodeID, TaxCodeCode. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM Activities WHERE ID = REPLACE
SELECT * FROM Activities WHERE Description = "criteria"
SELECT * FROM Activities WHERE DisplayID = "criteria"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: DisplayID, IncomeAccountID, TaxCodeID, Type, Status.

INSERT INTO Activities (DisplayID, IncomeAccountID, TaxCodeID, Type, Status) VALUES ("test", "0b9b6098-1a9e-499d-bf41-b863a6daad9c", "2619bed9-3750-45b5-b353-18f5651beb01", "Hourly", "Chargeable"

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Description String False

Description of the object.

DisplayID String False

Display ID for the object.

IsActive Boolean False

True or false.

Name String False

Name of the object.

Status String False

Can consist of the following: Chargeable used to include on time billing invoices. NonChargeable used when not charging customers but still wanting to include on activity slip.

Type String False

Hourly or NonHourly.

UnitOfMeasurement String False

Hourly - If Type = Hourly then UnitOfMeasurement = Hour. NonHourly - specify the type of measurement

IncomeAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

IncomeAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

IncomeAccountName String True

Name of the account.

IncomeAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

ChargeableRate String True

Rate which can consit of the following: EmployeeBillingRate - sourced from the employee contact card. CustomerBillingRate - sourced from the customer contact card. ActivityRate - entered on activity and is exclusive of tax.

UseDescriptionOnSales Boolean True

True or false.

TaxCodeID Uuid False

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

TaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

TaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ActivitySlips

Return, update, create and delete a list of time billing activity slips for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, ProviderID, ProviderType, ProviderName, CustomerID, CustomerName, ActivityID, ActivityName, JobID, JobNumber, JobName, HourlySalaryPayrollCategoryType, HourlySalaryPayrollCategoryName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM ActivitySlips WHERE ID = REPLACE
SELECT * FROM ActivitySlips WHERE Rate = 15
SELECT * FROM ActivitySlips WHERE AlreadyBilledAmount = 45.86163291317715

Update

To update an existing activity slip, see below.

UPDATE ActivitySlips SET Rate = 40 WHERE ID = "f979f0e7-1cd8-4fb9-b2c2-9d4546440cf7"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: ProviderID, CustomerID, ActivityID.

INSERT INTO ActivitySlips (Rate, AlreadyBilledAmount, Date, ProviderID, CustomerID, ActivityID) VALUES (50, 100.50, "01/01/2023", "43d9bef9-4f5e-4ef2-88a8-4d93a0b8866d", "e3b36dea-3720-449c-8cb3-197d3a2e5f4a", "5ec16ddc-3344-4bef-a40d-ddbfd6098914")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

DisplayID String False

Display ID for the object.

Date Datetime False

The date of the activity slip.

ProviderID Uuid False

Unique provider identifier in the form of a guid.

ProviderDisplayID String True

Display id for the provider.

ProviderType String True

Type of the provider.

ProviderName String True

Name of the provider.

ProviderURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the provider object.

CustomerID Uuid False

Unique customer identifier in the form of a guid.

CustomerDisplayID String True

Display id for the customer.

CustomerName String True

Name of the customer.

CustomerURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the customer object.

ActivityID Uuid False

Unique activity identifier in the form of a guid.

ActivityName String True

Name of the activity.

ActivityURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the activity object.

JobID Uuid True

Unique job identifier in the form of a guid.

JobNumber String True

Display id for the job.

JobName String True

Name of the job.

JobURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.

UnitCount Decimal False

Number of (time) units that the Activity will be billed for (in hours).

Rate Decimal False

The rate that the Activity will be billed at on this Activity Slip.

AdjustmentAmount Decimal False

The Adjustment of how much to bill the customer for in Currency.

AlreadyBilledAmount Decimal False

The Adjustment of how much to bill the customer for in Billing Units.

AdjustmentCount Decimal False

The Adjustment of how much to bill the customer for in Billing Units.

AlreadyBilledCount Decimal False

The amount of Billing Units already billed.

Notes String False

Any notes associated with this Activity Slip.

StartStopDescription String False

The description of the number of hours the Employee spent on this date for each Payroll Category or Activity.

StartTime Datetime False

The exact time this Activity was started.

EndTime Datetime False

The exact time this Activity was ended.

ElapsedTime Integer False

The Elapsed Time for the Activity in Seconds.

HourlySalaryPayrollCategoryID Uuid False

Unique HourlySalaryPayrollCategory identifier in the form of a guid.

HourlySalaryPayrollCategoryType String True

Type of the HourlySalaryPayrollCategory.

HourlySalaryPayrollCategoryName String True

Name of the HourlySalaryPayrollCategory.

HourlySalaryPayrollCategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the HourlySalaryPayrollCategory object.

PaidToEmployeeAmountDecimal Decimal False

The Amount already paid to the Employee for this Activity Slip.

LastModified Datetime True

DateTime of the last time this resource was modified through a direct action to the object. eg a field was updated.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Build

Return's Build transaction journals

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid False

Unique guid identifier created for the Build adjustment journal.

CategoryUID Uuid False

Categories.Id

Unique guid identifier belonging to the category assigned to the inventory journal.

CategoryDisplayID String False

Display id for the category

CategoryName String False

Name of the category

CategoryURI String False

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object

Date Datetime False

Transaction date entry, format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS

InventoryJournalNumber String False

Inventory journal number, if left null when posting a number will automatically be assigned and incremented based upon last recorded

Lines String False

An array of journal line information

Memo String False

Memo text describing the transaction line

RowVersion String False

ONLY required on PUT for updating an existing inventory adjustment line.NOT required when creating a new inventory adjustment journal.

URI String False

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web

CompanyFileId String False

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ContactCustomers

Return, update, create and delete a customer contact for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering:

  • ID
  • CurrentBalance
  • FirstName
  • LastName
  • CompanyName
  • IsActive
  • IsIndividual
  • LastModified
  • Notes
  • DisplayID
  • SellingABN
  • SellingABNBranch
  • SellingCreditAvailable
  • SellingCreditLimit
  • SellingCreditOnHold
  • SellingCreditPastDue
  • SellingFreightTaxCodeCode
  • SellingFreightTaxCodeID
  • SellingHourlyBillingRate
  • SellingInvoiceDelivery
  • SellingItemPriceLevel
  • SellingMemo
  • SellingPrintedForm
  • SellingReceiptMemo
  • SellingSaleComment
  • SellingSaleLayout
  • SellingShippingMethod
  • SellingTaxCodeCode
  • SellingTaxCodeID
  • SellingTermsBalanceDueDate
  • SellingTermsDiscountDate
  • SellingTermsDiscountForEarlyPayment
  • SellingTermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment
  • SellingTermsPaymentIsDue
  • SellingTermsVolumeDiscount
  • SellingUseCustomerTaxCode
  • SellingIncomeAccountId
  • SellingSalesPersonId
  • PaymentBSBNumber
  • PaymentBankAccountName
  • PaymentBankAccountNumber
All the other columns and operators are processed client side. These columns only support equality comparisons.
SELECT * FROM ContactCustomers WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM ContactCustomers WHERE FirstName = "James" OR FirstName = "John"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: CompanyName (if IsIndividual = false), FirstName, LastName, IsIndividual, SellingTaxCodeID and SellingFreightTaxCodeID.

INSERT INTO ContactCustomers (FirstName, LastName, IsIndividual, SellingTaxCodeID, SellingFreightTaxCodeID) VALUES ("James", "Bond", true, "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166", "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166")

Update

To update an existing ContactCustomer, along with its associated addresses, either pass a JSON string to the aggregate input value or use a temporary table:

INSERT INTO ContactAddressItems#TEMP (City, Country) VALUES ("Paris", "France")
UPDATE ContactCustomers SET FirstName = "James", Addresses = "ContactAddressItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Delete

You must specify the Id of the ContactCustomer to delete it.

DELETE FROM ContactCustomers WHERE Id = '5a3e152b-4910-4cbe-ad27-32a57392ae23'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

CurrentBalance Decimal True

Contact balance.

FirstName String False

Contact first name.

LastName String False

Contact last name.

CompanyName String False

Contact company name.

IsActive Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact is active. False indicates the employee contact is inactive.

IsIndividual Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact represents an individual. False indicates the employee contact represents a company.

LastModified Datetime True

Extracts the last modification date for the contact resource.

Notes String False

Notes for the contact.

PhotoURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with a photo image.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

DisplayID String False

Display ID for the contact card.

SellingABN String False

ABN Number (Must be 11 digits and formatted as XX XXX XXX XXX).

SellingABNBranch String False

ABN branch number.

SellingCreditAvailable Double True

Credit available.

SellingCreditLimit Double False

Credit limit.

SellingCreditOnHold Boolean False

Credit on hold.

SellingCreditPastDue Double True

Past due balance.

SellingFreightTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

SellingFreightTaxCodeID Uuid False

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

SellingFreightTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

SellingHourlyBillingRate Double False

The customers hourly billing rate.

SellingInvoiceDelivery String False

Default invoice delivery status assigned.

SellingItemPriceLevel String True

Item price level, can consist of the following: Base Selling Price, Level A, Level B, Level C, Level D, Level E, Level F.

SellingMemo String False

Default memo text.

SellingPrintedForm String False

Named form selected as default printed form.

SellingReceiptMemo String False

Default receipt memo.

SellingSaleComment String False

Default selected sale comment.

SellingSaleLayout String False

Sale Type of the record containing the full default Sale Layout definition: NoDefault, Service, Item, Professional, TimeBilling, Miscellaneous.

SellingShippingMethod String False

Shipping method text.

SellingTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

SellingTaxCodeID Uuid True

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

SellingTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

SellingTermsBalanceDueDate Integer True

The date of the entry.

SellingTermsDiscountDate Integer True

The date of the entry.

SellingTermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double True

% discount for early payment.

SellingTermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment Double True

% monthly charge for late payment.

SellingTermsPaymentIsDue String True

Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.

SellingTermsVolumeDiscount Integer True

Volume supplier discount.

SellingUseCustomerTaxCode Boolean True

True indicates to use the customer tax code. False indicates do not use the customer tax code.

SellingTaxIdNumber String False

Tax id number.

SellingIncomeAccountId Uuid True

Unique identifier for the income account in the form of a guid.

SellingIncomeAccountName String True

Name of the income account.

SellingIncomeAccountDisplayId String True

Income account code format includes separator ie 4-1100.

SellingIncomeAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the income account object.

SellingSalesPersonId Uuid True

Unique employee contact identifier in the form of a guid.

SellingSalesPersonName String True

Selected employee contact name.

SellingSalesPersonDisplayId String True

Employee contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique employee contact identifier.

SellingSalesPersonURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee contact object.

PaymentMethod String False

Payment methods must exist in company file, default methods consist of the following: American Express, Bank Card, Barter Card, Cash, Cheque, Diners Club, EFTPOS, MasterCard, Money Order, Other, Visa.

PaymentCardNumber String False

Last 4 digits only.

PaymentNameOnCard String False

Default name on card.

PaymentNotes String False

Default payment notes.

PaymentBSBNumber String False

Default bank account bsb number.

PaymentBankAccountName String False

Default bank account name.

PaymentBankAccountNumber String False

formatted (XX-XXXX-XXXXXXX-XX).

ForeignCurrencyId Uuid True

This is an AccountRight only field. Foreign Key: Unique identifier for the currency in the form of a guid.

ForeignCurrencyCode String True

This is an AccountRight only field.The currency code.

ForeignCurrencyName String True

This is an AccountRight only field. The full name of the currency.

ForeignCurrencyURI String True

This is an AccountRight only field. Uniform resource identifier associated with the currency object.

Identifiers String True

Contact Identifiers Details.

CustomField1Label String True

Custom Field 1 label.

CustomField1Value String True

Custom Field 1 value.

CustomField2Label String True

Custom Field 2 label.

CustomField2Value String True

Custom Field 2 value.

CustomField3Label String True

Custom Field 3 label.

CustomField3Value String True

Custom Field 3 value.

CustomList1Label String True

Custom List 1 label.

CustomList1Value String True

Custom List 1 value.

CustomList2Label String True

Custom List 2 label.

CustomList2Value String True

Custom List 2 value.

CustomList3Label String True

Custom List 3 label.

CustomList3Value String True

Custom List 3 value.

Addresses String False

The following set of information pulls through details for a contact address.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ContactEmployees

Return, update, create and delete an employee contact for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering:

  • ID
  • CurrentBalance
  • FirstName
  • LastName
  • CompanyName
  • IsActive
  • IsIndividual
  • LastModified
  • Notes
  • DisplayID
  • EmployeePaymentDetailsID
  • EmployeePayrollDetailsID
  • EmployeeStandardPayID
  • TimeBillingDetailsCostPerHour
  • TimeBillingDetailsEmployeeBillingRateExcludingTax
All the other columns and operators are processed client side. These columns only support equality comparisons.
SELECT * FROM ContactEmployees WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM ContactEmployees WHERE FirstName = "James" OR FirstName = "John"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: CompanyName (if IsIndividual = false), FirstName, LastName, and IsIndividual.

INSERT INTO ContactEmployees (FirstName, LastName, IsIndividual) VALUES ("James", "Bond", true)

Update

To update an existing ContactEmployee, along with its associated addresses, either pass a JSON string to the aggregate input value or use a temporary table:

INSERT INTO ContactAddressItems#TEMP (City, Country) VALUES ("Paris", "France")
UPDATE ContactEmployees SET FirstName = "James", Addresses = "ContactAddressItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Delete

You must specify the Id of the ContactEmployee to delete it.

DELETE FROM ContactEmployees WHERE Id = '5a3e152b-4910-4cbe-ad27-32a57392ae23'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

CurrentBalance Decimal True

Contact balance.

FirstName String False

Contact first name.

LastName String False

Contact last name.

CompanyName String False

Contact company name.

IsActive Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact is active. False indicates the employee contact is inactive.

IsIndividual Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact represents an individual. False indicates the employee contact represents a company.

LastModified Datetime True

Extracts the last modification date for the contact resource.

Notes String False

Notes for the contact.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

PhotoURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with a photo image.

DisplayID String False

Display ID for the contact card.

EmployeePaymentDetailsID Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

EmployeePaymentDetailsURI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

EmployeePayrollDetailsID Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

EmployeePayrollDetailsURI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

EmployeeStandardPayID Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

EmployeeStandardPayURI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

TimeBillingDetailsCostPerHour Double True

Hourly cost of employee to business.

TimeBillingDetailsEmployeeBillingRateExcludingTax Double True

Hourly billing rate for services provided by employee

Identifiers String True

Contact Identifiers Details.

CustomField1Label String True

Custom Field 1 label.

CustomField1Value String True

Custom Field 1 value.

CustomField2Label String True

Custom Field 2 label.

CustomField2Value String True

Custom Field 2 value.

CustomField3Label String True

Custom Field 3 label.

CustomField3Value String True

Custom Field 3 value.

CustomList1Label String True

Custom List 1 label.

CustomList1Value String True

Custom List 1 value.

CustomList2Label String True

Custom List 2 label.

CustomList2Value String True

Custom List 2 value.

CustomList3Label String True

Custom List 3 label.

CustomList3Value String True

Custom List 3 value.

Addresses String False

The following set of information pulls through details for a contact address.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ContactPersonals

Return, update, create and delete a personal contact for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering:

  • ID
  • CurrentBalance
  • FirstName
  • LastName
  • CompanyName
  • IsActive
  • IsIndividual
  • LastModified
  • Notes
  • DisplayID
All the other columns and operators are processed client side. These columns only support equality comparisons.
SELECT * FROM ContactPersonals WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM ContactPersonals WHERE FirstName = "James" OR FirstName = "John"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: CompanyName (if IsIndividual = false), FirstName, LastName, and IsIndividual.

INSERT INTO ContactPersonals (FirstName, LastName, IsIndividual) VALUES ("James", "Smith", true)

Update

To update an existing ContactPersonal, along with its associated addresses, either pass a JSON string to the aggregate input value or use a temporary table:

INSERT INTO ContactAddressItems#TEMP (City, Country) VALUES ("Paris", "France")
UPDATE ContactPersonals SET FirstName = "James", Addresses = "ContactAddressItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Delete

You must specify the Id of the ContactPersonal to delete it.

DELETE FROM ContactPersonals WHERE Id = '5a3e152b-4910-4cbe-ad27-32a57392ae23'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

CurrentBalance Decimal True

Contact balance.

FirstName String False

Contact first name.

LastName String False

Contact last name.

CompanyName String False

Contact company name.

IsActive Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact is active. False indicates the employee contact is inactive.

IsIndividual Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact represents an individual. False indicates the employee contact represents a company.

LastModified Datetime True

Extracts the last modification date for the contact resource.

Notes String False

Notes for the contact.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

PhotoURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with a photo image.

DisplayID String False

Display ID for the contact card.

Identifiers String True

Contact Identifiers Details.

CustomField1Label String True

Custom Field 1 label.

CustomField1Value String True

Custom Field 1 value.

CustomField2Label String True

Custom Field 2 label.

CustomField2Value String True

Custom Field 2 value.

CustomField3Label String True

Custom Field 3 label.

CustomField3Value String True

Custom Field 3 value.

CustomList1Label String True

Custom List 1 label.

CustomList1Value String True

Custom List 1 value.

CustomList2Label String True

Custom List 2 label.

CustomList2Value String True

Custom List 2 value.

CustomList3Label String True

Custom List 3 label.

CustomList3Value String True

Custom List 3 value.

Addresses String False

The following set of information pulls through details for a contact address.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Contacts

Return all contact types for an AccountRight company file. This table has been deprecated, and new tables - ContactSupplier, ContactCustomer, ContactPersonal, and ContactEmployee have been introduced as replacements for it.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering:

ABNABNBranchBuyingABN BuyingABNBranchBuyingCostPerHour
BuyingPrintedFormBuyingPurchaseComment BuyingPurchaseLayoutBuyingPurchaseOrderDelivery BuyingShippingMethod
BuyingSupplierBillingRateCompanyNameCreditAvailableCreditLimitCreditOnHold
BuyingIsReportableBuyingPaymentMemoCreditPastDueCurrentBalanceDisplayID
EmployeePaymentDetailsIDEmployeePayrollDetailsIDEmployeeStandardPayIDExpenseAccountDisplayIDExpenseAccountID
ExpenseAccountNameFirstNameFreightTaxCodeCodeFreightTaxCodeIDHourlyBillingRate
IDInvoiceDeliveryIsActiveIsIndividualLastName
LastModifiedMemoNotesPaymentBankAccountNamePaymentBankAccountNumber
PaymentBSBNumberPaymentLastModifiedPaymentRefundCardNumberPaymentRefundNameOnCardPaymentRefundNotes
PaymentRefundPaymentMethodPaymentStatementTextPrintedFormReceiptMemoSaleComment
SaleLayoutShippingMethodTaxCodeCodeTaxCodeIDTermsBalanceDueDate
TermsDiscountDateTermsDiscountForEarlyPaymentTermsMonthlyChargeForLatePaymentTermsPaymentIsDueTermsVolumeDiscount
TimeBillingDetailsCostPerHourTimeBillingDetailsEmployeeBillingRateExcludingTaxUseCustomerTaxCode

All the other columns and operators are processed client side. Type supports only equality comparison.

SELECT * FROM Contacts WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM Contacts WHERE Type = "Customer"
SELECT * FROM Contacts WHERE FirstName = "James" OR FirstName = "John"

Update

To update an existing contact, along with the addresses, either pass a JSON string to the aggregate input value or use a temporary table like below.

INSERT INTO ContactAddressItems#TEMP (City, Country) VALUES ("Paris", "France")
UPDATE Contacts SET FirstName = "James", Addresses = "ContactAddressItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Type, CompanyName (if IsIndividual = false), FirstName, LastName, IsIndividual. In addition, for "Customer" and "Supplier" types, "SellingTaxCodeID, SellingFreightTaxCodeID" and "BuyingTaxCodeID, BuyingFreightTaxCodeID" are required respectively.

INSERT INTO Contacts (Type, FirstName, LastName, IsIndividual, SellingTaxCodeID, SellingFreightTaxCodeID) VALUES ("Customer", "James", "Bond", true, "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166", "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

CurrentBalance Decimal False

Contact balance.

FirstName String False

Contact first name.

LastName String False

Contact last name.

CompanyName String False

Contact company name.

IsActive Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact is active. False indicates the employee contact is inactive.

IsIndividual Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact represents an individual. False indicates the employee contact represents a company.

LastModified Datetime False

Extracts the last modification date for the contact resource.

Notes String False

Notes for the contact.

PhotoURI String False

Uniform resource identifier associated with a photo image.

Type String False

Contact type. One of: Customer,Supplier,Personal,Employee.

DisplayID String False

Display ID for the contact card.

SellingABN String True

ABN Number (Must be 11 digits and formatted as XX XXX XXX XXX).

SellingABNBranch String True

ABN branch number.

SellingCreditAvailable Integer True

Credit available.

SellingCreditLimit Integer True

Credit limit.

SellingCreditOnHold Boolean True

Credit on hold.

SellingCreditPastDue Integer True

Past due balance.

SellingFreightTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

SellingFreightTaxCodeID Uuid True

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

SellingFreightTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

SellingHourlyBillingRate Double True

The customers hourly billing rate.

SellingInvoiceDelivery String True

Default invoice delivery status assigned.

SellingItemPriceLevel String True

Item price level, can consist of the following: Base Selling Price, Level A, Level B, Level C, Level D, Level E, Level F.

SellingMemo String True

Default memo text.

SellingPrintedForm String True

Named form selected as default printed form.

SellingReceiptMemo String True

Default receipt memo.

SellingSaleComment String True

Default selected sale comment.

SellingSaleLayout String True

Sale Type of the record containing the full default Sale Layout definition: NoDefault, Service, Item, Professional, TimeBilling, Miscellaneous.

SellingShippingMethod String True

Shipping method text.

SellingTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

SellingTaxCodeID Uuid True

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

SellingTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

SellingTermsBalanceDueDate Integer True

The date of the entry.

SellingTermsDiscountDate Integer True

The date of the entry.

SellingTermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double True

% discount for early payment.

SellingTermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment Double True

% monthly charge for late payment.

SellingTermsPaymentIsDue String True

Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.

SellingTermsVolumeDiscount Integer True

Volume supplier discount.

SellingUseCustomerTaxCode Boolean True

True indicates to use the customer tax code. False indicates do not use the customer tax code.

BuyingABN String True

ABN Number (Must be 11 digits and formatted as XX XXX XXX XXX).

BuyingABNBranch String True

ABN branch number.

BuyingCostPerHour Double True

Cost per hour of providing the suppliers services when generating an activity slip.

BuyingCreditAvailable Double True

Credit availiable.

BuyingCreditLimit Double True

Credit limit.

BuyingCreditPastDue Double True

Past due balance.

BuyingExpenseAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

BuyingExpenseAccountID Uuid True

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

BuyingExpenseAccountName String True

Name of the account.

BuyingExpenseAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

BuyingFreightTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

BuyingFreightTaxCodeID Uuid True

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

BuyingFreightTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

BuyingIsReportable Boolean True

True indicates the supplier contact is setup for reportable taxable payments. False indicates the supplier contact is not setup for reportable taxable payments.

BuyingPaymentMemo String True

Default payment memo.

BuyingPrintedForm String True

Named form selected as default printed form.

BuyingPurchaseComment String True

Default selected purchase comment.

BuyingPurchaseLayout String True

Purchase type of the record containing the full default purchase layout definition: NoDefault, Service, Item, Professional, Miscellaneous.

BuyingPurchaseOrderDelivery String True

Default supplier delivery status.

BuyingShippingMethod String True

Shipping method text.

BuyingSupplierBillingRate Double True

The suppliers hourly billing rate exclusive of tax.

BuyingTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

BuyingTaxCodeID Uuid True

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

BuyingTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

BuyingTermsBalanceDueDate Integer True

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which payments must be made. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which payments must be made.

BuyingTermsDiscountDate Integer True

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which payments must be made to receive discounts. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to receive discounts.

BuyingTermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double True

% discount for early payment.

BuyingTermsPaymentIsDue String True

Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.

BuyingTermsVolumeDiscount Double True

Volume discount.

BuyingUseSupplierTaxCode Boolean True

True or false.

PaymentBSBNumber String True

Default bank account bsb number.

PaymentBankAccountName String True

Default bank account name.

PaymentBankAccountNumber String True

formatted (XX-XXXX-XXXXXXX-XX).

PaymentLastModified String True

Extracts the last modification date for the contact resource.

PaymentPhotoURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with a photo image.

PaymentRefundCardNumber String True

Last 4 digits only.

PaymentRefundNameOnCard String True

Default name on card.

PaymentRefundNotes String True

Default refund payment notes.

PaymentRefundPaymentMethod String True

Payment method on refund, must exist in company file, default methods consist of the following: American Express, Bank Card, Barter Card, Cash, Cheque, Diners Club, EFTPOS, MasterCard, Money Order, Other, Visa.

PaymentRowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

PaymentStatementText String True

Default statement text.

PaymentURI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

EmployeePaymentDetailsID Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

EmployeePaymentDetailsURI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

EmployeePayrollDetailsID Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

EmployeePayrollDetailsURI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

EmployeeStandardPayID Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

EmployeeStandardPayURI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

TimeBillingDetailsCostPerHour Double True

Hourly cost of employee to business.

TimeBillingDetailsEmployeeBillingRateExcludingTax Double True

Hourly billing rate for services provided by employee

Identifiers String True

Contact Identifiers Details.

CustomField1Label String True

Custom Field 1 label.

CustomField1Value String True

Custom Field 1 value.

CustomField2Label String True

Custom Field 2 label.

CustomField2Value String True

Custom Field 2 value.

CustomField3Label String True

Custom Field 3 label.

CustomField3Value String True

Custom Field 3 value.

CustomList1Label String True

Custom List 1 label.

CustomList1Value String True

Custom List 1 value.

CustomList2Label String True

Custom List 2 label.

CustomList2Value String True

Custom List 2 value.

CustomList3Label String True

Custom List 3 label.

CustomList3Value String True

Custom List 3 value.

Addresses String False

The following set of information pulls through details for a contact address.

RowVersion String False

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ContactSuppliers

Return, update, create and delete a supplier contact for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering:

  • ID
  • CurrentBalance
  • FirstName
  • LastName
  • CompanyName
  • IsActive
  • IsIndividual
  • LastModified
  • Notes
  • DisplayID
  • BuyingABN
  • BuyingABNBranch
  • BuyingCostPerHour
  • BuyingCreditAvailable
  • BuyingCreditLimit
  • BuyingCreditPastDue
  • BuyingExpenseAccountDisplayID
  • BuyingExpenseAccountID
  • BuyingExpenseAccountName
  • BuyingFreightTaxCodeCode
  • BuyingFreightTaxCodeID
  • BuyingIsReportable
  • BuyingPaymentMemo
  • BuyingPrintedForm
  • BuyingPurchaseComment
  • BuyingPurchaseLayout
  • BuyingPurchaseOrderDelivery
  • BuyingShippingMethod
  • BuyingSupplierBillingRate
  • BuyingTaxCodeCode
  • BuyingTaxCodeID
  • BuyingTermsBalanceDueDate
  • BuyingTermsDiscountDate
  • BuyingTermsDiscountForEarlyPayment
  • BuyingTermsPaymentIsDue
  • BuyingTermsVolumeDiscount
  • BuyingUseSupplierTaxCode
  • PaymentBSBNumber
  • PaymentBankAccountName
  • PaymentBankAccountNumber
  • PaymentRefundCardNumber
  • PaymentRefundNameOnCard
  • PaymentRefundNotes
  • PaymentRefundPaymentMethod
  • PaymentStatementText
All the other columns and operators are processed client side. These columns only support equality comparisons.
SELECT * FROM ContactSuppliers WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM ContactSuppliers WHERE FirstName = "James" OR FirstName = "John"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: CompanyName (if IsIndividual = false), FirstName, LastName, IsIndividual, BuyingTaxCodeID and BuyingFreightTaxCodeID.

INSERT INTO ContactSuppliers (FirstName, LastName, IsIndividual, BuyingTaxCodeID, BuyingFreightTaxCodeID) VALUES ("James", "Bond", true, "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166", "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166")

Update

To update an existing ContactSupplier, along with its associated addresses, either pass a JSON string to the aggregate input value or use a temporary table:.

INSERT INTO ContactAddressItems#TEMP (City, Country) VALUES ("Paris", "France")
UPDATE ContactSuppliers SET FirstName = "James", Addresses = "ContactAddressItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Delete

You must specify the Id of the ContactSupplier to delete it.

DELETE FROM ContactSuppliers WHERE Id = '35fe2eaa-d941-4312-a427-bd4281670c75'

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

CurrentBalance Decimal True

Contact balance.

FirstName String False

Contact first name.

LastName String False

Contact last name.

CompanyName String False

Contact company name.

IsActive Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact is active. False indicates the employee contact is inactive.

IsIndividual Boolean False

True indicates the employee contact represents an individual. False indicates the employee contact represents a company.

LastModified Datetime True

Extracts the last modification date for the contact resource.

Notes String False

Notes for the contact.

PhotoURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with a photo image.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

DisplayID String False

Display ID for the contact card.

BuyingABN String False

ABN Number (Must be 11 digits and formatted as XX XXX XXX XXX).

BuyingABNBranch String False

ABN branch number.

BuyingCostPerHour Double False

Cost per hour of providing the suppliers services when generating an activity slip.

BuyingCreditAvailable Double True

Credit availiable.

BuyingCreditLimit Double False

Credit limit.

BuyingCreditPastDue Double True

Past due balance.

BuyingExpenseAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

BuyingExpenseAccountID Uuid False

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

BuyingExpenseAccountName String True

Name of the account.

BuyingExpenseAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

BuyingFreightTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

BuyingFreightTaxCodeID Uuid False

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

BuyingFreightTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

BuyingIsReportable Boolean False

True indicates the supplier contact is setup for reportable taxable payments. False indicates the supplier contact is not setup for reportable taxable payments.

BuyingPaymentMemo String False

Default payment memo.

BuyingPrintedForm String False

Named form selected as default printed form.

BuyingPurchaseComment String False

Default selected purchase comment.

BuyingPurchaseLayout String False

Purchase type of the record containing the full default purchase layout definition: NoDefault, Service, Item, Professional, Miscellaneous.

BuyingPurchaseOrderDelivery String False

Default supplier delivery status.

BuyingShippingMethod String False

Shipping method text.

BuyingSupplierBillingRate Double False

The suppliers hourly billing rate exclusive of tax.

BuyingTaxIdNumber String False

Tax id Number.

BuyingTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

BuyingTaxCodeID Uuid False

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

BuyingTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

BuyingTermsBalanceDueDate Integer False

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which payments must be made. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which payments must be made.

BuyingTermsDiscountDate Integer False

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which payments must be made to receive discounts. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to receive discounts.

BuyingTermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double False

% discount for early payment.

BuyingTermsPaymentIsDue String False

Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.

BuyingTermsVolumeDiscount Double False

Volume discount.

BuyingUseSupplierTaxCode Boolean False

True or false.

PaymentBSBNumber String False

Default bank account bsb number.

PaymentBankAccountName String False

Default bank account name.

PaymentBankAccountNumber String False

formatted (XX-XXXX-XXXXXXX-XX).

PaymentRefundCardNumber String False

Last 4 digits only.

PaymentRefundNameOnCard String False

Default name on card.

PaymentRefundNotes String False

Default refund payment notes.

PaymentRefundPaymentMethod String False

Payment method on refund, must exist in company file, default methods consist of the following: American Express, Bank Card, Barter Card, Cash, Cheque, Diners Club, EFTPOS, MasterCard, Money Order, Other, Visa.

PaymentStatementText String False

Default statement text.

PaymentStatementCode String False

Default code attached to an electronic payment. ONLY APPLICABLE FOR NZ REGION.

PaymentStatementReference String False

Default reference attached to an electronic payment. ONLY APPLICABLE FOR NZ REGION.

ForeignCurrencyId Uuid True

This is an AccountRight only field. Foreign Key: Unique identifier for the currency in the form of a guid.

ForeignCurrencyCode String True

This is an AccountRight only field.The currency code.

ForeignCurrencyName String True

This is an AccountRight only field. The full name of the currency.

ForeignCurrencyURI String True

This is an AccountRight only field. Uniform resource identifier associated with the currency object.

Identifiers String True

Contact Identifiers Details.

CustomField1Label String True

Custom Field 1 label.

CustomField1Value String True

Custom Field 1 value.

CustomField2Label String True

Custom Field 2 label.

CustomField2Value String True

Custom Field 2 value.

CustomField3Label String True

Custom Field 3 label.

CustomField3Value String True

Custom Field 3 value.

CustomList1Label String True

Custom List 1 label.

CustomList1Value String True

Custom List 1 value.

CustomList2Label String True

Custom List 2 label.

CustomList2Value String True

Custom List 2 value.

CustomList3Label String True

Custom List 3 label.

CustomList3Value String True

Custom List 3 value.

Addresses String False

The following set of information pulls through details for a contact address.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CreditRefunds

Return, create and delete credit notes refunded to customers for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Date, DeliveryStatus, Memo, Number, Payee, Amount, ChequePrinted, AccountID, AccountDisplayID, AccountName, CustomerID, CustomerDisplayID, CustomerName, InvoiceID, InvoiceNumber. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM CreditRefunds WHERE ID = "6d35e53a-5070-432d-b9ec-f4791e353352
SELECT * FROM CreditRefunds WHERE AccountName = "AccountName"
SELECT * FROM CreditRefunds WHERE Amount = 340.44

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Date, Amount, AccountID, CustomerID, InvoiceID.

INSERT INTO CreditRefunds (Date, Amount, AccountID, CustomerID, InvoiceID) VALUES ("01/02/2019", 54, "3a35e83a-5070-432d-b6ec-f4791f353352", "2619bed9-3750-45b5-b353-18f5651beb01", "f6703af2-7494-4ecc-b0f6-b2bb9c813782")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Date Datetime False

Transaction date.

DeliveryStatus String False

Remittance advise delivery status assigned to credit note: Print = ToBePrinted, Email = ToBeEmailed, PrintAndEmail = ToBePrintedAndEmailed, Nothing = AlreadyPrintedOrSent.

Memo String False

Memo text describing the credit refund.

Number String False

Sales invoice number

Payee String False

Payee address on the credit note belonging to the customer contact.

Amount Decimal False

Total credit amount to be refunded, can be equal to or less than the invoice amount.

ChequePrinted Boolean False

True or false.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

AccountID Uuid True

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

AccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

AccountName String True

Name of the account.

AccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

CustomerID Uuid True

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned customer contact.

CustomerDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique customer contact identifier.

CustomerName String True

Name of the customer contact.

CustomerURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the customer contact object.

InvoiceID Uuid False

SaleInvoices.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

InvoiceNumber String True

Invoice number.

InvoiceURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the invoice.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CreditSettlements

Return, create and delete settled customer credits for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Date, Memo, Number, CreditAmount, CreditFromInvoiceID, CreditFromInvoiceNumber, CustomerID, CustomerDisplayID, CustomerName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM CreditSettlements WHERE ID = "7cabea25-6250-4df5-bb37-77eb2d38f803"
SELECT * FROM CreditSettlements WHERE CustomerID = "07763f97-43cc-4149-8c00-d92feb4e1404"
SELECT * FROM CreditSettlements WHERE Memo = "memo"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Date, CreditFromInvoiceID, CustomerID.

To insert the Lines values into CreditSettlements, either pass the JSON data as a string or use a temporary table like below.

INSERT INTO CreditSettlementItems#TEMP (AmountApplied, Type, SaleId) VALUES (444.21, "Invoice", "0229a075-f93a-4b6c-85d7-0ffd5ba43982")
INSERT INTO CreditSettlements (Date, CreditFromInvoiceID, CustomerID, Lines) VALUES ("01/01/2019", "07763f97-43cc-4149-8c00-d92feb4e1404", "6aaccbbf-2a21-44eb-8462-dfff3117dd5a", "CreditSettlementItems#TEMP")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Date Datetime False

Transaction date.

Memo String False

Memo text describing the settled credit.

Number String False

Cheque credit number, optional on POST as will auto increment based upon last recorded if left blank.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

CreditAmount Decimal True

Total credit amount to be applied, can only be less than or equal to CreditFromInvoice amount.

CreditFromInvoiceID Uuid False

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

CreditFromInvoiceNumber String True

Invoice number.

CreditFromInvoiceURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the invoice.

CustomerID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned customer contact.

CustomerDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique customer contact identifier.

CustomerName String True

Name of the customer contact.

CustomerURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the customer contact object.

Lines String False

The following set of information pulls through line details for the credit settlement.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CustomerPayments

Return, create and delete customer payments for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Date, DepositTo, AmountReceived, Memo, PaymentMethod, ReceiptNumber, AccountID, AccountDisplayID, AccountName, CustomerID, CustomerDisplayID, CustomerName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM CustomerPayments WHERE ID = "7cabea25-6250-4df5-bb37-77eb2d38f803"
SELECT * FROM CustomerPayments WHERE CustomerID = "0229a075-f93a-4b6c-85d7-0ffd5ba43982"
SELECT * FROM CustomerPayments WHERE AmountReceived = 1399.99

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: DepositTo, AccountID, CustomerID, Invoices.

To insert the Invoices values into CustomerPayments, either pass the JSON data as a string or use a temporary table like below.

INSERT INTO CustomerPaymentInvoices#TEMP (AmountApplied, ID, Type) VALUES (444.21, " 0229a075-f93a-4b6c-85d7-0ffd5ba43982", "Order")
INSERT INTO CustomerPayments (DepositTo, AccountID, CustomerID, Invoices) VALUES ("Account", "ee9824a1-26d7-4501-8c19-83bc1fd84167", "ee9824a1-26d7-4501-8c19-83bc1fd84167", "CustomerPaymentInvoices#TEMP")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

DepositTo String False

If allocating a banking account for the payment specify Account. If using undeposited funds specify UndepositedFunds.

AmountReceived Double False

The amount received.

Memo String False

Memo text for the object.

PaymentMethod String False

One of: American Express, Bank Card, Barter Card, Cash, Cheque, Diners Club, EFTPOS, MasterCard, Money Order, Other, Visa.

ReceiptNumber String False

ID No of payment transaction.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

AccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

AccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

AccountName String True

Name of the account.

AccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

CustomerID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned customer contact.

CustomerDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique customer contact identifier.

CustomerName String True

Name of the customer contact.

CustomerURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the customer contact object.

Invoices String False

An array of line invoice information.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

DebitRefunds

Return all purchase bill types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Amount, Date, DepositTo, Memo, Number, PaymentMethod, BillID, BillNumber, AccountID, AccountDisplayID, AccountName, SupplierID, SupplierDisplayID, SupplierName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM DebitRefunds WHERE ID = "7cabea25-6250-4df5-bb37-77eb2d38f803"
SELECT * FROM DebitRefunds WHERE Amount = 1600.00
SELECT * FROM DebitRefunds WHERE AccountName = "Processing account"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Amount, Date, DepositTo, BillID, AccountID.

INSERT INTO DebitRefunds (Date, Amount, AccountID, DepositTo, BillID) VALUES ("01/02/2019", 54, "3a35e83a-5070-432d-b6ec-f4791f353352", "Account", "f6703af2-7494-4ecc-b0f6-b2bb9c813782")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Amount Double False

Total amount of the debit to be refunded, can be equal to or less than the bill amount.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

DepositTo String False

If allocating a banking account for the payment specify Account. If using undeposited funds specify UndepositedFunds.

Memo String False

Memo text for the object.

Number String False

Purchase bill number.

PaymentMethod String False

Payment method text.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

BillID Uuid False

PurchaseBills.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

BillNumber String True

Bill number.

BillURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the bill.

AccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

AccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

AccountName String True

Name of the account.

AccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

SupplierID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned supplier contact.

SupplierDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique supplier contact identifier.

SupplierName String True

Name of the supplier contact.

SupplierURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the supplier contact object.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

DebitSettlements

Return, create and delete debit settlements for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Date, Memo, Number, DebitAmount, DebitFromBillID, DebitFromBillNumber, SupplierID, SupplierDisplayID, SupplierName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM DebitSettlements WHERE ID = "7cabea25-6250-4df5-bb37-77eb2d38f803"
SELECT * FROM DebitSettlements WHERE DebitAmount = 2600
SELECT * FROM DebitSettlements WHERE Memo = "memo"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Date, DebitFromBillID, Lines.

To insert the Lines values into DebitSettlements, either pass the JSON data as a string or use a temporary table like below.

INSERT INTO DebitSettlementItems#TEMP (AmountApplied, Type, Purchaseid) VALUES (444.21, "Order", "0229a075-f93a-4b6c-85d7-0ffd5ba43982")
INSERT INTO DebitSettlements (Date, DebitFromBillID, Lines) VALUES ("01/01/2019", "07763f97-43cc-4149-8c00-d92feb4e1404", "6aaccbbf-2a21-44eb-8462-dfff3117dd5a", "DebitSettlementItems#TEMP")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

Memo String False

Memo text for the object.

Number String False

ID transaction number, if left blank on POST will auto increment based upon last recorded.

DebitAmount Double False

Total debit amount to be applied, can only be less than or equal to DebitFromBill amount.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

DebitFromBillID Uuid False

PurchaseBills.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

DebitFromBillNumber String True

Bill number.

DebitFromBillURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the bill.

SupplierID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned supplier contact.

SupplierDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique supplier contact identifier.

SupplierName String True

Name of the supplier contact.

SupplierURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the supplier contact object.

Lines String False

The following set of information pulls through line details for the debit settlement.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeePaymentDetails

Return and update employee payment details on employee contact cards for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, BankStatementText, PaymentMethod, EmployeeID, EmployeeDisplayID, EmployeeName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM EmployeePaymentDetails WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM EmployeePaymentDetails WHERE EmployeeID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Update

To update an existing employee payment detail, along with its BankAccounts, either pass a JSON string to the BankAccounts value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current BankAccounts with the ones below.

INSERT INTO EmployeeBankAccountItems#TEMP (BSBNumber, BankAccountName, BankAccountNumber, Unit, Value) VALUES ("341-241", "123412341", "Mr A Long", 100, "Percent")
UPDATE EmployeePaymentDetails SET BankAccounts = "EmployeeBankAccountItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "992163e5-f46d-4b45-9296-965aa89a2a71"

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

BankStatementText String False

Text to appear on employee's bank statement where PaymentMethod = Electronic.

PaymentMethod String False

Payment method can consist of the following Enum values: Cash, Cheque, Electronic.

EmployeeID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned employee contact.

EmployeeDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique employee contact identifier.

EmployeeName String True

Name of the employee contact.

EmployeeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee contact object.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

BankAccounts String False

An array of employee bank account information where PaymentMethod = Electronic.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeePayrollDetails

Return and update employee payroll details on employee contact cards for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, DateOfBirth, Gender, PaySlipDelivery, PaySlipEmail, StartDate, TimeBillingCostPerHour, TimeBillingEmployeeBillingRateExcludingTax, EmploymentBasis, EmploymentCategory, EmploymentStatus, EmployeeID, EmployeeDisplayID, EmployeeName, EmploymentClassificationID, EmploymentClassificationName, TaxCategoryID, TaxCategoryName, TaxCategoryType, TaxTableID, TaxTableName, TaxFileNumber, TaxTotalRebatesPerYear, TaxWithholdingVariationRate, TaxExtraTaxPerPay, WageAnnualSalary, WageHourlyRate, WageHoursInWeeklyPayPeriod, WagePayBasis, WagePayFrequency, WagesExpenseAccountID, WagesExpenseAccountDisplayID, WagesExpenseAccountName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM EmployeePayrollDetails WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM EmployeePayrollDetails WHERE TaxTableID = "a3ed306d-2da1-49b3-9023-353c3dffb2e9"
SELECT * FROM EmployeePayrollDetails WHERE StartDate = "01/02/2019"

Update

To update an existing payroll detail aggregate list, either pass a JSON string to the aggregate input value or use a temporary table like below.

INSERT INTO EmployeePayrollDeductionItems#TEMP (ID) VALUES ("a7ld306u-2da1-49b2-90f3-111c3dffb2e2)
UPDATE EmployeePayrollDetails SET Deductions = "EmployeePayrollDeductionItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

DateOfBirth Datetime False

The employee's date of birth.

Gender String False

Gender of the employee contact.

PaySlipDelivery String False

The methods by which the payslip can be sent: ToBePrinted (Defaults to be printed on PUT if not specified) , ToBeEmailed, ToBePrintedAndEmailed, AlreadyPrintedOrSent.

PaySlipEmail String False

Email address to which payslips should be emailed.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

StartDate Datetime False

Date the employee began employment.

TerminationDate Datetime False

Date the employee's employment was terminated.

TimeBillingCostPerHour Double True

Hourly cost.

TimeBillingEmployeeBillingRateExcludingTax Double True

Hourly billing rate for services provided by employee.

EmploymentBasis String False

Employment basis can consist of the following: Individual (Defaults to individual on PUT if not specified) , Labor Hire, Other.

EmploymentCategory String False

Employment category can consist of the following: Permanent (Defaults to permanent on PUT if not specified), Temporary.

EmploymentStatus String False

Employment status can consist of the following: FullTime (Defaults to full time on PUT if not specified) , PartTime, Other, Casual.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

EmployeeID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned employee contact.

EmployeeDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique employee contact identifier.

EmployeeName String True

Name of the employee contact.

EmployeeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee contact object.

EmploymentClassificationID Uuid False

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

EmploymentClassificationName String True

Name of the employment classification.

EmploymentClassificationURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employment classification object.

TaxCategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

TaxCategoryName String True

Name of the category.

TaxCategoryType String True

Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Deduction, Superannuation.

TaxCategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

TaxTableID Uuid False

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

TaxTableName String True

Name of the tax table.

TaxTableURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax table object.

TaxFileNumber String False

Employee tax file number (Must be 9 digits and formatted as XXX XXX XXX).

TaxTotalRebatesPerYear Double False

The employee's total rebates offset amount.

TaxWithholdingVariationRate Double False

% rate that applies if selected tax table = Withholding Variation.

TaxExtraTaxPerPay Double True

The employees extra tax withheld from there pay.

WageAnnualSalary Decimal True

Annual salary amount for the employee.

WageHourlyRate Decimal True

Employee hourly rate.

WageHoursInWeeklyPayPeriod Decimal True

Hours worked in a pay period. Defaults to 40 on PUT if not specified.

WagePayBasis String True

PayBasis can consist of the following: Salary (Defaults to salary on PUT if not specified), Hourly.

WagePayFrequency String True

Pay frequency can consist of the following: Weekly (Defaults to weekly on PUT if not specified) , Fortnightly, TwiceAMonth, Monthly.

WagesExpenseAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

WagesExpenseAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

WagesExpenseAccountName String True

Name of the account.

WagesExpenseAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

WageCategories String False

An array of wage categories the employee is linked to.

Entitlements String False

The following set of information pulls through details for each linked entitlement category.

Deductions String False

The following set of information pulls through details for each linked deductions category.

EmployerExpenses String False

The following set of information pulls through details for each linked employer expenses category.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeeStandardPay

Return and update employee standard pay details on employee contact cards for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Memo, HoursPerPayFrequency, PayFrequency, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName, EmployeeID, EmployeeDisplayID, EmployeeName, PayrollDetailsID. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM EmployeeStandardPay WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM EmployeeStandardPay WHERE EmployeeID = "2aed306d-2da3-49b1-9023-153c3dc5b2ef"
SELECT * FROM EmployeeStandardPay WHERE HoursPerPayFrequency = 11

Update

To update an existing employee, along with its PayrollCategories, either pass a JSON string to the PayrollCategories value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current PayrollCategories with the ones below.

INSERT INTO EmployeePayrollCategoryItems#TEMP (payrollcategoryid) VALUES ("2ced306d-1da3-49b1-2223-153c3dc5b2ef")
UPDATE EmployeeStandardPay SET PayrollCategories = "EmployeePayrollCategoryItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Memo String False

Memo text for the object.

HoursPerPayFrequency Decimal True

Hours worked in a pay period.

PayFrequency String True

Pay frequency can consist of the following: Weekly, Fortnightly, TwiceAMonth, Monthly.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

EmployeeID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned employee contact.

EmployeeDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique employee contact identifier.

EmployeeName String True

Name of the employee contact.

EmployeeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee contact object.

PayrollDetailsID Uuid True

EmployeePayrollDetails.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

PayrollDetailsURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the object.

PayrollCategories String False

All payroll categories linked to the employee contact, includes all payroll categories of type Wage.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

InventoryAdjustments

Return, update, create and delete inventory adjustments for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, InventoryJournalNumber, Date, IsYearEndAdjustment, Memmo, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM InventoryAdjustments WHERE ID = "10f623a6-1638-4970-afd5-0394191bf015"
SELECT * FROM InventoryAdjustments WHERE InventoryJournalNumber = "IJ000001"
SELECT * FROM InventoryAdjustments WHERE IsYearEndAdjustment = True

Update

To update an existing inventory adjustment, along with its Lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current Lines with the ones below.

INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustmentItems#TEMP (Quantity, AccountID, ItemID, LocationID, RowID, RowVersion) VALUES (500, "2e653a1a-dafe-4e81-a553-f9a56ed3d105", "d5ab0fd1-3bf4-4230-bbaf-90b26ea9afda", "04ad68a3-91f5-4739-8b83-13f86ecd2e33", 656, "8733325201913151488")
UPDATE InventoryAdjustments SET InventoryJournalNumber = "IJ000002", Lines = "InventoryAdjustmentItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "10f623a6-1638-4970-afd5-0394191bf015"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Date.

INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustments (Date, InventoryJournalNumber, IsYearEndAdjustment) VALUES ("01/01/2023", "IJ000003", False)

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

InventoryJournalNumber String False

Inventory journal number, if left null when posting a number will automatically be assigned and incremented based upon last recorded.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

IsYearEndAdjustment Boolean False

True indicates the transaction is a YearEndAdjustment. False indicates the transaction is not a YearEndAdjustment.

Memo String False

Memo text for the object.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

Lines String False

An array of spend money line information.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ItemPriceMatrices

Return and update the item price matrix for multiple customer selling prices.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, ItemID, ItemName, ItemNumber. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM ItemPriceMatrices WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM ItemPriceMatrices WHERE ItemName = "item name"

Update

To update an existing item price matrix, along with its SellingPrices, either pass a JSON string to the SellingPrices value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current SellingPrices with the ones below.

INSERT INTO ItemSellingPrices#TEMP (quantityover, levelA, LevelB) VALUES (10, 11.5, 12.7)
UPDATE ItemPriceMatrices SET SellingPrices = "ItemSellingPrices#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

ItemID Uuid True

Items.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

ItemName String True

Name of the item.

ItemNumber String True

The number assigned to the item.

ItemURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the item.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

SellingPrices String False

An array of selling price information.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Items

Return, update, create and delete inventory items for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, AverageCost, BaseSellingPrice, IsActive, IsBought, IsInventoried, IsSold, Name, Number, CurrentValue, Description, UseDescription, AssetAccountID, AssetAccountDisplayID, AssetAccountName, BuyingUnitOfMeasure, BuyingItemsPerBuyingUnit, BuyingLastPurchasePrice, BuyingStandardCost, RestockingSupplierID, RestockingSupplierDisplayID, RestockingSupplierItemNumber, RestockingSupplierName, RestockingDefaultOrderQuantity, RestockingMinimumLevelForRestockingAlert, BuyingTaxCodeID, BuyingTaxCodeCode, CostOfSalesAccountID, CostOfSalesAccountDisplayID, CostOfSalesAccountName, IncomeAccountID, IncomeAccountDisplayID, IncomeAccountName, ExpenseAccountID, ExpenseAccountDisplayID, ExpenseAccountName, QuantityAvailable, QuantityCommitted, QuantityOnHand, QuantityOnOrder, SellingBaseSellingPrice, SellingCalculateSalesTaxOn, SellingIsTaxInclusive, SellingItemsPerSellingUnit, SellingUnitOfMeasure, SellingTaxCodeID, SellingTaxCodeCode. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM Items WHERE ID = "d5ab0fd1-3bf4-4230-bbaf-90b26ea9afda" OR ID = "59aa54c8-6793-4a63-bda9-55451fa3976e"
SELECT * FROM Items WHERE AverageCost = 21.38 OR BaseSellingPrice = 11.95
SELECT * FROM Items WHERE IsActive = true

Insert

The following attribute is required when performing an insert: Number.

INSERT INTO Items (Number) VALUES ("429")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

AverageCost Decimal True

Item's average cost when the quantity on hand is equal to or greater than zero.

BaseSellingPrice Decimal True

Item's base selling price inclusive of tax.

IsActive Boolean False

Please note: Defaults to true if left blank on POST. True indicates the item is active. False indicates the item is inactive.

IsBought Boolean False

True indicates the item is bought. False indicates the item is not bought.

IsInventoried Boolean False

True indicates the item is inventoried. False indicates the item is not inventoried.

IsSold Boolean False

True indicates the item is sold. False indicates the item is not sold.

Name String False

Name of the object.

Number String False

Item number.

PhotoURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with a photo image.

PriceMatrixURI String False

Please note: Only available if Item IsSold = true.

CurrentValue Decimal True

Dollar value of units held in inventory.

Description String False

Description of the object.

UseDescription Boolean False

True indicates to use the description text instead of item name on sale invoices and purchase orders. False indicates not to use the item description on sales and purchases.

AssetAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

AssetAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

AssetAccountName String True

Name of the account.

AssetAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

BuyingUnitOfMeasure String False

Description of the unit type the item is purchased with, ie: kg, hour.

BuyingItemsPerBuyingUnit Decimal False

Number of items per buying unit. Note: if is IsInventoried = false null is returned.

BuyingLastPurchasePrice Decimal True

The item's tax inclusive price per unit when last purchased.

BuyingStandardCost Decimal False

Standard purchase price for one buying unit of this item.

RestockingSupplierID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned supplier contact.

RestockingSupplierDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique supplier contact identifier.

RestockingSupplierItemNumber String False

Number or code supplier has assigned to the item.

RestockingSupplierName String True

Name of the supplier contact.

RestockingSupplierURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the supplier contact object.

RestockingDefaultOrderQuantity Integer True

Default number of units to buy on auto reorder.

RestockingMinimumLevelForRestockingAlert Integer True

The minimum number of items on hand before needing to reorder.

BuyingTaxCodeID Uuid False

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

BuyingTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

BuyingTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

CostOfSalesAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

CostOfSalesAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

CostOfSalesAccountName String True

Name of the account.

CostOfSalesAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

IncomeAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

IncomeAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

IncomeAccountName String True

Name of the account.

IncomeAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

ExpenseAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

ExpenseAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

ExpenseAccountName String True

Name of the account.

ExpenseAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

QuantityAvailable Decimal True

Calculated quantity of the item available for sale.

QuantityCommitted Decimal True

Quantity of the item held in pending sale invoices.

QuantityOnHand Decimal True

Quantity of units held in inventory.

QuantityOnOrder Decimal True

Quantity of the item held in pending purchase orders.

SellingBaseSellingPrice Decimal True

Standard selling price for one selling unit of this item.

SellingCalculateSalesTaxOn String True

ONLY APPLICABLE FOR AU REGION. Sales tax can be calculated on any of the following Enum values: ActualSellingPrice, BaseSellingPrice, LevelA, LevelB, LevelC, LevelD, LevelE, LevelF.

SellingIsTaxInclusive Boolean True

True indicates the selling prices are inclusive of tax. False indicates the selling prices are exclusive of tax.

SellingItemsPerSellingUnit Integer True

Number of items per selling unit. Note: if is IsInventoried = false null is returned.

SellingUnitOfMeasure String True

Description of the unit type the item is sold as, ie: kg, hour.

SellingTaxCodeID Uuid False

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

SellingTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

SellingTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

CustomField1Label String True

Custom Field 1 label.

CustomField1Value String True

Custom Field 1 value.

CustomField2Label String True

Custom Field 2 label.

CustomField2Value String True

Custom Field 2 value.

CustomField3Label String True

Custom Field 3 label.

CustomField3Value String True

Custom Field 3 value.

CustomList1Label String True

Custom List 1 label.

CustomList1Value String True

Custom List 1 value.

CustomList2Label String True

Custom List 2 label.

CustomList2Value String True

Custom List 2 value.

CustomList3Label String True

Custom List 3 label.

CustomList3Value String True

Custom List 3 value.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

JobBudgets

Return and update job budgets.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, JobID, JobName, JobNumber. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM JobBudgets WHERE ID = "7cabea25-6250-4df5-bb37-77eb2d38f803"
SELECT * FROM JobBudgets WHERE JobName = "job name"

Update

To update an existing JobBudget, along with its Budgets, either pass a JSON string to the Budgets value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current Budgets with the ones below.

INSERT INTO JobBudgetItems#TEMP (Amount, AccountID) VALUES (444.21, "44a7b2bc-0a0e-4381-86fc-9b2c7a479f8f")
UPDATE JobBudgets SET Budgets = "JobBudgetItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "992163e5-f46d-4b45-9296-965aa89a2a71"

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid False

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

JobID Uuid False

Jobs.ID

Unique job identifier in the form of a guid.

JobName String True

Name assigned to the job.

JobNumber String True

Number assigned to the job.

JobURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.

Budgets String False

An array of job budget information.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Jobs

Return, update, create and delete a job for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Contact, Description, StartDate, FinishDate, IsActive, IsHeader, Manager, Name, Number, PercentComplete, StartDate, TrackReimbursables, LinkedCustomerID, LinkedCustomerDisplayID, LinkedCustomerName, LinkedCustomerUri, ParentJobID, ParentJobName, ParentJobNumber, ParentJobUri. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM Jobs WHERE ID = "797755431-e8d1-411f-9859-5ff2a54f97d9"
SELECT * FROM Jobs WHERE Number = "125" OR Name = "Supply of Coolers FH"
SELECT * FROM Jobs WHERE ParentJobNumber = "120"

Insert

The following attribute is required when performing an insert: Number.

INSERT INTO Jobs (Number) VALUES ("429")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Contact String False

Contact for the job.

Description String False

Description of the object.

StartDate Datetime False

Date the job was started.

FinishDate Datetime False

Date the job was completed.

IsActive Boolean False

Defaults to true if left blank on POST.

IsHeader Boolean False

Defaults to true if left blank on POST.

Manager String False

Manager of the job.

Name String False

Name of the object.

Number String False

Number assigned to the job.

PercentComplete Double False

% of the job completed.

LastModified Datetime True

Date the job was Modified.

TrackReimbursables Boolean False

True indicates a job is used to track reimbursable expenses. False indicates a job is not used to track reimbursable expenses.

LinkedCustomerID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned customer contact.

LinkedCustomerDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique customer contact identifier.

LinkedCustomerName String True

Name of the customer contact.

LinkedCustomerUri String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the customer contact object.

ParentJobID Uuid False

Jobs.ID

Unique job identifier in the form of a guid.

ParentJobName String True

Name assigned to the job.

ParentJobNumber String True

Number assigned to the job.

ParentJobUri String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Journals

Return, update, create and delete general journal transactions for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, DateOccurred, DisplayID, GSTReportingMethod, IsTaxInclusive, IsYearEndAdjustment, Memo, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName, Uri. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM Journals WHERE ID = "7cabea25-6250-4df5-bb37-77eb2d38f803"
SELECT * FROM Journals WHERE CategoryID = "6cbbea25-6256-4df4-bb37-17eb2d21f803
SELECT * FROM Journals WHERE GSTReportingMethod = "Purchase"

Insert

The following attribute is required when performing an insert: DateOccurred, Lines.

To insert an existing journal, along with its Lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table like below.

INSERT INTO JournalItems#TEMP (AccountID, TaxcodeID, Amount, IsCredit) VALUES ("d3f55ef1-ce77-4ef2-a415-61d04db2c5fc", "e1e27d8e-f89d-451d-97c8-e0c3c1716a91", 11.23, true)
INSERT INTO JournalItems#TEMP (AccountID, TaxcodeID, Amount, IsCredit) VALUES ("d3f55ef1-ce77-4ef2-a415-61d04db2c5fc", "e1e27d8e-f89d-451d-97c8-e0c3c1716a91", 11.23, false)
INSERT INTO Journals (DateOccurred, Lines) VALUES ("2018-03-04", "JournalItems#TEMP")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

DateOccurred Datetime False

Transaction date entry.

DisplayID String False

Display ID for the object.

GSTReportingMethod String False

Reporting Method used on the general journal transaction which accepts the following: Sale (Supply), Purchase (Acquisition).

IsTaxInclusive Boolean False

True indicates the transaction default status is set to tax inclusiv.e False indicates the transaction status is not tax inclusive.

IsYearEndAdjustment Boolean False

True indicates the transaction is a YearEndAdjustmen.t False indicates the transaction is not a YearEndAdjustment.

Memo String False

Header memo of the general journal entry.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

ForeignCurrencyID Uuid False

Uniform identifier for the currency in the form of the guid.

ForeignCurrencyCode String True

The currency code.

ForeignCurrencyName String True

The full name of the currency.

ForeignCurrencyURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the currency object.

Uri String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

Lines String False

An array of line item information.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PayrollWages

Return, update, create and delete payroll categories of type wage for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Name, StpCategory, Type, WageType, PayRate, FixedHourlyRate, AutomaticallyAdjustBaseAmounts, RegularRateMultiplier, OverriddenWagesExpenseAccountID, OverriddenWagesExpenseAccountName, OverriddenWagesExpenseAccountNumber. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM PayrollWages WHERE ID = "e57725b2-c4f0-47ce-8103-299c7a675112"
SELECT * FROM PayrollWages WHERE Name = "Base Hourly"
SELECT * FROM PayrollWages WHERE StpCategory = "NotReportable" OR Type = "Wage"

Insert

The following attribute is required when performing an insert: WageType, Name.

INSERT INTO PayrollWages (WageType, Name) VALUES ("Salary", "Example salary")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Name String False

Name of the wage category.

StpCategory String False

STP Category for this payroll category. See MYOB help for more info. Valid values are: NotReportable (default), GrossPayments, PAYGWithholding, ExemptForeignIncome, CDEPPayments, AllowanceCar, AllowanceTransport, AllowanceTravel, AllowanceMeals, AllowanceLaundry, AllowanceOther, DeductionUnionProfAssocFees, DeductionWorkPlaceGiving, ReportableFringeBenefitsExemptAmount, ReportableFringeBenefitsTaxableAmount, ETPTaxableComponent, ETPTaxFreeComponent, ETPTaxWithholding, LumpSumPaymentATermination, LumpSumPaymentARedundancy, LumpSumPaymentB, LumpSumPaymentD, LumpSumPaymentE, SuperGuarantee, OrdinaryTimesEarnings, ReportableEmployerSuperContributions.

Type String True

Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Expense, Deduction.

WageType String False

Indicates whether the wage category is a salary type or an hourly type. Use either Hourly or Salary

PayRate String True

How to calculate the rate, can be either RegularRate or FixedHourly.

FixedHourlyRate Decimal False

Fixed hourly rate for all employees linked to this wage category if PayRate = FixedHourly, otherwise null.

AutomaticallyAdjustBaseAmounts Boolean False

When entering leave amounts on a pay, base hourly or base salary amount will automatically be adjusted if set to True.

RegularRateMultiplier Decimal False

Calculate as a multiple of the hourly rate setup on each employee's card if PayRate = RegularRate, otherwise null.

OverriddenWagesExpenseAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

OverriddenWagesExpenseAccountName String True

Name of the account.

OverriddenWagesExpenseAccountDisplayId String True

Account code format includes separator ie 6-1200.

OverriddenWagesExpenseAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

Exemptions String False

An array of tax and deductions this wage category is exempt from.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PurchaseBills

Return all purchase bill types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, AppliedToDate, BalanceDueAmount, BillDeliveryStatus, Comment, Date, Freight, IsReportable, IsTaxInclusive, JournalMemo, Number, ShipToAddress, ShippingMethod, Status, Subtotal, TotalAmount, TotalTax, SupplierInvoiceNumber, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName, FreightTaxCodeID, FreightTaxCodeCode, OrderID, OrderNumber, SupplierID, SupplierDisplayID, SupplierName, TermsBalanceDueDate, TermsDiscount, TermsDiscountDate, TermsDiscountExpiryDate, TermsDiscountForEarlyPayment, TermsDueDate, TermsPaymentIsDue, TermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment. All the other columns and operators are processed client side. BillType supports only equality comparison.

SELECT * FROM PurchaseBills WHERE ID = REPLACE
SELECT * FROM PurchaseBills WHERE AppliedToDate = 20
SELECT * FROM PurchaseBills WHERE BalanceDueAmount = 45.86163291317715

Update

To update an existing bill, along with its Lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current Lines with the ones below.

INSERT INTO PurchaseBillItems#TEMP (Total, AccountID, TaxCodeID) VALUES (444.21, "44a7b2bc-0a0e-4381-86fc-9b2c7a479f8f", "bd0f9821-4437-4ec2-9c95-c1bdbdd26c7b")
UPDATE PurchaseBills SET BillType = "Service", Lines = "PurchaseBillItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "f979f0e7-1cd8-4fb9-b2c2-9d4546440cf7"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: BillType, Date, FreightTaxCodeID, SupplierID.

INSERT INTO PurchaseBills (BillType, Date, FreightTaxCodeID, SupplierID) VALUES ("Item", "01/01/2019", "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166", "9421b774-20fa-4c5f-bced-fbb6ecd42ebd")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

AppliedToDate Decimal True

Amount currently applied to the purchase bill.

BalanceDueAmount Decimal True

Amount still payable on the purchase bill.

BillDeliveryStatus String False

Bill delivery status assigned: Print = ToBePrinted, Email = ToBeEmailed, PrintAndEmail = ToBePrintedAndEmailed, Nothing = AlreadyPrintedOrSent.

BillType String False

Type of the bill. One of: Item,Service,Professional,Miscellaneous.

Comment String False

Purchase bill comment.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

Freight Decimal False

Tax inclusive freight amount applicable to the purchase bill.

IsReportable Boolean False

ONLY applicable for AU region. True indicates the transaction is reportable taxable payment. Falseindicates the transaction is not reportable taxable payment.

IsTaxInclusive Boolean False

True indicates the transaction is set to tax inclusive. False indicates the transaction is not tax inclusive.

JournalMemo String False

Memo text for the object.

Number String False

Purchase bill number.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

ShipToAddress String False

ShipTo address of the purchase bill.

ShippingMethod String False

Shipping method text.

Status String True

Bill status: Open, Closed, Debit.

Subtotal Decimal True

If IsTaxInclusive = false then sum of all tax exclusive line amounts. If IsTaxInclusive = true then sum of all tax inclusive line amounts.

TotalAmount Decimal True

Total amount of the purchase bill.

TotalTax Decimal True

Total of all tax amounts applicable to the purchase bill.

SupplierInvoiceNumber String False

Supplier invoice number.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

FreightTaxCodeID Uuid False

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

FreightTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

FreightTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

OrderID Uuid False

PurchaseOrders.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

OrderNumber String True

The order number.

OrderURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the order.

SupplierID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned supplier contact.

SupplierDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique supplier contact identifier.

SupplierName String True

Name of the supplier contact.

SupplierURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the supplier contact object.

TermsBalanceDueDate Integer False

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which the customer has to pay invoices. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to pay invoices.

TermsDiscount Decimal True

Discount amount that will apply if payment is made in full by the discount date.

TermsDiscountDate Integer True

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which the customer must pay to receive discounts. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to receive discounts.

TermsDiscountExpiryDate Datetime True

Date in which payment must be paid in full in quote to receive discount.

TermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double True

% discount for early payment.

TermsDueDate Datetime True

Date in which payment is due.

TermsPaymentIsDue String False

Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.

TermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment Double False

% monthly charge for late payment.

PromisedDate Datetime False

Transaction Promised Date.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo column fields are used to enable the user to INSERT or UPDATE Fields that are non-readable but required during the creation or modification of records.

Name Type Description
Lines String

An array of line bill information.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PurchaseOrders

Return all purchase order types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, AppliedToDate, Date, Freight, BalanceDueAmount, IsReportable, IsTaxInclusive, JournalMemo, Number, ShipToAddress, Status, SupplierInvoiceNumber, Subtotal, TotalAmount, TotalTax, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName, FreightTaxCodeID, FreightTaxCodeCode, SupplierID, SupplierDisplayID, SupplierName, TermsBalanceDueDate, TermsDiscount, TermsDiscountDate, TermsDiscountExpiryDate, TermsDiscountForEarlyPayment, TermsDueDate, TermsPaymentIsDue. All the other columns and operators are processed client side. OrderType supports only equality comparison.

SELECT * FROM PurchaseOrders WHERE ID = "992163e5-f46d-4b45-9296-965aa89a2a71"
SELECT * FROM PurchaseOrders WHERE AppliedToDate = 40
SELECT * FROM PurchaseOrders WHERE OrderType = "Service"

Update

To update an existing order, along with its Lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current Lines with the ones below.

INSERT INTO PurchaseOrderItems#TEMP (Total, AccountID, TaxCodeID) VALUES (444.21, "44a7b2bc-0a0e-4381-86fc-9b2c7a479f8f", "bd0f9821-4437-4ec2-9c95-c1bdbdd26c7b")
UPDATE PurchaseOrders SET OrderType = "Service", Lines = "PurchaseOrderItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "992163e5-f46d-4b45-9296-965aa89a2a71"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: OrderType, Date, FreightTaxCodeID, SupplierID.

INSERT INTO PurchaseOrders (OrderType, Date, FreightTaxCodeID, SupplierID) VALUES ("Service", "01/01/2019", "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166", "9421b774-20fa-4c5f-bced-fbb6ecd42ebd")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

AppliedToDate Double True

Amount currently applied to the purchase order.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

Freight Decimal False

Tax inclusive freight amount applicable to the purchase order.

BalanceDueAmount Decimal True

Amount still payable on the purchase order.

IsReportable Boolean False

ONLY applicable for AU region. True indicates the transaction is reportable taxable payment. Falseindicates the transaction is not reportable taxable payment.

IsTaxInclusive Boolean False

True indicates the transaction is set to tax inclusive. False indicates the transaction is not tax inclusive.

JournalMemo String False

Memo text for the object.

Number String False

Purchase order number.

OrderType String False

Type of the order. One of: Item,Service,Professional,Miscellaneous

ShipToAddress String False

ShipTo address of the purchase order.

Status String True

Purchase Order status: Open, ConvertedToBill.

SupplierInvoiceNumber String False

Supplier invoice number.

Subtotal Decimal True

If IsTaxInclusive = false then sum of all tax exclusive line amounts. If IsTaxInclusive = true then sum of all tax inclusive line amounts.

TotalAmount Decimal True

Total amount of the purchase order.

TotalTax Decimal True

Total of all tax amounts applicable to the purchase order.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

FreightTaxCodeID Uuid False

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

FreightTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

FreightTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

Comment String False

Purchase Order Comment

ShippingMethod String False

Shipping Method

PromisedDate Datetime False

Transaction Promised Date.

SupplierID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned supplier contact.

SupplierDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique supplier contact identifier.

SupplierName String True

Name of the supplier contact.

SupplierURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the supplier contact object.

TermsBalanceDueDate Integer False

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which the customer has to pay invoices. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to pay invoices.

TermsDiscount Decimal True

Discount amount that will apply if payment is made in full by the discount date.

TermsDiscountDate Integer True

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which the customer must pay to receive discounts. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to receive discounts.

TermsDiscountExpiryDate Datetime True

Date in which payment must be paid in full in quote to receive discount.

TermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double True

% discount for early payment.

TermsDueDate Datetime True

Date in which payment is due.

TermsPaymentIsDue String False

Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo column fields are used to enable the user to INSERT or UPDATE Fields that are non-readable but required during the creation or modification of records.

Name Type Description
Lines String

An array of line order information.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ReceivingTransactions

Return, update, create and delete receive money transactions for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, AmountReceived, ContactDisplayID, Date, DepositTo, IsTaxInclusive, Memo, PaymentMethod, ReceiptNumber, TotalTax, AccountID, AccountDisplayID, AccountName, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName, ContactID, ContactName, ContactType. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM ReceivingTransactions WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM ReceivingTransactions WHERE AmountReceived = 12.45
SELECT * FROM ReceivingTransactions WHERE Memo = "memo"

Update

To update an existing transaction, along with its Lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current Lines with the ones below.

INSERT INTO ReceivingTransactionItems#TEMP (Amount, AccountID, TaxCodeID, RowID, RowVersion) VALUES (22.3, "44a7b2bc-0a0e-4381-86fc-9b2c7a479f8f", "bd0f9821-4437-4ec2-9c95-c1bdbdd26c7b", 656, "8733325201913151488")
UPDATE ReceivingTransactions SET PaymentMethod = "Cash", Lines = "ReceivingTransactionItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Date, DepositTo, Memo, AccountID, ContactID.

INSERT INTO ReceivingTransactions (Date, DepositTo, Memo, AccountID, ContactID) VALUES ("01/01/2019", "Account", "memo", "91e0769a-bdd1-4402-8e4f-95b7743bd733", "4635fd9e-82a7-4612-ae15-32c464ef7c48")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

AmountReceived Double True

The amount received.

ContactDisplayID String True

Contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique contact identifier.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

DepositTo String False

If allocating a banking account for the payment, specify Account. If using undeposited funds, specify UndepositedFunds.

IsTaxInclusive Boolean False

True indicates the transaction is set to tax inclusive with the Amount inclusive of tax. False indicates the transaction is not tax inclusive with the Amount value tax exclusive.

Memo String False

Memo text for the object.

PaymentMethod String False

Payment methods must exist in company file, default methods consist of the following: American Express, Bank Card, Barter Card, Cash, Cheque, Diners Club, EFTPOS, MasterCard, Money Order, Other, Visa.

ReceiptNumber String False

ID No of payment transaction, if left blank on POST will auto increment based upon last recorded #.

TotalTax Double True

Total of all tax amounts applicable to the receive money.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

AccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

AccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

AccountName String True

Name of the account.

AccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

ContactID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

ContactName String True

Name of the contact record.

ContactType String True

Card type of the contact record, can be either Customer, Supplier, Employee or Personal.

ContactURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the contact object.

Lines String False

An array of receive money line information.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SaleInvoices

Return all sale invoice types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB supports server-side filtering for a subset of columns in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. The following comparison operators =, !=, >, <, >=, <= are supported for all server-side filterable columns except: RowVersion, URI, CategoryURI, SalespersonURI, CustomerURI, FreightTaxCodeURI, OrderURI, Lines, InvoiceType, and LastModified.

The InvoiceType column supports the = comparison operator.

Note: All the other columns and operators are processed client-side.

Queries may also combine multiple conditions using theAND and OR logical operators.

SELECT * FROM SaleInvoices WHERE ID = "fa024423-e61a-44cd-8a8b-4d52a2f9fc04"
SELECT * FROM SaleInvoices WHERE BalanceDueAmount = 24.3766206457717
SELECT * FROM SaleInvoices WHERE Comment = "commect"
SELECT * FROM SaleInvoices WHERE InvoiceType = "Service"

Update

To update an existing invoice and its lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table as shown below. Note: this replaces all current lines with the ones provided below.

INSERT INTO PurchaseOrderItems#TEMP (Total, AccountID, TaxCodeID) VALUES (444.21, "44a7b2bc-0a0e-4381-86fc-9b2c7a479f8f", "bd0f9821-4437-4ec2-9c95-c1bdbdd26c7b")
UPDATE PurchaseOrders SET InvoiceType = "Service", Lines = "PurchaseOrderItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "992163e5-f46d-4b45-9296-965aa89a2a71"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: InvoiceType, Date, CustomerID.

INSERT INTO SaleInvoices (InvoiceType, Date, CustomerID) VALUES ("item", "01/01/2019", "4635fd9e-82a7-4612-ae15-32c464ef7c48")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

BalanceDueAmount Decimal True

Amount still payable on the sale invoice.

Comment String False

Sale invoice comment.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

InvoiceDeliveryStatus String False

Invoice delivery status assigned: Print = ToBePrinted, Email = ToBeEmailed, PrintAndEmail = ToBePrintedAndEmailed, Nothing = AlreadyPrintedOrSent.

InvoiceType String False

Type of the invoice. One of: Item,Service,Professional,TimeBilling,Miscellaneous.

IsTaxInclusive Boolean False

True indicates the transaction is tax inclusive with Total values to be keyed in tax-inclusive. False indicates the transaction is not tax inclusive with Total values to be keyed in tax-exclusive.

JournalMemo String False

Memo text for the object.

LastPaymentDate Datetime True

The date of the entry.

LastModified Datetime True

LastModified date of the entry.

Number String False

Sale invoice number.

PromisedDate Datetime False

The date of the entry.

ReferralSource String False

Referral Source selected on the sale invoice.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

ShipToAddress String False

ShipTo address of the sale invoice.

ShippingMethod String False

Shipping method text.

Status String True

Invoice status: Open, Closed, Credit.

Subtotal Decimal True

If IsTaxInclusive = false then sum of all tax exclusive line amounts. If IsTaxInclusive = true then sum of all tax inclusive line amounts.

Freight Decimal True

Freight applicable to the sale invoice.

TotalTax Decimal True

Total of all tax amounts applicable to the sale invoice.

TotalAmount Decimal True

Total amount of the sale invoice.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

CustomerPurchaseOrderNumber String False

Customer PO number.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

SalespersonID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

SalespersonDisplayID String True

Employee contact Card ID.

SalespersonName String True

Selected employee contact name.

SalespersonURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee.

CustomerID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned customer contact.

CustomerDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique customer contact identifier.

CustomerName String True

Name of the customer contact.

CustomerURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the customer contact object.

FreightTaxCodeID Uuid False

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

FreightTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

FreightTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

OrderID Uuid False

PurchaseOrders.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

OrderNumber String True

The order number.

OrderURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the order.

TermsBalanceDueDate Integer False

The date of the entry.

TermsDiscount Decimal True

Discount amount that will apply if payment is made in full by the discount date.

TermsDiscountDate Integer True

The date of the entry.

TermsDiscountExpiryDate Datetime True

The date of the entry.

TermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double False

% discount for early payment.

TermsDueDate Datetime True

The date of the entry.

TermsFinanceCharge Decimal False

Late payment fee to be charged if payment is not made in full by the due date.

TermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment Double False

% monthly charge for late payment.

TermsPaymentIsDue String False

Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

Pseudo-Columns

Pseudo column fields are used to enable the user to INSERT or UPDATE Fields that are non-readable but required during the creation or modification of records.

Name Type Description
Lines String

An array of line invoice information. This field is only applicable for insert and update operations.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SaleOrders

Returns all sale order types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, AppliedToDate, BalanceDueAmount, Date, IsTaxInclusive, JournalMemo, Number, ReferralSource, Status, Subtotal, TotalAmount, TotalTax, LastPaymentDate, CustomerID, CustomerDisplayID, CustomerName, Freight, FreightTaxCodeCode, FreightTaxCodeID, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName, SalespersonID, SalespersonDisplayID, SalespersonName, TermsBalanceDueDate, TermsDiscount, TermsDiscountDate, TermsDiscountExpiryDate, TermsDiscountForEarlyPayment, TermsDueDate, TermsFinanceCharge, TermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment, TermsPaymentIsDue. All the other columns and operators are processed client side. OrderType supports only equality comparison.

SELECT * FROM SaleOrders WHERE ID = "992163e5-f46d-4b45-9296-965aa89a2a71"
SELECT * FROM SaleOrders WHERE BalanceDueAmount = 13
SELECT * FROM SaleOrders WHERE IsTaxInclusive = true

Update

To update an existing order, along with its Lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current Lines with the ones below.

INSERT INTO SaleOrderItems#TEMP (Total, AccountID, TaxCodeID) VALUES (444.21, "44a7b2bc-0a0e-4381-86fc-9b2c7a479f8f", "bd0f9821-4437-4ec2-9c95-c1bdbdd26c7b")
UPDATE SaleOrders SET OrderType = "Service", Lines = "SaleOrderItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "992163e5-f46d-4b45-9296-965aa89a2a71"

Insert

The following attribute is required when performing an insert: OrderType, CustomerID.

INSERT INTO SaleOrders (OrderType, CustomerID) VALUES ("item", "4635fd9e-82a7-4612-ae15-32c464ef7c48")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

AppliedToDate Decimal True

The date of the entry.

BalanceDueAmount Decimal True

Amount still payable on the sales order.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

IsTaxInclusive Boolean False

True indicates the transaction is set to tax inclusive. False indicates the transaction is not tax inclusive.

JournalMemo String False

Memo text for the object.

Number String False

Sales Order number.

OrderType String False

Type of the order. One of: Item,Service,Professional,TimeBilling,Miscellaneous.

ReferralSource String False

Referral Source selected on the sale order.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

Status String True

Order status can consist of the following: Open, ConvertedToInvoice.

Subtotal Decimal True

If IsTaxInclusive = false then sum of all tax exclusive line amounts. If IsTaxInclusive = true then sum of all tax inclusive line amounts.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

TotalAmount Decimal True

Total amount of the sale order.

TotalTax Decimal True

Total of all tax amounts applicable to the sale order.

LastPaymentDate String True

The date of the entry.

CustomerID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned customer contact.

CustomerDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique customer contact identifier.

CustomerName String True

Name of the customer contact.

CustomerURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the customer contact object.

Freight Decimal False

Tax inclusive freight amount applicable to the sale order.

FreightTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

FreightTaxCodeID Uuid True

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

FreightTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

SalespersonID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

SalespersonDisplayID String True

Employee contact Card ID.

SalespersonName String True

Selected employee contact name.

SalespersonURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee.

TermsBalanceDueDate Integer False

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which the customer has to pay invoices. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to pay invoices.

TermsDiscount Decimal True

Discount amount that will apply if payment is made in full by the discount date.

TermsDiscountDate Integer True

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which the customer must pay to receive discounts. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to receive discounts.

TermsDiscountExpiryDate Datetime True

Date in which payment must be paid in full in quote to receive discount.

TermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double False

% discount for early payment.

TermsDueDate Datetime True

Date in which payment is due.

TermsFinanceCharge Decimal False

Late payment fee to be charged if payment is not made in full by the due date.

TermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment Double False

% monthly charge for late payment.

TermsPaymentIsDue String False

Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.

Lines String False

An array of sale line order information.

CustomerPurchaseOrderNumber String False

Customer PO number.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SaleQuotes

Return all sale quote types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, BalanceDueAmount, Date, IsTaxInclusive, JournalMemo, Number, ReferralSource, Subtotal, TotalAmount, TotalTax, CustomerPurchaseOrderNumber, CustomerID, CustomerDisplayID, CustomerName, Freight, FreightTaxCodeID, FreightTaxCodeCode, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName, SalespersonID, SalespersonDisplayID, SalespersonName, TermsDiscount, TermsDiscountDate, TermsDiscountExpiryDate, TermsDiscountForEarlyPayment, TermsDueDate, TermsFinanceCharge, TermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment, TermsPaymentIsDue, TermsBalanceDueDate. All the other columns and operators are processed client side. QuoteType supports only equality comparison.

SELECT * FROM SaleQuotes WHERE ID = "7cabea25-6250-4df5-bb37-77eb2d38f803"
SELECT * FROM SaleQuotes WHERE BalanceDueAmount = 13
SELECT * FROM SaleQuotes WHERE QuoteType = "Service"

Update

To update an existing bill, along with its Lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current Lines with the ones below.

INSERT INTO SaleQuoteItems#TEMP (Total, AccountID, TaxCodeID) VALUES (444.21, "44a7b2bc-0a0e-4381-86fc-9b2c7a479f8f", "bd0f9821-4437-4ec2-9c95-c1bdbdd26c7b")
UPDATE PurchaseBills SET QuoteType = "Service", Lines = "SaleQuoteItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "f979f0e7-1cd8-4fb9-b2c2-9d4546440cf7"

Insert

The following attribute is required when performing an insert: QuoteType, CustomerID.

INSERT INTO SaleQuotes (QuoteType, CustomerID) VALUES ("item", "4635fd9e-82a7-4612-ae15-32c464ef7c48")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

BalanceDueAmount Decimal True

Amount still payable on the sales quote.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

IsTaxInclusive Boolean False

True indicates the transaction is set to tax inclusive. False indicates the transaction is not tax inclusive.

JournalMemo String False

Journal memo text describing the sale.

Number String False

Sales Quote number.

QuoteType String False

Type of the quote. One of: Item,Service,Professional,TimeBilling,Miscellaneous.

ReferralSource String False

Referral Source selected on the sale quote.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

Subtotal Decimal True

If IsTaxInclusive = false then sum of all tax exclusive line amounts. If IsTaxInclusive = true then sum of all tax inclusive line amounts.

TotalAmount Decimal True

Total amount of the sale quote.

TotalTax Decimal True

Total of all tax amounts applicable to the sale quote.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

CustomerPurchaseOrderNumber String False

Customer PO number.

CustomerID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned customer contact.

CustomerDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique customer contact identifier.

CustomerName String True

Name of the customer contact.

CustomerURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the customer contact object.

Freight Decimal False

Tax inclusive freight amount applicable to the sale quote.

FreightTaxCodeID Uuid True

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.

FreightTaxCodeCode String True

3 digit tax code.

FreightTaxCodeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

SalespersonID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

SalespersonDisplayID String True

Employee contact Card ID.

SalespersonName String True

Selected employee contact name.

SalespersonURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee.

TermsDiscount Decimal True

Discount amount that will apply if payment is made in full by the discount date.

TermsDiscountDate Integer False

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which the customer must pay to receive discounts. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to receive discounts.

TermsDiscountExpiryDate Datetime True

Date in which payment must be paid in full in quote to receive discount.

TermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double False

% discount for early payment.

TermsDueDate Datetime True

Date in which payment is due.

TermsFinanceCharge Decimal True

Late payment fee to be charged if payment is not made in full by the due date.

TermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment Double False

% monthly charge for late payment.

TermsPaymentIsDue String False

Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.

TermsBalanceDueDate Integer True

If PaymentIsDue = CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDaysNumber or NumberOfDaysAfterEOM then set the number of days within which the customer has to pay invoices. If PaymentIsDue = OnADayOfTheMonth or DayOfMonthAfterEOM then set the day of the month within which the payment must be made to pay invoices.

Lines String False

An array of sale line quote information.

Comment String False

Sales Quotes Comment

ShippingMethod String False

Shipping Method

PromisedDate Datetime False

Transaction Promised Date.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SpendingTransactions

Return, update, create and delete spend money transactions for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, AmountPaid, ChequePrinted, Date, DeliveryStatus, IsTaxInclusive, Memo, PayFrom, PayeeAddress, PaymentNumber, StatementParticulars, TotalTax, AccountID, AccountDisplayID, AccountName, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName, ContactID, ContactDisplayID, ContactName, ContactType. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM SpendingTransactions WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM SpendingTransactions WHERE AmountPaid = 120.45
SELECT * FROM SpendingTransactions WHERE AccountID = "44a7b2bc-0a0e-4381-86fc-9b2c7a479f8f"

Update

To update an existing transaction, along with its Lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current Lines with the ones below.

INSERT INTO SpendingTransactionItems#TEMP (Amount, AccountID, TaxCodeID, RowID, RowVersion) VALUES (22.3, "44a7b2bc-0a0e-4381-86fc-9b2c7a479f8f", "bd0f9821-4437-4ec2-9c95-c1bdbdd26c7b", 656, "8733325201913151488")
UPDATE ReceivingTransactions SET PaymentMethod = "Cash", Lines = "SpendingTransactionItems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Date, PayFrom, AccountID, ContactID.

INSERT INTO SpendingTransactions (Date, PayFrom, AccountId, ContactId) VALUES ("01/01/2019", "Account", "c195ee7d-2954-42a6-8a19-6f362442bf89", "4635fd9e-82a7-4612-ae15-32c464ef7c48")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

AmountPaid Double True

Total of all amounts paid.

ChequePrinted Boolean False

True indicates you don't need to print a cheque for this spend money. False indicates you can print a cheque for spend money .

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

DeliveryStatus String False

Delivery status assigned to payment: ToBePrinted, ToBeEmailed, ToBePrintedAndEmailed, AlreadyPrintedOrSent.

IsTaxInclusive Boolean False

True indicates the transaction is set to tax inclusive with the Amount inclusive of tax. False indicates the transaction is not tax inclusive with the Amount value tax exclusive.

Memo String False

Memo text for the object.

PayFrom String False

If allocating a banking account for the payment specify Account. If using electronic payments specify ElectronicPayments.

PayeeAddress String False

Name and address of Payee, if a contact is supplied on POST and PayeeAddress is left blank, Address 1 of the contact will default. If neither Contact or PayAddress are assigned on POST then will default to null.

PaymentNumber String False

ID No of payment transaction, if left blank on POST will auto increment based upon last recorded #.

StatementParticulars String False

ONLY applicable for Electronic Payments. Particulars attached to electronic payment.

TotalTax Double True

Total of all tax amounts applicable to the spend money.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

AccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

AccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

AccountName String True

Name of the account.

AccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

CategoryID Uuid False

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

ContactID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

ContactDisplayID String True

Contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique contact identifier.

ContactName String True

Name of the contact record.

ContactType String True

Card type of the contact record, can be either Customer, Supplier, Employee or Personal.

ContactURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the contact object.

Lines String False

An array of spend money line information.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SupplierPayments

Return, create and delete supplier payments for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, AmountPaid, Date, DeliveryStatus, Memo, PayFrom, PayeeAddress, PaymentNumber, StatementParticulars, AccountID, AccountDisplayID, AccountName, SupplierID, SupplierDisplayID, SupplierName, ForeignCurrencyID, ForeignCurrencyCode, ForeignCurrencyName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM SupplierPayments WHERE ID = "7cabea25-6250-4df5-bb37-77eb2d38f803"
SELECT * FROM SupplierPayments WHERE Memo = "memo"
SELECT * FROM SupplierPayments WHERE AmountPaid = 46.502
SELECT * FROM SupplierPayments WHERE PayeeAddress = "WLJ Real Estate 555 High Street Chatswood NSW 2067 Australia"

Update

To update an existing payment, along with its Lines, either pass a JSON string to the Lines value or use a temporary table like below. Note: this will replace all the current Lines with the ones below.

INSERT INTO SupplierPaymentItems#TEMP (AmountApplied, PurchaseID) VALUES (444.21, " 0229a075-f93a-4b6c-85d7-0ffd5ba43982")
UPDATE SupplierPayments SET Lines = "supplierpaymentitems#TEMP" WHERE ID = "c3d2350b-733a-4140-8dda-ffa0f34d4297"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: PayFrom, AccountID, SupplierID, Lines.

INSERT INTO SupplierPaymentItems#TEMP (amountapplied, purchaseid) VALUES (444.21, "415ffd17-9fb7-45b4-aeb1-3af0db11ff84")
INSERT INTO SupplierPayments (PayFrom, AccountId, SupplierId, Lines) VALUES ("Account", "c195ee7d-2954-42a6-8a19-6f362442bf89", "9421b774-20fa-4c5f-bced-fbb6ecd42ebd", "SupplierPaymentItems#TEMP")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

AmountPaid Double False

Total of all amounts paid to the purchase bill/bills.

Date Datetime False

The date of the entry.

DeliveryStatus String False

Delivery status assigned to payment: Print = ToBePrinted, Email = ToBeEmailed, PrintAndEmail = ToBePrintedAndEmailed, Nothing = AlreadyPrintedOrSent.

Memo String False

Memo text for the object.

PayFrom String False

If allocating a banking account for the payment specify Account. If using electronic payments specify ElectronicPayments.

PayeeAddress String False

Payee name and address of the supplier contact.

PaymentNumber String False

ID No of payment transaction.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

StatementParticulars String False

ONLY applicable for Electronic Payments. Particulars attached to electronic payment.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

AccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

AccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

AccountName String True

Name of the account.

AccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

SupplierID Uuid False

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned supplier contact.

SupplierDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique supplier contact identifier.

SupplierName String True

Name of the supplier contact.

SupplierURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the supplier contact object.

ForeignCurrencyID Uuid True

Currencies.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

ForeignCurrencyCode String True

The currency code.

ForeignCurrencyName String True

The full name of the currency.

ForeignCurrencyURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the purchase.

Lines String False

An array of purchase bill/order line information

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

TaxCodes

Tax codes for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Code, Description, IsRateNegative, LuxuryCarTaxThreshold, Rate, Type, TaxCollectedAccountID, TaxCollectedAccountDisplayID, TaxCollectedAccountName, TaxPaidAccountID, TaxPaidAccountDisplayID, TaxPaidAccountName, WithholdingCreditAccountID, WithholdingCreditAccountDisplayID, WithholdingCreditAccountName, WithholdingPayableAccountID, WithholdingPayableAccountDisplayID, WithholdingPayableAccountName, ImportDutyPayableAccountID, ImportDutyPayableAccountDisplayID, ImportDutyPayableAccountName, LinkedSupplierID, LinkedSupplierDisplayID, LinkedSupplierName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM TaxCodes WHERE WithholdingPayableAccountID = "e1b278bb-9ba3-4d2a-8dda-a49d09dcc471"
SELECT * FROM TaxCodes WHERE Rate = 46.5
SELECT * FROM TaxCodes WHERE Description = "No ABN Withholding" AND Code = "ABN"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Code, Description, Type, TaxCollectedAccountID, TaxPaidAccountID.

INSERT INTO TaxCodes (Code, Description, Type, TaxCollectedAccountID, TaxPaidAccountID) VALUES ("CDE", "Example tax code", "NoABN_TFN", "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166", "9421b774-20fa-4c5f-bced-fbb6ecd42ebd")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Code String False

3 digit code assigned to the tax code.

Description String False

Description given to the tax code.

IsRateNegative Boolean False

True indicates the tax rate is a negative value. False indicates the tax rate is a positive value.

LuxuryCarTaxThreshold Decimal False

Dollar value which must be exceeded before tax is calculated using this tax code.

Rate Decimal False

Rate of tax assigned.

Type String False

Tax Types consist of the following: ImportDuty, SalesTax GST_VAT (Goods and Services Tax), InputTaxed, Consolidated, LuxuryCarTax, WithholdingsTax, NoABN_TFN.

TaxCollectedAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.Id

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

TaxCollectedAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

TaxCollectedAccountName String True

Name of the account.

TaxCollectedAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

TaxPaidAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.Id

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

TaxPaidAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

TaxPaidAccountName String True

Name of the account.

TaxPaidAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

WithholdingCreditAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.Id

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

WithholdingCreditAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

WithholdingCreditAccountName String True

Name of the account.

WithholdingCreditAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

WithholdingPayableAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.Id

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

WithholdingPayableAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

WithholdingPayableAccountName String True

Name of the account.

WithholdingPayableAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

ImportDutyPayableAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.Id

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

ImportDutyPayableAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

ImportDutyPayableAccountName String True

Name of the account.

ImportDutyPayableAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

LinkedSupplierID Uuid False

Contacts.Id

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned supplier contact.

LinkedSupplierDisplayID String True

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique supplier contact identifier.

LinkedSupplierName String True

Name of the supplier contact.

LinkedSupplierURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the supplier contact object.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

TimesheetLineEntries

Return timesheet entries for an AccountRight company file

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
TimeSheetId [KEY] Uuid True

Timesheets.Id

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

EntryId [KEY] Uuid True

Unique guid identifier belonging to the line entry.

EntryDate Datetime False

Date of the entry, format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS

EntryHours Double False

Number of hours assigned for entry day.

EntryProcessed Boolean True

indicates the timesheet entry has been processed or not as part of payroll

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

TimesheetLineItems

Return timesheet entries for an AccountRight company file

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Integer False

LineId which represents the index of the line.

TimeSheetId [KEY] Uuid True

Timesheets.Id

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

PayrollCategoryId Uuid False

Unique payroll wage category identifier in the form of a guid.

PayrollCategoryName String True

Name of the payroll wage category.

PayrollCategoryType String True

Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Deduction, Tax.

PayrollCategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the payroll wage category object.

JobId Uuid True

Unique guid identifier belonging to the job for this line of the timesheet entry.

JobNumber String True

Number assigned to the job.

JobName String True

Name assigned to the job.

JobURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.

ActivityId Uuid True

Unique guid identifier belonging to the activity assigned for this line of the timesheet entry.

ActivityName String True

Name of the activity.

ActivityURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the activity object.

CustomerId Uuid True

Unique guid identifier belonging to the customer assigned for this line of the timesheet entry.

CustomerName String True

Name of the customer.

CustomerDisplayID String False

Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique customer contact identifier.

CustomerURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the customer object.

Notes String True

Notes attached to the timesheet entry.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Timesheets

Return timesheet entries for an AccountRight company file

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the = operator. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison type for server side filtering: ID, EmployeeName, EmployeeDisplayId, StartDate, EndDate. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM Categories WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM Timesheets WHERE EmployeeName = "Mary Jones"
SELECT * FROM Timesheets WHERE EmployeeDisplayId = "EMP00001"
SELECT * FROM Timesheets WHERE StartDate = "2019-10-28"
SELECT * FROM Timesheets WHERE EndDate = "2019-11-03"

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
Id [KEY] Uuid True

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

EmployeeName String True

Name of the employee.

EmployeeDisplayId String True

Employee contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique employee contact identifier.

EmployeeURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee object.

StartDate Datetime False

Date when the timesheet period starts, format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS

EndDate Datetime False

Date when the timesheet period finishes, format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee object.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

TransferringTransactions

Return, update, create and delete transfer money transactions for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Amount, TransferNumber, Memo, Date, ToAccountID, ToAccountDisplayID, ToAccountName, FromAccountID, FromAccountDisplayID, FromAccountName, CategoryID, CategoryDisplayID, CategoryName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM TransferringTransactions WHERE ID = "bfaade84-1adf-4e2d-acfd-629e95d09de7"
SELECT * FROM TransferringTransactions WHERE Amount = 3300
SELECT * FROM TransferringTransactions WHERE TransferNumber = "TR000007" OR TransferNumber = "TR000008"

Insert

The following attributes are required when performing an insert: Date, Amount, ToAccountID, FromAccountID.

INSERT INTO TransferringTransactions (Date, Amount, ToAccountID, FromAccountID) VALUES ("01/01/2019", 6700.0, "446d2226-254b-4821-acc2-7031842e0166", "9421b774-20fa-4c5f-bced-fbb6ecd42ebd")

Columns

Name Type ReadOnly References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid True

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.

Amount Double False

Amount to be allocated to the account, must be non zero.

TransferNumber String False

ID No of payment transaction, if left blank on POST will auto increment based upon last recorded #.

Memo String False

Memo text describing the transfer money transaction.

Date Datetime False

Transaction date entry.

RowVersion String True

Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.

URI String True

Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

ToAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

ToAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

ToAccountName String True

Name of the account.

ToAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

FromAccountID Uuid False

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.

FromAccountDisplayID String True

Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100

FromAccountName String True

Name of the account.

FromAccountURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.

CategoryID Uuid True

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.

CategoryDisplayID String True

Display id for the category.

CategoryName String True

Name of the category.

CategoryURI String True

Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.

CompanyFileId String True

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Views

Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.

Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.

CData Python Connector for MYOB Views

Name Description
AccountBudgetItems Return general ledger account budget items
AccountRegister Returns general ledger account activity.
BalanceSheetSummaryReport Returns a Balance Sheet Summary.
BankAccounts Return the bank accounts for an AccountRight company file.
BankingTransactions Return a list of bank statement transactions for an AccountRight company file.
BuildLineItems Build Lines
Categories Return categories for cost center tracking
CategoryRegisters Return transactions grouped with categories
CompanyFiles Returns a list of company files.
CompanyPreferences Returns company data file preferences for an AccountRight company file.
ContactAddressItems Contact address items.
CreditSettlementItems Credit settlement items.
Currencies View currencies within an Accountright Live company file.
CustomerPaymentInvoices Customer payment items for an AccountRight company file.
DebitSettlementItems Debit settlement items.
EmployeeBankAccountItems Employee bank account items.
EmployeePayrollAdviceReport Return a pay advice report showing employee paycheque details for an AccountRight company file.
EmployeePayrollCategoryItems Employee payroll category items.
EmployeePayrollDeductionItems Employee payroll deduction items.
EmployeePayrollEntitlementItems Employee payroll entitlement items.
EmployeePayrollExpenseItems Employee payroll expense items.
EmployeePayrollWageCategoryItems Employee wage category items.
InventoryAdjustmentItems Inventory adjustment items for an AccountRight company file.
ItemLocations Return an inventoried item location information
ItemSellingPrices Return the item price matrix for multiple customer selling prices.
JobBudgetItems Job budget items.
JournalItems Journal line items.
JournalTransactionHistory Returns a list of Journals and their history for all transaction types
JournalTransactionHistoryLineItems Journal Transaction History Items
JournalTransactionItems Usage information for the operation JournalTransactionItems.rsd.
JournalTransactions Usage information for the operation JournalTransactions.rsd.
Locations Return an inventoried item location information.
NZGSTReport Returns a GST report for New Zealand AccountRight files.
PayrollCategories Returns generic information on all payroll category types for an AccountRight company file.
PayrollCategorySummaryReport Returns a Payroll Category Summary report for an AccountRight file.
PayrollDeductions Return payroll categories of type deduction for an AccountRight company file
PayrollEntitlements Return payroll categories of type entitlement for an AccountRight company file.
PayrollExpenses Return payroll categories of type expense for an AccountRight company file.
PayrollSuperannuations Return payroll categories of type superannuation for an AccountRight company file.
PayrollTaxes Return payroll categories of type tax for an AccountRight company file.
PayrollTaxTables Return payroll tax tables loaded into an AccountRight company file.
PriceLevelDetail Tax codes for an AccountRight company file.
ProfitAndLossSummaryReport Returns a Profit and Loss Summary for an AccountRight file.
ProfitLossDistributions Returns the Profit and Loss Distribution of an AccountRight company file.
PurchaseBillItems Return line items in all purchase bill types for an AccountRight company file.
PurchaseOrderItems Return line items in all purchase order types for an AccountRight company file.
ReceivingTransactionItems Receive money transactions for an AccountRight company file.
SaleInvoiceItems Returns Sales Invoice Items for invoices of all types in an AccountRight company file.
SaleOrderItems Returns all sale order types for an AccountRight company file.
SaleQuoteItems Return all sale quote types for an AccountRight company file.
SpendingTransactionItems Spend money transaction items for an AccountRight company file.
SuperannuationFunds Superannuation fund details for an AccountRight company file.
SupplierPaymentItems Supplier payment items for an AccountRight company file.
TaxCodeSummaryReport Returns a Tax Code Summary Report for AccountRight files.
TransactionCodingSummaryReport Returns a report of the total number of coded and uncoded transactions in an AccountRight file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

AccountBudgetItems

Return general ledger account budget items

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
FinancialYear Integer Financial year can consist of current FY or next FY only.
LastMonthInFinancialYear Integer Number representing the last month of the financial year. For example, 3 indicates March.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
MonthlyBudgets String An array of monthly account budget information.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

AccountRegister

Returns general ledger account activity.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Activity, Adjustment, Month, Year, YearEndActivity, YearEndAdjustment, AccountID, AccountDisplayID, AccountName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM AccountRegister WHERE AccountID = "d3f55ef1-ce77-4ef2-a415-61d04db2c5fc"
SELECT * FROM AccountRegister WHERE AccountName = "AccountName"
SELECT * FROM AccountRegister WHERE Month = 6

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Activity Decimal Net activity within profit and loss account or net movement within balance sheet accounts.
Adjustment Decimal Adjustments.
Month Integer Month in which the activity was generated ie December = 12.
Year Integer Year in which the activity was generated ie 2014.
YearEndActivity Decimal Net activity within profit and loss account or net movement within balance sheet accounts for YearEndAdjustments.
YearEndAdjustment Decimal General Journal entries recorded outside of the 12 month financial year.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
UnitCount Decimal Quantity balance of the account.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

BalanceSheetSummaryReport

Returns a Balance Sheet Summary.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: AsOfDate, YearEndAdjust. All the other columns and operators are processed client side. The default behavior is AsOfDate as today's date and YearEndAdjust as false; if the AsOfDate and YearEndAdjust filters are left unset.

SELECT * FROM BalanceSheetSummaryReport
To override this behavior, the values can be set directly in the query. For example:
SELECT * FROM BalanceSheetSummaryReport WHERE AsOfDate = '2021-05-31 00:00:00' AND YearEndAdjust = false

Columns

Name Type References Description
AccountTotal Decimal Total Amount for the Account for the given date range.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
AsOfDate Date Date of the period, format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
YearEndAdjust Boolean If you are including Year end Adjustments. This is a true or False value.
CompanyFileId String The ID of the company file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

BankAccounts

Return the bank accounts for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, FinancialInstitution, BankAccountName, BSB, BankAccountNumber, CardName, CardNumber, AccountID, AccountDisplayID, AccountName, LastReconciledDate. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM BankAccounts WHERE ID = REPLACE
SELECT * FROM BankAccounts WHERE FinancialInstitution = "ANZ"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
FinancialInstitution String The code for the Financial Institution.
BankAccountName String Bank account name setup.
BSB String BSB as provided by the financial institution.
BankAccountNumber String Account number as provided by the financial institution.
CardName String The name on the credit card.
CardNumber String The credit card number.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
BankLinkStatus String The status of the Bankfeed connection.
LastReconciledDate Datetime Shows the date that the Account was last reconciled. This will return as null if the Account has never been reconciled.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

BankingTransactions

Return a list of bank statement transactions for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Date, Description, IsCredit, StatementDate, Status, Amount, AccountID, AccountDisplayID, AccountName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM BankingTransactions WHERE ID = "6d35e53a-5070-432d-b9ec-f4791e353352"
SELECT * FROM BankingTransactions WHERE IsCredit = true
SELECT * FROM BankingTransactions WHERE Amount = 1400 OR Amount = 1800

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Date Datetime Transaction date.
Description String Description text for the transaction.
IsCredit Boolean True or false.
StatementDate Datetime Date when the BankStatement was pulled into AccountRight.
Status String One of: Uncoded, Coded, Hidden.
Amount Decimal Dollar amount of the withdrawal or deposit.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

BuildLineItems

Build Lines

Columns

Name Type References Description
RowID [KEY] String Sequence of the entry within the inventory journal set.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
AccountDisplayID String Account code format includes separator ie 1-1100
AccountName String Account name belonging to the account record
AccountUID String Unique guid identifier belonging to the account for the item adjustment
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object
Amount String Dollar amount assigned to the item (Quantity * UnitCost = Amount).
ItemName String Name assigned to the item.
ItemNumber String Number assigned to the item.
ItemUID String Unique identifier for item in the form of a guid
ItemURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the item object.
LocationName String Name assigned to the location.
LocationUID String Unique identifier for location in the form of a guid.
LocationURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the location object
Memo String Memo text describing the transaction line
UnitCost Double Unit cost assigned to the item/items, if left blank on POST will default to AverageCost.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Categories

Return categories for cost center tracking

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the = operator. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison type for server side filtering: ID, DisplayID, Name, Description, IsActive. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM Categories WHERE ID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM Categories WHERE DisplayID = "TestDisplayID"
SELECT * FROM Categories WHERE Name = "Category 1" OR Description = "Test description"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.
DisplayId String Display id assigned to the category.
Name String Name assigned to the category.
Description String Description text for the category.
IsActive Boolean True indicates the category is active. False indicates the category is inactive.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CategoryRegisters

Return transactions grouped with categories

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the = operator. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison type for server side filtering: CategoryID, AccountID, Year, Month, Activity, YearEndActivity. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM CategoryRegisters WHERE CategoryID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM CategoryRegisters WHERE AccountID = "1bed306d-2da4-49b3-9023-153c3dc5b2e9"
SELECT * FROM CategoryRegisters WHERE Year = "2019"
SELECT * FROM CategoryRegisters WHERE Month = "09"

Columns

Name Type References Description
CategoryID Uuid

Categories.ID

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid for the category.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid for the account.
Year Integer Financial year in which the activity was generated ie 2014.
Month Integer Month in which the activity was generated ie December = 12.
Activity Decimal Net activity within profit & loss account or net movement within balance sheet accounts.
YearEndActivity Decimal Net activity within profit & loss account or net movement within balance sheet accounts for YearEndAdjustments.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CompanyFiles

Returns a list of company files.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM CompanyFiles WHERE ID = "68556195-8f87-4e1a-85e9-069f5fc52497"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
CheckedOutBy String my.MYOB user that has checked out the file offline.
CheckedOutDate Datetime Date the online file was checked out offline.
Country String The 2 character country code. EG: AU or NZ
LibraryPath String Path name to the company file.s
Name String Name of the object.
ProductVersion String MYOB AccountRight Live version this company file was created with. EG: 2013.3.
ProductLevelCode Integer AccountRight Live product code.
ProductLevelName String AccountRight Live product name, ie Basics, Standard, Plus.
SerialNumber String The 12 digit serial number of the AccountRight file.
UiAccessFlags Integer The file accessible product type identifier. 0-LocalAccountRight, 1-OnlineAccountRight, 2-New Essentials, 3-AccountRight and NewEssentials
Uri String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CompanyPreferences

Returns company data file preferences for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
PreferToReceiveMoneyIntoUndepositedFunds Boolean True indicates the preference When I receive money, I prefer to Group with Other Undeposited funds is turned on. False indicates the preference When I receive money, I prefer to Group with Other Undeposited funds is turned off.
PurchasesTermsBalanceDueDate Integer The balance due date which includes EOM (End of Month).
PurchasesTermsCreditLimit Decimal Default customer contact credit limit.
PurchasesTermsDiscountDate Integer The discount date which includes EOM (End of Month).
PurchasesTermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double % discount for early payment.
PurchasesTermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment Double % monthly charge for late payment.
PurchasesTermsPaymentIsDue String Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.
PurchasesTermsPriceLevel String Default price level.
PurchasesTermsUseCustomerTaxCode Boolean True or false.
PurchasesTermsUseSupplierTaxCode Boolean True or false.
PurchasesTermsFreightTaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
PurchasesTermsFreightTaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
PurchasesTermsFreightTaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
PurchasesTermsTaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
PurchasesTermsTaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
PurchasesTermsTaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
ReportsAndFormsReportTaxablePayments Boolean True indicates that report taxable payments made to contractors is turned on. False indicates that report taxable payments made to contractors is turned off.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
SalesTermsBalanceDueDate Integer The balance due date which includes EOM (End of Month).
SalesTermsCreditLimit Decimal Default customer contact credit limit.
SalesTermsDiscountDate Integer The discount date which includes EOM (End of Month).
SalesTermsDiscountForEarlyPayment Double % discount for early payment.
SalesTermsMonthlyChargeForLatePayment Double % monthly charge for late payment.
SalesTermsPaymentIsDue String Default Terms of Payment definitions: CashOnDelivery, PrePaid, InAGivenNumberOfDays, OnADayOfTheMonth, NumberOfDaysAfterEOM, DayOfMonthAfterEOM.
SalesTermsPriceLevel String Default price level.
SalesTermsUseCustomerTaxCode Boolean True or false.
SalesTermsUseSupplierTaxCode Boolean True or false.
SalesTermsFreightTaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
SalesTermsFreightTaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
SalesTermsFreightTaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
SalesTermsTaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
SalesTermsTaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
SalesTermsTaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
SystemCategoryTracking String Can consist of the following values: Off ,OnAndNotRequired, OnAndRequired.
SystemLockPeriodPriorTo String Lock period disabling entries prior to a given date.
SystemTransactionsCannotBeChangedMustBeReversed Boolean True indicates that transctions cannot be changed or deleted, they must be reversed. False indicates transctions can be either changed or deleted.
TimesheetsUseTimesheetsFor String Can consist of either TimeBillingAndPayroll or Payroll.
TimesheetsWeekStartsOn String Day the week starts on ie: Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ContactAddressItems

Contact address items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Integer LineId which represents the index of the line.
ContactID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
City String City of address record.
ContactName String Contact Name on address record.
Country String Country of location for address record.
Email String Email contact of address record.
Fax String Fax number of address record.
Location Integer One contact can have up to five address records.
Phone1 String Phone number 1 of address record.
Phone2 String Phone number 2 of address record.
Phone3 String Phone number 3 of address record.
PostCode String Postcode of address record.
Salutation String Salutation text for address record.
State String State of address record. Updated in 2018.1, this field is required for addresses with a country that is blank or Australia. Where required, valid values are: AAT , ACT , NSW , NT , QLD , SA , TAS , VIC, WA.
Street String Full content of Address field.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CreditSettlementItems

Credit settlement items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Integer LineId which represents the index of the line.
CreditSettlementID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
AmountApplied Decimal Credit amount applied to sales transactions, amount must be greater than 0.
Type String Sale type which can consist of the following: Invoice, Order.
SaleID Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
SaleNumber String Sale number.
SaleURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the invoice.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Currencies

View currencies within an Accountright Live company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Code, CurrencyName, CurrencyRate. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM Currencies WHERE Code = "AED"
SELECT * FROM Currencies WHERE CurrencyName = "Emirati Dirham"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Code String Three letter ISO 4217 code for this currency.
CurrencyName String Full currency name.
CurrencyRate Decimal Conversion rate from local currency.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CustomerPaymentInvoices

Customer payment items for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
CustomerPaymentID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique guid identifier belonging to the invoice.
AmountApplied Double Amount applied to invoice.
Number String Invoice number.
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the customer payment set.
Type String Invoice type: Invoice, Order.
URI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the invoice object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

DebitSettlementItems

Debit settlement items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Integer LineId which represents the index of the line.
DebitSettlementID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Type String Purchase type which can consist of the following: Bill, Order.
AmountApplied Double Debit amount applied to purchases transactions, amount must be greater than 0.
PurchaseID Uuid

PurchaseOrders.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
PurchaseNumber String Purchase number.
PurchaseURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the purchase.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeeBankAccountItems

Employee bank account items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Integer LineId which represents the index of the line.
EmployeeID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
BSBNumber String Required Only: for updating an existing employee's payment details where PaymentMethod = Electronic. Format looks like
BankAccountName String Required Only: for updating an existing employee's payment details where PaymentMethod = Electronic.
BankAccountNumber String Required Only: for updating an existing employee's payment details where PaymentMethod = Electronic.
Unit String Units can consist of the following Enum values: Percent, Dollars, RemainingAmount (read-only for the last account in the collection).
Value Integer Net pay amount to be transferred to employee's account using either Dollars (13.6) or Percent (0.00 - 100.00)
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeePayrollAdviceReport

Return a pay advice report showing employee paycheque details for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
AnnualSalary Decimal Annual salary amount for the employee (at the time of the API call).
ChequeNumber String Cheque number or reference type.
DateOfBirth Datetime Employees date of birth.
EmployerABNOrTFN String ABN or TFN as entered within the Company Information window or Company endpoint.
EmployerCompanyName String Company name as entered within the Company Information window or Company endpoint.
EmployerURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the company file.
GrossPay Decimal Gross Wages for pay period (total amount of money before deductions) for the employee.
HourlyRate Decimal Employee's hourly rate.
NetPay Decimal Net Wages for pay period (total amount of money after deductions) for the employee.
PayFrequency String Pay frequency can consist of the following: Weekly, Fortnightly, TwiceAMonth, Monthly.
PayPeriodEndDate Datetime Finishing date of the pay period.
PayPeriodStartDate Datetime Starting date of the pay period.
PaymentDate Datetime Date when the paycheque was processed and paid,.
SuperannuationFundID Uuid Unique guid identifier belonging to the superannuation fund.
SuperannuationFundName String Name of the superannuation fund.
SuperannuationFundURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the superannuation fund.
EmployeeID Uuid

Contacts.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned employee contact.
EmployeeDisplayID String Customer contact Card ID, can also be used as a unique employee contact identifier.
EmployeeName String Name of the employee contact.
EmployeeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the employee contact object.
Amount Decimal Amount processed for payroll category i.e. $ amounts for Wages, Superannuation, Deductions and Hours for entitlements.
PayrollCategoryID Uuid

PayrollCategories.ID

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.
PayrollCategoryName String Name of the category.
PayrollCategoryType String Indicates the type of payroll category i.e. Wage, Deduction, Expense, Tax.
PayrollCategoryURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.
Hours Integer Number of hours paid on hourly payroll category or accrued for entitlements. Note: If payroll category is of type salary then null is returned.
CalculationRate Decimal The rate an hourly wage category is calculated,Note: If wage is of type salary then null is returned.
YearToDate Decimal YTD amounts accrued this payroll year based upon pays recorded.
CompanyFileId String The ID of the company file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeePayrollCategoryItems

Employee payroll category items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
EmployeeID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Amount Double The total amount.
IsCalculated Boolean True or false.
PayrollCategoryID [KEY] Uuid Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.
PayrollCategoryName String Name of the category.
PayrollCategoryType String Type of the payroll category.
PayrollCategoryURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeePayrollDeductionItems

Employee payroll deduction items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
PayrollDetailsID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Name String Name of the deduction.
Type String Type of the deduction.
URI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the expense deduction.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeePayrollEntitlementItems

Employee payroll entitlement items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
PayrollDetailsID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
CarryOver Decimal The number of hours carried over from the previous payroll year.
EntitlementCategoryID [KEY] Uuid Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.
EntitlementCategoryName String Name of the category.
EntitlementCategoryType String Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Deduction, Superannuation.
EntitlementCategoryURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.
IsAssigned Boolean True or false.
Total Decimal The number of hours available on the entitlement (Total = CarryOver + YearToDate).
YearToDate Decimal Net number of hours accrued this payroll year.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeePayrollExpenseItems

Employee payroll expense items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
PayrollDetailsID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Name String Name of the expense.
Type String Type of the expense.
URI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the expense object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

EmployeePayrollWageCategoryItems

Employee wage category items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
PayrollDetailsID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.
Name String Name of the category.
Type String Type of the category.
URI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

InventoryAdjustmentItems

Inventory adjustment items for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
AdjustmentID Uuid

InventoryAdjustments.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Amount Double Dollar amount assigned to the item.
Quantity Double The quantity of items to be adjusted.
UnitCost Double Unit cost assigned to the item/items.
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the inventory journal set.
Memo String Memo text describing the transaction line.
RowVersion String RowVersion. Required during update to identify the line item.
ItemID Uuid

Items.ID

Unique item identifier in the form of a guid.
ItemName String Name assigned to the item.
ItemNumber String Number assigned to the item.
ItemURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the item object.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
JobID Uuid

Jobs.ID

Unique job identifier in the form of a guid.
JobName String Name assigned to the job.
JobNumber String Number assigned to the job.
JobURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.
LocationID Uuid

Locations.ID

Unique identifier for the location in the form of a guid.
LocationIdentifier String Identifier assigned to the location.
LocationName String Name of the location.
LocationURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the location object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ItemLocations

Return an inventoried item location information

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier for location in the form of a guid.
ItemID [KEY] Uuid

Items.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Identifier String Identifier assigned to the location.
QuantityOnHand Decimal Quantity of units held in inventory
Name String Name assigned to the location.
URI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the location object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ItemSellingPrices

Return the item price matrix for multiple customer selling prices.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ItemPriceMatrixID. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM ItemSellingPrices WHERE ItemPriceMatrixID = "3a35e83a-5070-432d-b6ec-f4791f353352"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Integer LineId which represents the index of the line.
ItemPriceMatrixID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
QuantityOver Integer The first QuantityOver must always be 0, for each additional quantity break specify the item quantity.
LevelA Double Item price Level a, defaults to items Base Selling Price.
LevelB Double Item price Level b, defaults to items Base Selling Price.
LevelC Double Item price Level c, defaults to items Base Selling Price.
LevelD Double Item price Level d, defaults to items Base Selling Price.
LevelE Double Item price Level e, defaults to items Base Selling Price.
LevelF Double Item price Level f, defaults to items Base Selling Price.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

JobBudgetItems

Job budget items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
JobBudgetID Uuid

JobBudgets.Id

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Amount Decimal Budget amount for job.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

JournalItems

Journal line items.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
JournalID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Amount Double Dollar amount posted to the line of the transaction.
IsCredit Boolean True indicates the amount posted to the account as a credit. False indicates the amount posted to the account as a debit.
IsOverriddenTaxAmount Boolean True indicates the tax amount has been altered. False indicates the tax amount has not been altered.
Memo String Memo text applied to the line of the transaction.
RowID [KEY] Integer Sequence of the entry within the general journal set.
TaxAmount Double Tax amount for the line of the journal if using an applicable TaxCode.
RowVersion String Row version for the item. Required to udpate an existing line.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
JobID Uuid

Jobs.ID

Unique job identifier in the form of a guid.
JobNumber String Number assigned to the job.
JobName String Name assigned to the job.
JobURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.
TaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
TaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
TaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

JournalTransactionHistory

Returns a list of Journals and their history for all transaction types

Columns

Name Type References Description
UID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
DateOccurred Datetime Transaction date entry, format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
DatePosted Datetime Date timestamp for day the transaction was entered, format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS
Description String Journal memo assigned to the transaction.
DisplayID String Journal transaction id.
GroupUID Uuid UID of the first version of the transaction.
JournalType String Full list of journal types:General Sale Purchase CashPayment CashReceipt Inventory
Lines String An array of journal line information
OperationType String Operation types:Added System Edited Deleted Reversed.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
SourceTransactionTransactionType String Transaction types consist of the following: Bill Invoice SupplierPayment CustomerPayment SpendMoneyTxn ReceiveMoneyTxn TransferMoneyTxn GeneralJournal InventoryAdjustment CreditRefund CreditSettlement DebitRefund DebitSettlement
SourceTransactionUID Uuid Unique identifier for the source transaction in the form of a guid.
SourceTransactionURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the transaction object.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
CompanyFileId String ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

JournalTransactionHistoryLineItems

Journal Transaction History Items

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Integer LineId which represents the index of the line.
JournalTransactionID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
AccountID Uuid Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid
AccountDisplayID String Account code format includes separator ie 1-1100
AccountName String Account name belonging to the account record.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
Amount Decimal Dollar amount posted to the Account object for each line of the transaction.
IsCredit Boolean Indicates whether the amount posted a credit to the Account object.
JobID Uuid Unique guid identifier belonging to the job for the line of the service sale.
JobName String Name assigned to the job
JobNumber String Number assigned to the job
JobUri String Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object
LineDescription String Line description for each line of the transaction if one has been entered.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

JournalTransactionItems

Usage information for the operation JournalTransactionItems.rsd.

Table Specific Information

Select

Only the JournalTransactionID column, when using the equality comparison, is supported for server side filtering.

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Integer LineId which represents the index of the line.
JournalTransactionID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
AccountID Uuid
AccountDisplayID String
AccountName String
AccountURI String
Amount Decimal
IsCredit Boolean
JobID Uuid
JobName String
JobNumber String
JobUri String
LineDescription String
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

JournalTransactions

Usage information for the operation JournalTransactions.rsd.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, DisplayID, Description, DateOccurred, DatePosted, JournalType, SourceTransactionID, SourceTransactionTransactionType. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM JournalTransactions WHERE ID = "7cabea25-6250-4df5-bb37-77eb2d38f803"
SELECT * FROM JournalTransactions WHERE Description = "description" AND SourceTransactionTransactionType = "type"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid
DisplayID String
Description String
DateOccurred Datetime
DatePosted Datetime
JournalType String
RowVersion String
SourceTransactionID Uuid
SourceTransactionTransactionType String
SourceTransactionURI String
URI String
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Locations

Return an inventoried item location information.

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique location identifier in the form of a guid.
AddressCity String City of address Record.
AddressContactName String ContactName on Address record.
AddressCountry String Country of the Location for adress Record.
AddressEmail String Email contact of address record.
AddressFax String Fax number of address record.
AddressLocation Integer One location can have one address.
AddressPhone1 String Phone number 1 of address record.
AddressPhone2 String Phone number 2 of address record.
AddressPhone3 String Phone number 3 of address record.
AddressPostCode String Post Code of address record.
AddressSalutation String Salutation text for address record.
AddressState String State of Address record.
AddressStreet String Full content of address field.
AddressWebsite String World wide Webaddress for contact.
CanSell Boolean True indicates items inventoried in the location can be sold,False indicates items inventoried in the location can not be sold
Identifier String Identifier of the location.
IsActive Boolean True indicates location is active,False indicates location is inactive.
Name String Name for an induvidual location.
Notes String Notes for the location.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

NZGSTReport

Returns a GST report for New Zealand AccountRight files.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: EndDate, ReportingPeriod, ReportingBasis, YearEndAdjust. All the other columns and operators are processed client side. The default behavior is EndDate as today's date, ReportingPeriod as 6m, ReportingBasis as Cash, and YearEndAdjust as false; if the EndDate, ReportingPeriod, ReportingBasis, and YearEndAdjust filters are left unset.

SELECT * FROM NZGSTReport
To override this behavior, the values can be set directly in the query. For example:
SELECT * FROM NZGSTReport WHERE EndDate = "01/04/2019" AND ReportingBasis = "Cash"  AND ReportingPeriod = "6m" AND YearEndAdjust = false

Columns

Name Type References Description
Address String The Address of the Company.
CompanyName String The name of the Business.
CreditAdjustments Decimal The Credit Adjustments amount for the given date range.
DebitAdjustments Decimal The Debit Adjustments amount for the given date range.
IrdNumber String The IRD number of the Company, format xxx-xxx-xxx.
NetGSTSales Decimal The Net GST Sales amount for the given date range.
PaymentAmount Decimal Total Payment Amount for the given date range.
PhoneNumber String The Phone number for the Company.
TotalGSTCollected Decimal Total GST Collected for the given date range.
TotalGSTCollectedOnPurchases Decimal Total GST Collected on Purchases for the given date range.
TotalGSTCollectedOnSales Decimal Total GST Collected on Sales for the given date range.
TotalGSTCredit Decimal Total GST Credit for the given date range.
TotalPurchases Decimal Total Amount of Purchases for the given date range.
TotalSales Decimal Total Amount of Sales for the given date range.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
ZeroRatedSupplies Decimal Total Zero Rated Supplies for the given date range.
EndDate Date Starting date of the period.
ReportingPeriod String Reporting Period for the report. This will either be 1m, 2m or 6m.
ReportingBasis String Reporting basis for the period, will either be Cash or Accural.
YearEndAdjust Boolean If you are including Year end Adjustments. This is a true or False value.
CompanyFileId String The ID of the company file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PayrollCategories

Returns generic information on all payroll category types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Name, Type. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM PayrollCategories WHERE ID = "3a35e83a-5070-432d-b6ec-f4791f353352"
SELECT * FROM PayrollCategories WHERE Name = "criteria"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Name String Name of the payroll category.
Type String Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Expense, Deduction, Tax, Superannuation, Entitlement.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PayrollCategorySummaryReport

Returns a Payroll Category Summary report for an AccountRight file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: EndDate, StartDate, ReportingBasis, YearEndAdjust. All the other columns and operators are processed client side. The default behavior is EndDate as today's date, StartDate as the first day of the year, ReportingBasis as Cash, and YearEndAdjust as false; if the EndDate, StartDate, ReportingBasis, and YearEndAdjust filters are left unset.

SELECT * FROM PayrollCategorySummaryReport
To override this behavior, the values can be set directly in the query. For example:
SELECT * FROM PayrollCategorySummaryReport WHERE StartDate = "12/01/2018" AND EndDate = "01/04/2019" AND ReportingBasis = "Cash" AND YearEndAdjust = false

Columns

Name Type References Description
Amount Decimal Total amount for the Payroll Category for that date range.
Hours Decimal Total Hours for the Payroll Category for that date range.
PayrollCategoryID Uuid Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.
PayrollCategoryName String Name of the category.
PayrollCategoryType String Payroll Category Type.
PayrollCategoryURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.
EndDate Date Starting date of the period.
StartDate Date Ending date of the period.
ReportingBasis String Reporting basis for the period, will either be Cash or Accural.
YearEndAdjust Boolean If you are including Year end Adjustments. This is a true or False value.
CompanyFileId String The ID of the company file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PayrollDeductions

Return payroll categories of type deduction for an AccountRight company file

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, CalculationBasisPercentageOf, CalculationBasisType, CalculationFixedDollarsOf, LimitAccrualPeriod, LimitFixedDollarsOf, LimitType, Name, StpCategory, Type, PayableAccountID, PayableAccountDisplayID, PayableAccountName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM PayrollDeductions WHERE ID = "PayrollEntitlements"
SELECT * FROM PayrollDeductions WHERE CalculationBasisPercentageOf = 28
SELECT * FROM PayrollDeductions WHERE PayableAccountName = "PayableAccountName"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
CalculationBasisPercentageOf Decimal Percentage of super to calculate if CalculationBasis.Type = PercentageOfPayrollCategory.
CalculationBasisType String The type of calculation to use can be any of the following 3: UserEntered - use amount on employees standard pay when processing. PercentageOfPayrollCategory - Equals x percentage, calculate as a % of gross wages or another payroll category. FixedDollars - Equals x dollar to contribute for all linked employees.
CalculationFixedDollarsOf Decimal Nominated deduction amount CalculationBasis.Type = FixedDollars.
LimitAccrualPeriod String How the maximum expense is calculated if Limit.Type = FixedDollars. Can consist of any of the following: PayPeriod, Month, Year, Hour.
LimitFixedDollarsOf Decimal Maximum expense amount if Limit.Type = FixedDollars.
LimitType String The type of calculation to use can be any of the following 3: NoLimit - no limits in place on expense calculations. PercentageOfPayrollCategory - Equals x percentage, limit is calculated as a % of gross wages or another payroll category. FixedDollars - Equals x dollar limit set.
Name String Name of the object.
StpCategory String STP Category for this payroll category. See MYOB help for more info. Valid values are: NotReportable (default), GrossPayments, PAYGWithholding, ExemptForeignIncome, CDEPPayments, AllowanceCar, AllowanceTransport, AllowanceTravel, AllowanceMeals, AllowanceLaundry, AllowanceOther, DeductionUnionProfAssocFees, DeductionWorkPlaceGiving, ReportableFringeBenefitsExemptAmount, ReportableFringeBenefitsTaxableAmount, ETPTaxableComponent, ETPTaxFreeComponent, ETPTaxWithholding, LumpSumPaymentATermination, LumpSumPaymentARedundancy, LumpSumPaymentB, LumpSumPaymentD, LumpSumPaymentE, SuperGuarantee, OrdinaryTimesEarnings, ReportableEmployerSuperContributions.
Type String Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Expense, Deduction.
PayableAccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
PayableAccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
PayableAccountName String Name of the account.
PayableAccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PayrollEntitlements

Return payroll categories of type entitlement for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Name, PrintOnPayAdvice, StpCategory, Type, CalculationAccrualPeriod, CalculationFixedHoursOf, CalculationBasisType, CarryEntitlementOverToNextYear. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM PayrollEntitlements WHERE ID = "3a35e83a-5070-432d-b6ec-f4791f353352"
SELECT * FROM PayrollEntitlements WHERE Name = "criteria"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Name String Name of the object.
PrintOnPayAdvice Boolean True indicates accrued leave hours will show on pay advices. False indicates accrued leave hours will not be shown on pay advices.
StpCategory String STP Category for this payroll category. See MYOB help for more info. Valid values are: NotReportable (default), GrossPayments, PAYGWithholding, ExemptForeignIncome, CDEPPayments, AllowanceCar, AllowanceTransport, AllowanceTravel, AllowanceMeals, AllowanceLaundry, AllowanceOther, DeductionUnionProfAssocFees, DeductionWorkPlaceGiving, ReportableFringeBenefitsExemptAmount, ReportableFringeBenefitsTaxableAmount, ETPTaxableComponent, ETPTaxFreeComponent, ETPTaxWithholding, LumpSumPaymentATermination, LumpSumPaymentARedundancy, LumpSumPaymentB, LumpSumPaymentD, LumpSumPaymentE, SuperGuarantee, OrdinaryTimesEarnings, ReportableEmployerSuperContributions.
Type String Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Expense, Deduction.
CalculationAccrualPeriod String How the specified hours are accrued if CalculationBasis.Type = FixedHours. Can consist of any of the following: PayPeriod, Month, Year, Hour.
CalculationFixedHoursOf Decimal Number of hours to accrue if CalculationBasis.Type = FixedHours.
CalculationBasisType String The type of calculation to use can be any of the following 3: UserEntered - use amount on employees standard pay when processing. PercentageOfPayrollCategory - Equals x percentage, calculate as a % of gross wages or another payroll category. FixedDollars - Equals x dollar to contribute for all linked employees.
CarryEntitlementOverToNextYear Boolean True indicates to carry over any unused leave hours when starting a new payroll year. False indicates not to carry over unused leave hours when starting a new payroll year.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
PayrollWages String An array of linked wage category information, when recording hours for selected linked wage on an employee's pay, the entitlement balance will reduce accordingly.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PayrollExpenses

Return payroll categories of type expense for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, LimitAccrualPeriod, LimitFixedDollarsOf, LimitType, PrintOnPayAdvice, Threshold, Name, StpCategory, Type, PayrollCategoryID, PayrollCategoryName, PayrollCategoryType, CalculationBasisPercentageOf, CalculationBasisType, ExpenseAccountID, ExpenseAccountDisplayID, ExpenseAccountName, PayableAccountID, PayableAccountDisplayID, PayableAccountName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM PayrollExpenses WHERE PrintOnPayAdvice = true
SELECT * FROM PayrollExpenses WHERE LimitFixedDollarsOf = 350
SELECT * FROM PayrollExpenses WHERE StpCategory = "NotReportable"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
LimitAccrualPeriod String How the maximum expense is calculated if Limit.Type = FixedDollars. Can consist of any of the following: PayPeriod, Month, Year, Hour.
LimitFixedDollarsOf Decimal Maximum expense amount if Limit.Type = FixedDollars.
LimitType String The type of calculation to use can be any of the following 3: NoLimit - no limits in place on expense calculations. PercentageOfPayrollCategory - Equals x percentage, limit is calculated as a % of gross wages or another payroll category. FixedDollars - Equals x dollar limit set.
PrintOnPayAdvice Boolean True indicates accrued expenses will show on pay advices. False indicates accrued expenses will not be shown on pay advices.
Threshold Decimal Amount if expense is only payable when wages exceed a certain $$ per month.
Name String Name of the wage category.
StpCategory String STP Category for this payroll category. See MYOB help for more info. Valid values are: NotReportable (default), GrossPayments, PAYGWithholding, ExemptForeignIncome, CDEPPayments, AllowanceCar, AllowanceTransport, AllowanceTravel, AllowanceMeals, AllowanceLaundry, AllowanceOther, DeductionUnionProfAssocFees, DeductionWorkPlaceGiving, ReportableFringeBenefitsExemptAmount, ReportableFringeBenefitsTaxableAmount, ETPTaxableComponent, ETPTaxFreeComponent, ETPTaxWithholding, LumpSumPaymentATermination, LumpSumPaymentARedundancy, LumpSumPaymentB, LumpSumPaymentD, LumpSumPaymentE, SuperGuarantee, OrdinaryTimesEarnings, ReportableEmployerSuperContributions.
Type String Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Expense, Deduction.
PayrollCategoryID Uuid

PayrollCategories.ID

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.
PayrollCategoryName String Name of the category.
PayrollCategoryType String Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Expense, Deduction.
PayrollCategoryURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.
CalculationBasisPercentageOf Decimal Percentage of super to calculate if CalculationBasis.Type = PercentageOfPayrollCategory.
CalculationBasisType String The type of calculation to use can be any of the following 3: UserEntered - use amount on employees standard pay when processing. PercentageOfPayrollCategory - Equals x percentage, calculate as a % of gross wages or another payroll category. FixedDollars - Equals x dollar to contribute for all linked employees.
ExpenseAccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
ExpenseAccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
ExpenseAccountName String Name of the account.
ExpenseAccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
PayableAccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
PayableAccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
PayableAccountName String Name of the account.
PayableAccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PayrollSuperannuations

Return payroll categories of type superannuation for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, ContributionType, Exclusion, PrintOnPayAdvice, Threshold, Type, LimitType, Name, PayrollCategoryID, PayrollCategoryName, PayrollCategoryType, CalculationBasisPercentageOf, CalculationBasisType, ExpenseAccountID, ExpenseAccountDisplayID, ExpenseAccountName, PayableAccountID, PayableAccountDisplayID, PayableAccountName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM PayrollSuperannuations WHERE Threshold = 450
SELECT * FROM PayrollSuperannuations WHERE LimitType = "NoLimit"
SELECT * FROM PayrollSuperannuations WHERE Exclusion = 23

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ContributionType String The type of contribution basis, consist of the following: SuperannuationGuarantee, EmployeeAdditional, EmployerAdditional, Productivity, Redundancy, SalaySacrifice, Spouse.
Exclusion Decimal Amount to reduce an employees wage by before calculating superannuation.
PrintOnPayAdvice Boolean True indicates accrued superannuation will show on pay advices. False indicates accrued superannuation will not be shown on pay advices.
Threshold Decimal Amount if superannuation is only payable when wages exceed a certain $$ per month.
Type String Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Expense, Deduction.
LimitType String The type of calculation to use can be any of the following 3: NoLimit - no limits in place on contribution calculations. PercentageOfPayrollCategory - Equals x percentage, limit is calculated as a % of gross wages or another payroll category. FixedDollars - Equals x dollar limit set.
Name String Name of the object.
PayrollCategoryID Uuid

PayrollCategories.ID

Unique category identifier in the form of a guid.
PayrollCategoryName String Name of the category.
PayrollCategoryType String Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Expense, Deduction.
PayrollCategoryURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the category object.
CalculationBasisPercentageOf Decimal Percentage of super to calculate if CalculationBasis.Type = PercentageOfPayrollCategory.
CalculationBasisType String The type of calculation to use can be any of the following 3: UserEntered - use amount on employees standard pay when processing. PercentageOfPayrollCategory - Equals x percentage, calculate as a % of gross wages or another payroll category. FixedDollars - Equals x dollar to contribute for all linked employees.
ExpenseAccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
ExpenseAccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
ExpenseAccountName String Name of the account.
ExpenseAccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
PayableAccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
PayableAccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
PayableAccountName String Name of the account.
PayableAccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
Exemptions String An array of wage categories the superannuation category is exempt from.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PayrollTaxes

Return payroll categories of type tax for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Name, StpCategory, Type, TaxTableRevisionDate, PayableAccountID, PayableAccountDisplayID, PayableAccountName. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM PayrollTaxes WHERE PayableAccountID = "02c3f70b-2570-4f2b-bd51-560c65ecb1df"
SELECT * FROM PayrollTaxes WHERE Name = "PAYG Withholding"
SELECT * FROM PayrollTaxes WHERE StpCategory = "PAYGWitholding"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Name String Name of the wage category.
StpCategory String STP Category for this payroll category. See MYOB help for more info. Valid values are: NotReportable (default), GrossPayments, PAYGWithholding, ExemptForeignIncome, CDEPPayments, AllowanceCar, AllowanceTransport, AllowanceTravel, AllowanceMeals, AllowanceLaundry, AllowanceOther, DeductionUnionProfAssocFees, DeductionWorkPlaceGiving, ReportableFringeBenefitsExemptAmount, ReportableFringeBenefitsTaxableAmount, ETPTaxableComponent, ETPTaxFreeComponent, ETPTaxWithholding, LumpSumPaymentATermination, LumpSumPaymentARedundancy, LumpSumPaymentB, LumpSumPaymentD, LumpSumPaymentE, SuperGuarantee, OrdinaryTimesEarnings, ReportableEmployerSuperContributions.
Type String Indicates the type of payroll category ie: Wage, Expense, Deduction.
TaxTableRevisionDate Datetime The date payroll tax tables loaded in AccountRight were last updated.
PayableAccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
PayableAccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
PayableAccountName String Name of the account.
PayableAccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PayrollTaxTables

Return payroll tax tables loaded into an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, Name. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM PayrollTaxTables WHERE ID = "3a35e83a-5070-432d-b6ec-f4791f353352"
SELECT * FROM PayrollTaxTables WHERE Name = "criteria"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Name String Name of the payroll tax table.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PriceLevelDetail

Tax codes for an AccountRight company file.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Name String Name of price level.
Value String Associated label of price level.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProfitAndLossSummaryReport

Returns a Profit and Loss Summary for an AccountRight file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: EndDate, StartDate, ReportingBasis, YearEndAdjust. All the other columns and operators are processed client side. The default behavior is EndDate as today's date, StartDate as the first day of the year, ReportingBasis as Cash, and YearEndAdjust as false; if the EndDate, StartDate, ReportingBasis, and YearEndAdjust filters are left unset.

SELECT * FROM ProfitAndLossSummaryReport
To override this behavior, the values can be set directly in the query. For example:
SELECT * FROM ProfitAndLossSummaryReport WHERE StartDate = "12/01/2018" AND EndDate = "01/04/2019" AND ReportingBasis = "Cash" AND YearEndAdjust = false

Columns

Name Type References Description
AccountTotal Decimal Total Amount for the Account for the given date range.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
EndDate Date Starting date of the period.
StartDate Date Ending date of the period.
ReportingBasis String Reporting basis for the period, will either be Cash or Accural.
YearEndAdjust Boolean If you are including Year end Adjustments. This is a true or False value.
CompanyFileId String The ID of the company file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProfitLossDistributions

Returns the Profit and Loss Distribution of an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Entity String Entity of the Profit and Loss Distribution.
HeaderAccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the header account in the form of a guid.
HeaderAccountDisplayID String Header Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
HeaderAccountName String Name of the header account.
HeaderAccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the header account object.
RetainedEarningsAccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the retained earnings account in the form of a guid.
RetainedEarningsAccountDisplayID String Retained Earnings Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
RetainedEarningsAccountName String Name of the retained earnings account.
RetainedEarningsAccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the retained earnings account object.
CurrentEarningsAccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the current earnings account in the form of a guid.
CurrentEarningsAccountDisplayID String Current Earnings Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
CurrentEarningsAccountName String Name of the current earnings account.
CurrentEarningsAccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the current earnings account object.
Value Double Value to be allocated to the account.
Unit String Unit that the Value is measured in.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
CompanyFileId String The ID of the company file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PurchaseBillItems

Return line items in all purchase bill types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

Only the PurchaseBillId and BillType columns support server-side filtering with equality comparisons. If no BillType is specified, all bill types are returned unless a specific filter is applied. PurchaseBillItems supports the following bill types: Item, Service, Professional, and Miscellaneous.

  • PurchaseBillId supports the = comparison operator.
  • BillType supports the = comparison operator.

Columns

Name Type References Description
PurchaseBillId Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Date Datetime Transaction date entry.
Description String Description text for the line.
Total Decimal Total amount for the line item only.
Type String Bill line type, can consist of the following: Transaction - All fields detailed in Lines array are consumable. Header - Only allows you to POST to Description element. Subtotal - Calculated value that is read-only.
BillQuantity Decimal The quantity of goods shipped.
ReceivedQuantity Decimal The quantity of goods received.
BackorderQuantity Decimal Please note: To be implemented when Purchase Order functionality is available.
UnitPrice Decimal Price per unit.
DiscountPercent Double Discount rate applicable to the line item.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
JobID Uuid

Jobs.ID

Unique job identifier in the form of a guid.
JobName String Name assigned to the job.
JobNumber String Number assigned to the job.
JobURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.
TaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
TaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
TaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
ItemID Uuid

Items.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ItemName String Name of the item.
ItemNumber String The number assigned to the item.
ItemURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the item.
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the item.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
BillType String Type of the bill. One of: Item,Service,Professional,Miscellaneous.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PurchaseOrderItems

Return line items in all purchase order types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

Only the PurchaseOrderId and OrderType columns support server-side filtering with equality comparisons. If no OrderType is specified, all order types are returned unless a specific filter is applied. PurchaseOrderItems supports the following order types: Item, Service, Professional, and Miscellaneous.

  • PurchaseOrderId supports the = comparison operator.
  • OrderType supports the = comparison operator.

Columns

Name Type References Description
PurchaseOrderId Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
BillQuantity Decimal The quantity of goods shipped.
Description String Description text for the line.
DiscountPercent Double Discount rate applicable to the line item.
ReceivedQuantity Decimal Received quantity.
Total Decimal Total amount for the line item only.
Type String Line type, can consist of the following: Transaction - All fields detailed in Lines array are consumable. Header - Only allows you to POST to Description element. Subtotal - Calculated value that is read-only.
UnitPrice Decimal Price per unit.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
JobID Uuid

Jobs.ID

Unique job identifier in the form of a guid.
JobName String Name assigned to the job.
JobNumber String Number assigned to the job.
JobURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.
TaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
TaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
TaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
ItemID Uuid

Items.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ItemName String Name of the item.
ItemNumber String The number assigned to the item.
ItemURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the item.
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the item.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
OrderType String Type of the order. One of: Item,Service,Professional,Miscellaneous.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ReceivingTransactionItems

Receive money transactions for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
TransactionID Uuid

ReceivingTransactions.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Amount Double Amount to be allocated to the account.
Memo String Memo text describing the transaction line.
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the spend money set.
RowVersion String RowVersion. Required during update to identify the line item.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
JobID Uuid

Jobs.ID

Unique job identifier in the form of a guid.
JobName String Name assigned to the job.
JobNumber String Number assigned to the job.
JobURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.
TaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
TaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
TaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SaleInvoiceItems

Returns Sales Invoice Items for invoices of all types in an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

Only the SaleInvoiceId and InvoiceType columns support server-side filtering with equality comparisons. If no InvoiceType is specified, all invoice types are returned unless a specific filter is applied. SaleInvoiceItems supports the following invoice types: Item, Service, Professional, TimeBilling, and Miscellaneous.

  • SaleInvoiceId supports the = comparison operator.
  • InvoiceType supports the = comparison operator.

Columns

Name Type References Description
SaleInvoiceId Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
DiscountPercent Double Discount rate applicable to the line of the sale invoice.
Description String Description text for the sale line.
CostOfGoodsSold Decimal Cost Of the Goods Sold
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the item sale invoice set.
RowVersion String The RowVersion or the line item.
ShipQuantity Decimal The quantity of goods shipped.
Total Decimal Invoice line type, can consist of the following: Transaction - All fields detailed in Lines array are consumable. Header - Only allows you to POST to Description element. Subtotal - Calculated value that is read-only.
Type String The type of the invoice.
UnitPrice Decimal Price per unit.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
ItemID Uuid

Items.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ItemName String Name of the item.
ItemNumber String The number assigned to the item.
ItemURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the item.
TaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
TaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
TaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
JobID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the job for the line of the item sale.
JobNumber String Number assigned to the job.
JobName String Name assigned to the job.
JobURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.
LocationID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique identifier for location in the form of a guid.
LocationIdentifier String Identifier assigned to the location.
LocationName String Name assigned to the location.
LocationURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the location object.
InvoiceType String The type of the invoice. One of: Item,Service,Professional,TimeBilling,Miscellaneous.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SaleOrderItems

Returns all sale order types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

Only the SaleOrderId and OrderType columns support server-side filtering with equality comparisons. If no OrderType is specified, all order types are returned unless a specific filter is applied. SaleOrderItems supports the following order types: Item, Service, Professional, TimeBilling, and Miscellaneous.

  • SaleOrderId supports the = comparison operator.
  • OrderType supports the = comparison operator.

Columns

Name Type References Description
SaleOrderId Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
DiscountPercent Double Discount rate applicable to the line of the sale order.
Description String Description text for the sale line.
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the item sale order set.
RowVersion String The RowVersion or the line item.
ShipQuantity Decimal The quantity of goods shipped.
Total Decimal Order line type, can consist of the following: Transaction - All fields detailed in Lines array are consumable. Header - Only allows you to POST to Description element. Subtotal - Calculated value that is read-only.
Type String Line type, can consist of the following: Transaction - All fields detailed in Lines array are consumable. Header - Only allows you to POST to Description element. Subtotal - Calculated value that is read-only.
UnitPrice Decimal Price per unit.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
ItemID Uuid

Items.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ItemName String Name of the item.
ItemNumber String The number assigned to the item.
ItemURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the item.
TaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
TaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
TaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
OrderType String Type of the order. One of: Item,Service,Professional,TimeBilling,Miscellaneous.
Comment String Sales Order Comment
ShippingMethod String Shipping Method
PromisedDate Datetime Transaction Promised Date.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SaleQuoteItems

Return all sale quote types for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

Only the SaleQuoteId and QuoteType columns support server-side filtering with equality comparisons. If no QuoteType is specified, all quote types are returned unless a specific filter is applied. SaleQuoteItems supports the following quote types: Item, Service, Professional, TimeBilling, and Miscellaneous.

  • SaleQuoteId supports the = comparison operator.
  • QuoteType supports the = comparison operator.

Columns

Name Type References Description
SaleQuoteId Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
DiscountPercent Double Discount rate applicable to the line of the sale quote.
Description String Description text for the sale line.
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the item sale quote set.
RowVersion String The RowVersion or the line item.
ShipQuantity Decimal The quantity of goods shipped.
Total Decimal Total amount for the line item only.
Type String Quote line type, can consist of the following: Transaction - All fields detailed in Lines array are consumable. Header - Only allows you to POST to Description element. Subtotal - Calculated value that is read-only.
UnitPrice Decimal Price per unit.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
ItemID Uuid

Items.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
ItemName String Name of the item.
ItemNumber String The number assigned to the item.
ItemURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the item.
TaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
TaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
TaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
QuoteType String The type of the quote. One of: Item,Service,Professional,TimeBilling,Miscellaneous.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SpendingTransactionItems

Spend money transaction items for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
TransactionID Uuid

SpendingTransactions.ID

Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
Amount Double Amount to be allocated to the account.
Memo String Memo text describing the transaction line.
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the spend money set.
RowVersion String RowVersion. Required during update to identify the line item.
AccountID Uuid

Accounts.ID

Unique identifier for the account in the form of a guid.
AccountDisplayID String Account code. Format includes separator ie 4-1100
AccountName String Name of the account.
AccountURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the account object.
JobID Uuid

Jobs.ID

Unique job identifier in the form of a guid.
JobName String Name assigned to the job.
JobNumber String Number assigned to the job.
JobURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the job object.
TaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
TaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
TaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SuperannuationFunds

Superannuation fund details for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: ID, EmployerMembershipNumber, Name, PhoneNumber, Website. All the other columns and operators are processed client side.

SELECT * FROM SuperannuationFunds WHERE ID = "a05b34e5-5d10-465a-98ae-aa2a7eb65a35"
SELECT * FROM SuperannuationFunds WHERE Name = "AMP Life"

Columns

Name Type References Description
ID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
EmployerMembershipNumber String Employer Membership number.
Name String Name of the superannuation fund.
PhoneNumber String Superannuation fund contact phone number.
Website String World wide web address for superannuation fund.
RowVersion String Number value that changes upon a record update, can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
URI String Uniform resource identifier encompasses all types of names and addresses that refer to objects on the web.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SupplierPaymentItems

Supplier payment items for an AccountRight company file.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
SupplierPaymentID [KEY] Uuid Unique identifier in the form of a guid.
AmountApplied Double Amount applied to the purchase bill or order.
Type String Purchase type, can consist of the following: Bill, Order.
PurchaseID Uuid Unique guid identifier belonging to the supplier purchase bill or order.
PurchaseNumber String Purchase bill/order number.
PurchaseURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the purchase bill/order object.
RowID Integer Sequence of the entry within the supplier payment set.
RowVersion String Incrementing number that can be used for change control but does does not preserve a date or a time.
CompanyFileId String

CompanyFiles.ID

ID of the company file. Takes precedence over the CompanyFileId property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

TaxCodeSummaryReport

Returns a Tax Code Summary Report for AccountRight files.

Table Specific Information

Select

MYOB allows a subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns may be used with the following operators: =, !=, >, <, >=, <=. In addition, queries with multiple criteria can be executed by combining the criteria with AND and OR operators. These columns support the above comparison types for server side filtering: EndDate, StartDate, ReportingBasis, YearEndAdjust. All the other columns and operators are processed client side. The default behavior is EndDate as today's date, StartDate as the first day of the year, ReportingBasis as Cash, and YearEndAdjust as false; if the EndDate, StartDate, ReportingBasis, and YearEndAdjust filters are left unset.

SELECT * FROM TaxCodeSummaryReport
To override this behavior, the values can be set directly in the query. For example:
SELECT * FROM TaxCodeSummaryReport WHERE StartDate = "12/01/2018" AND EndDate = "01/04/2019" AND ReportingBasis = "Cash" AND YearEndAdjust = false

Columns

Name Type References Description
PurchasesTotal Decimal Total Purchases amount for a Tax Code.
SalesTotal Decimal Total Tax Collected amount for a Tax Code.
TaxCodeCode String 3 digit tax code.
TaxCodeID Uuid

TaxCodes.ID

Unique guid identifier belonging to the assigned tax code.
TaxCodeURI String Uniform resource identifier associated with the tax code object.
TaxCollected Decimal Total Tax Collected amount for a Tax Code.
TaxPaid Decimal Total Tax Paid amount for a Tax Code.
TaxRate Decimal Tax Rate for the Tax Code.
StartDate Date Ending date of the period.
EndDate Date Starting date of the period.
ReportingBasis String Reporting basis for the period, will either be Cash or Accural.
YearEndAdjust Boolean If you are including Year end Adjustments. This is a true or False value.
CompanyFileId String The ID of the company file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

TransactionCodingSummaryReport

Returns a report of the total number of coded and uncoded transactions in an AccountRight file.

Table Specific Information

Select

The connector will process all filters client side.

Columns

Name Type References Description
Year Integer The calender year.
Month Integer Number representing the month of the year. For example: 5 indicates May.
TotalReceived Integer Total number of bankfeed transactions received.
AutoCoded Integer Total number of transaction that have been coded using BankFeed Rules.
Uncoded Integer Total number of bankfeed transactions that have not been coded
CompanyFileId String The ID of the company file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Stored Procedures

Stored procedures are function-like interfaces that extend the functionality of the connector beyond simple SELECT/INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE operations with MYOB.

Stored procedures accept a list of parameters, perform their intended function, and then return any relevant response data from MYOB, along with an indication of whether the procedure succeeded or failed.

CData Python Connector for MYOB Stored Procedures

Name Description
GetOAuthAccessToken Gets an authentication token from MYOB.
GetOAuthAuthorizationURL Gets the authorization URL that must be opened separately by the user to grant access to your application. Only needed when developing Web apps. You will request the OAuthAccessToken from this URL.
RefreshOAuthAccessToken Refreshes the OAuth access token used for authentication with MYOB.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

GetOAuthAccessToken

Gets an authentication token from MYOB.

Input

Name Type Required Description
AuthMode String False The type of authentication mode to use. Select App for getting authentication tokens via a desktop app. Select Web for getting authentication tokens via a Web app.

The allowed values are APP, WEB.

The default value is APP.

Scope String False A space-separated list of permissions to request from the user. Please check the MYOB API for a list of available permissions.
CallbackUrl String False The URL the user will be redirected to after authorizing your application. This value must match the Redirect URL you have specified in the MYOB app settings. Only needed when the Authmode parameter is Web.
Verifier String False The verifier returned from MYOB after the user has authorized your app to have access to their data. This value will be returned as a parameter to the callback URL.
State String False Indicates any state which may be useful to your application upon receipt of the response. Your application receives the same value it sent, as this parameter makes a round-trip to the MYOB authorization server and back. Uses include redirecting the user to the correct resource in your site, nonces, and cross-site-request-forgery mitigations.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
OAuthAccessToken String The access token used for communication with MYOB.
OAuthRefreshToken String The OAuth refresh token. This is the same as the access token in the case of MYOB.
ExpiresIn String The remaining lifetime on the access token. A -1 denotes that it will not expire.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

GetOAuthAuthorizationURL

Gets the authorization URL that must be opened separately by the user to grant access to your application. Only needed when developing Web apps. You will request the OAuthAccessToken from this URL.

Input

Name Type Required Description
CallbackUrl String False The URL the user will be redirected to after authorizing your application. This value must match the Redirect URL in the MYOB app settings.
Scope String False A space-separated list of scopes to request from the user. Please check the MYOB API documentation for a list of available permissions.
State String False Indicates any state which may be useful to your application upon receipt of the response. Your application receives the same value it sent, as this parameter makes a round-trip to the MYOB authorization server and back. Uses include redirecting the user to the correct resource in your site, nonces, and cross-site-request-forgery mitigations.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
URL String The authorization URL, entered into a Web browser to obtain the verifier token and authorize your app.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

RefreshOAuthAccessToken

Refreshes the OAuth access token used for authentication with MYOB.

Input

Name Type Required Description
OAuthRefreshToken String True Set this to the token value that expired.

Result Set Columns

Name Type Description
OAuthAccessToken String The authentication token returned from MYOB. This can be used in subsequent calls to other operations for this particular service.
OAuthRefreshToken String This is the same as the access token.
ExpiresIn String The remaining lifetime on the access token.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

System Tables

You can query the system tables described in this section to access schema information, information on data source functionality, and batch operation statistics.

Schema Tables

The following tables return database metadata for MYOB:

Data Source Tables

The following tables return information about how to connect to and query the data source:

  • sys_connection_props: Returns information on the available connection properties.
  • sys_sqlinfo: Describes the SELECT queries that the connector can offload to the data source.

Query Information Tables

The following table returns query statistics for data modification queries

  • sys_identity: Returns information about batch operations or single updates.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_catalogs

Lists the available databases.

The following query retrieves all databases determined by the connection string:

SELECT * FROM sys_catalogs

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The database name.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_schemas

Lists the available schemas.

The following query retrieves all available schemas:

          SELECT * FROM sys_schemas
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The database name.
SchemaName String The schema name.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_tables

Lists the available tables.

The following query retrieves the available tables and views:

          SELECT * FROM sys_tables
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The database containing the table or view.
SchemaName String The schema containing the table or view.
TableName String The name of the table or view.
TableType String The table type (table or view).
Description String A description of the table or view.
IsUpdateable Boolean Whether the table can be updated.
IsInsertable Boolean Whether the table can be inserted into.
IsDeleteable Boolean Whether rows can be deleted from the table.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_tablecolumns

Describes the columns of the available tables and views.

The following query returns the columns and data types for the Accounts table:

SELECT ColumnName, DataTypeName FROM sys_tablecolumns WHERE TableName = 'Accounts' 

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the table or view.
SchemaName String The schema containing the table or view.
TableName String The name of the table or view containing the column.
ColumnName String The column name.
DataTypeName String The data type name.
DataType Int32 An integer indicating the data type. This value is determined at run time based on the environment.
Length Int32 The storage size of the column.
DisplaySize Int32 The designated column's normal maximum width in characters.
NumericPrecision Int32 The maximum number of digits in numeric data. The column length in characters for character and date-time data.
NumericScale Int32 The column scale or number of digits to the right of the decimal point.
IsNullable Boolean Whether the column can contain null.
Description String A brief description of the column.
Ordinal Int32 The sequence number of the column.
IsAutoIncrement String Whether the column value is assigned in fixed increments.
IsGeneratedColumn String Whether the column is generated.
IsHidden Boolean Whether the column is hidden.
IsArray Boolean Whether the column is an array.
IsReadOnly Boolean Whether the column is read-only.
IsKey Boolean Indicates whether a field returned from sys_tablecolumns is the primary key of the table.
ColumnType String The role or classification of the column in the schema. Possible values include SYSTEM, LINKEDCOLUMN, NAVIGATIONKEY, REFERENCECOLUMN, and NAVIGATIONPARENTCOLUMN.
ColumnCapabilities Int32 A bit mask denoting the column's write capabilities. The value is the sum of the following: 1 if the column is required for INSERTs, 2 if the column is allowed for INSERTs, and 4 if the column is allowed for UPDATEs. A value of 0 indicates that the write capabilities of the column are unknown or that the column is read-only.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_procedures

Lists the available stored procedures.

The following query retrieves the available stored procedures:

          SELECT * FROM sys_procedures
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The database containing the stored procedure.
SchemaName String The schema containing the stored procedure.
ProcedureName String The name of the stored procedure.
Description String A description of the stored procedure.
ProcedureType String The type of the procedure, such as PROCEDURE or FUNCTION.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_procedureparameters

Describes stored procedure parameters.

The following query returns information about all of the input parameters for the SelectEntries stored procedure:

SELECT * FROM sys_procedureparameters WHERE ProcedureName = 'SelectEntries' AND Direction = 1 OR Direction = 2

To include result set columns in addition to the parameters, set the IncludeResultColumns pseudo column to True:

SELECT * FROM sys_procedureparameters WHERE ProcedureName = 'SelectEntries' AND IncludeResultColumns='True'

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the stored procedure.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the stored procedure.
ProcedureName String The name of the stored procedure containing the parameter.
ColumnName String The name of the stored procedure parameter.
Direction Int32 An integer corresponding to the type of the parameter: input (1), input/output (2), or output(4). input/output type parameters can be both input and output parameters.
DataType Int32 An integer indicating the data type. This value is determined at run time based on the environment.
DataTypeName String The name of the data type.
NumericPrecision Int32 The maximum precision for numeric data. The column length in characters for character and date-time data.
Length Int32 The number of characters allowed for character data. The number of digits allowed for numeric data.
NumericScale Int32 The number of digits to the right of the decimal point in numeric data.
IsNullable Boolean Whether the parameter can contain null.
IsRequired Boolean Whether the parameter is required for execution of the procedure.
IsArray Boolean Whether the parameter is an array.
Description String The description of the parameter.
Ordinal Int32 The index of the parameter.
Values String The values you can set in this parameter are limited to those shown in this column. Possible values are comma-separated.
SupportsStreams Boolean Whether the parameter represents a file that you can pass as either a file path or a stream.
IsPath Boolean Whether the parameter is a target path for a schema creation operation.
Default String The value used for this parameter when no value is specified.
SpecificName String A label that, when multiple stored procedures have the same name, uniquely identifies each identically-named stored procedure. If there's only one procedure with a given name, its name is simply reflected here.
IsCDataProvided Boolean Whether the procedure is added/implemented by CData, as opposed to being a native MYOB procedure.

Pseudo-Columns

Name Type Description
IncludeResultColumns Boolean Whether the output should include columns from the result set in addition to parameters. Defaults to False.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_keycolumns

Describes the primary and foreign keys.

The following query retrieves the primary key for the Accounts table:

         SELECT * FROM sys_keycolumns WHERE IsKey='True' AND TableName='Accounts' 
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the key.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the key.
TableName String The name of the table containing the key.
ColumnName String The name of the key column.
IsKey Boolean Whether the column is a primary key in the table referenced in the TableName field.
IsForeignKey Boolean Whether the column is a foreign key referenced in the TableName field.
PrimaryKeyName String The name of the primary key.
ForeignKeyName String The name of the foreign key.
ReferencedCatalogName String The database containing the primary key.
ReferencedSchemaName String The schema containing the primary key.
ReferencedTableName String The table containing the primary key.
ReferencedColumnName String The column name of the primary key.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_foreignkeys

Describes the foreign keys.

The following query retrieves all foreign keys which refer to other tables:

         SELECT * FROM sys_foreignkeys WHERE ForeignKeyType = 'FOREIGNKEY_TYPE_IMPORT'
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the key.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the key.
TableName String The name of the table containing the key.
ColumnName String The name of the key column.
PrimaryKeyName String The name of the primary key.
ForeignKeyName String The name of the foreign key.
ReferencedCatalogName String The database containing the primary key.
ReferencedSchemaName String The schema containing the primary key.
ReferencedTableName String The table containing the primary key.
ReferencedColumnName String The column name of the primary key.
ForeignKeyType String Designates whether the foreign key is an import (points to other tables) or export (referenced from other tables) key.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_primarykeys

Describes the primary keys.

The following query retrieves the primary keys from all tables and views:

         SELECT * FROM sys_primarykeys
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the key.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the key.
TableName String The name of the table containing the key.
ColumnName String The name of the key column.
KeySeq String The sequence number of the primary key.
KeyName String The name of the primary key.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_indexes

Describes the available indexes. By filtering on indexes, you can write more selective queries with faster query response times.

The following query retrieves all indexes that are not primary keys:

          SELECT * FROM sys_indexes WHERE IsPrimary='false'
          

Columns

Name Type Description
CatalogName String The name of the database containing the index.
SchemaName String The name of the schema containing the index.
TableName String The name of the table containing the index.
IndexName String The index name.
ColumnName String The name of the column associated with the index.
IsUnique Boolean True if the index is unique. False otherwise.
IsPrimary Boolean True if the index is a primary key. False otherwise.
Type Int16 An integer value corresponding to the index type: statistic (0), clustered (1), hashed (2), or other (3).
SortOrder String The sort order: A for ascending or D for descending.
OrdinalPosition Int16 The sequence number of the column in the index.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_connection_props

Returns information on the available connection properties and those set in the connection string.

The following query retrieves all connection properties that have been set in the connection string or set through a default value:

SELECT * FROM sys_connection_props WHERE Value <> ''

Columns

Name Type Description
Name String The name of the connection property.
ShortDescription String A brief description.
Type String The data type of the connection property.
Default String The default value if one is not explicitly set.
Values String A comma-separated list of possible values. A validation error is thrown if another value is specified.
Value String The value you set or a preconfigured default.
Required Boolean Whether the property is required to connect.
Category String The category of the connection property.
IsSessionProperty String Whether the property is a session property, used to save information about the current connection.
Sensitivity String The sensitivity level of the property. This informs whether the property is obfuscated in logging and authentication forms.
PropertyName String A camel-cased truncated form of the connection property name.
Ordinal Int32 The index of the parameter.
CatOrdinal Int32 The index of the parameter category.
Hierarchy String Shows dependent properties associated that need to be set alongside this one.
Visible Boolean Informs whether the property is visible in the connection UI.
ETC String Various miscellaneous information about the property.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_sqlinfo

Describes the SELECT query processing that the connector can offload to the data source.

See SQL Compliance for SQL syntax details.

Discovering the Data Source's SELECT Capabilities

Below is an example data set of SQL capabilities. Some aspects of SELECT functionality are returned in a comma-separated list if supported; otherwise, the column contains NO.

NameDescriptionPossible Values
AGGREGATE_FUNCTIONSSupported aggregation functions.AVG, COUNT, MAX, MIN, SUM, DISTINCT
COUNTWhether COUNT function is supported.YES, NO
IDENTIFIER_QUOTE_OPEN_CHARThe opening character used to escape an identifier.[
IDENTIFIER_QUOTE_CLOSE_CHARThe closing character used to escape an identifier.]
SUPPORTED_OPERATORSA list of supported SQL operators.=, >, <, >=, <=, <>, !=, LIKE, NOT LIKE, IN, NOT IN, IS NULL, IS NOT NULL, AND, OR
GROUP_BYWhether GROUP BY is supported, and, if so, the degree of support.NO, NO_RELATION, EQUALS_SELECT, SQL_GB_COLLATE
OJ_CAPABILITIESThe supported varieties of outer joins supported.NO, LEFT, RIGHT, FULL, INNER, NOT_ORDERED, ALL_COMPARISON_OPS
OUTER_JOINSWhether outer joins are supported.YES, NO
SUBQUERIESWhether subqueries are supported, and, if so, the degree of support.NO, COMPARISON, EXISTS, IN, CORRELATED_SUBQUERIES, QUANTIFIED
STRING_FUNCTIONSSupported string functions.LENGTH, CHAR, LOCATE, REPLACE, SUBSTRING, RTRIM, LTRIM, RIGHT, LEFT, UCASE, SPACE, SOUNDEX, LCASE, CONCAT, ASCII, REPEAT, OCTET, BIT, POSITION, INSERT, TRIM, UPPER, REGEXP, LOWER, DIFFERENCE, CHARACTER, SUBSTR, STR, REVERSE, PLAN, UUIDTOSTR, TRANSLATE, TRAILING, TO, STUFF, STRTOUUID, STRING, SPLIT, SORTKEY, SIMILAR, REPLICATE, PATINDEX, LPAD, LEN, LEADING, KEY, INSTR, INSERTSTR, HTML, GRAPHICAL, CONVERT, COLLATION, CHARINDEX, BYTE
NUMERIC_FUNCTIONSSupported numeric functions.ABS, ACOS, ASIN, ATAN, ATAN2, CEILING, COS, COT, EXP, FLOOR, LOG, MOD, SIGN, SIN, SQRT, TAN, PI, RAND, DEGREES, LOG10, POWER, RADIANS, ROUND, TRUNCATE
TIMEDATE_FUNCTIONSSupported date/time functions.NOW, CURDATE, DAYOFMONTH, DAYOFWEEK, DAYOFYEAR, MONTH, QUARTER, WEEK, YEAR, CURTIME, HOUR, MINUTE, SECOND, TIMESTAMPADD, TIMESTAMPDIFF, DAYNAME, MONTHNAME, CURRENT_DATE, CURRENT_TIME, CURRENT_TIMESTAMP, EXTRACT
REPLICATION_SKIP_TABLESIndicates tables skipped during replication.
REPLICATION_TIMECHECK_COLUMNSA string array containing a list of columns which will be used to check for (in the given order) to use as a modified column during replication.
IDENTIFIER_PATTERNString value indicating what string is valid for an identifier.
SUPPORT_TRANSACTIONIndicates if the provider supports transactions such as commit and rollback.YES, NO
DIALECTIndicates the SQL dialect to use.
KEY_PROPERTIESIndicates the properties which identify the uniform database.
SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_SCHEMASIndicates if multiple schemas may exist for the provider.YES, NO
SUPPORTS_MULTIPLE_CATALOGSIndicates if multiple catalogs may exist for the provider.YES, NO
DATASYNCVERSIONThe CData Data Sync version needed to access this driver.Standard, Starter, Professional, Enterprise
DATASYNCCATEGORYThe CData Data Sync category of this driver.Source, Destination, Cloud Destination
SUPPORTSENHANCEDSQLWhether enhanced SQL functionality beyond what is offered by the API is supported.TRUE, FALSE
SUPPORTS_BATCH_OPERATIONSWhether batch operations are supported.YES, NO
SQL_CAPAll supported SQL capabilities for this driver.SELECT, INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE, TRANSACTIONS, ORDERBY, OAUTH, ASSIGNEDID, LIMIT, LIKE, BULKINSERT, COUNT, BULKDELETE, BULKUPDATE, GROUPBY, HAVING, AGGS, OFFSET, REPLICATE, COUNTDISTINCT, JOINS, DROP, CREATE, DISTINCT, INNERJOINS, SUBQUERIES, ALTER, MULTIPLESCHEMAS, GROUPBYNORELATION, OUTERJOINS, UNIONALL, UNION, UPSERT, GETDELETED, CROSSJOINS, GROUPBYCOLLATE, MULTIPLECATS, FULLOUTERJOIN, MERGE, JSONEXTRACT, BULKUPSERT, SUM, SUBQUERIESFULL, MIN, MAX, JOINSFULL, XMLEXTRACT, AVG, MULTISTATEMENTS, FOREIGNKEYS, CASE, LEFTJOINS, COMMAJOINS, WITH, LITERALS, RENAME, NESTEDTABLES, EXECUTE, BATCH, BASIC, INDEX
PREFERRED_CACHE_OPTIONSA string value specifies the preferred cacheOptions.
ENABLE_EF_ADVANCED_QUERYIndicates if the driver directly supports advanced queries coming from Entity Framework. If not, queries will be handled client side.YES, NO
PSEUDO_COLUMNSA string array indicating the available pseudo columns.
MERGE_ALWAYSIf the value is true, The Merge Mode is forcibly executed in Data Sync.TRUE, FALSE
REPLICATION_MIN_DATE_QUERYA select query to return the replicate start datetime.
REPLICATION_MIN_FUNCTIONAllows a provider to specify the formula name to use for executing a server side min.
REPLICATION_START_DATEAllows a provider to specify a replicate startdate.
REPLICATION_MAX_DATE_QUERYA select query to return the replicate end datetime.
REPLICATION_MAX_FUNCTIONAllows a provider to specify the formula name to use for executing a server side max.
IGNORE_INTERVALS_ON_INITIAL_REPLICATEA list of tables which will skip dividing the replicate into chunks on the initial replicate.
CHECKCACHE_USE_PARENTIDIndicates whether the CheckCache statement should be done against the parent key column.TRUE, FALSE
CREATE_SCHEMA_PROCEDURESIndicates stored procedures that can be used for generating schema files.

The following query retrieves the operators that can be used in the WHERE clause:

SELECT * FROM sys_sqlinfo WHERE Name = 'SUPPORTED_OPERATORS'
Note that individual tables may have different limitations or requirements on the WHERE clause; refer to the Data Model section for more information.

Columns

Name Type Description
NAME String A component of SQL syntax, or a capability that can be processed on the server.
VALUE String Detail on the supported SQL or SQL syntax.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_identity

Returns information about attempted modifications.

The following query retrieves the Ids of the modified rows in a batch operation:

         SELECT * FROM sys_identity
          

Columns

Name Type Description
Id String The database-generated Id returned from a data modification operation.
Batch String An identifier for the batch. 1 for a single operation.
Operation String The result of the operation in the batch: INSERTED, UPDATED, or DELETED.
Message String SUCCESS or an error message if the update in the batch failed.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

sys_information

Describes the available system information.

The following query retrieves all columns:

SELECT * FROM sys_information

Columns

NameTypeDescription
ProductStringThe name of the product.
VersionStringThe version number of the product.
DatasourceStringThe name of the datasource the product connects to.
NodeIdStringThe unique identifier of the machine where the product is installed.
HelpURLStringThe URL to the product's help documentation.
LicenseStringThe license information for the product. (If this information is not available, the field may be left blank or marked as 'N/A'.)
LocationStringThe file path location where the product's library is stored.
EnvironmentStringThe version of the environment or rumtine the product is currently running under.
DataSyncVersionStringThe tier of CData Sync required to use this connector.
DataSyncCategoryStringThe category of CData Sync functionality (e.g., Source, Destination).

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Connection String Options

The connection string properties are the various options that can be used to establish a connection. This section provides a complete list of the options you can configure in the connection string for this provider. Click the links for further details.

For more information on establishing a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

Authentication


PropertyDescription
AuthSchemeThe scheme used for authentication. Accepted entries are Basic and OAuth.
UserSpecifies the authenticating user's user ID.
PasswordSpecifies the authenticating user's password.

Connection


PropertyDescription
InstanceWhether to use On-Premise instance or Cloud instance when connecting to MyOB.
CompanyFileIdThe ID of the company file. If not specified, the ID of the first returned company file will be used.
URLThe URL of the MYOB instance.
IncludeCFTokenDepending on the configuration of the MYOB instance, including a CFToken header can cause requests to fail. In such cases, this property should be set to false to exclude the header.

OAuth


PropertyDescription
InitiateOAuthSpecifies the process for obtaining or refreshing the OAuth access token, which maintains user access while an authenticated, authorized user is working.
OAuthClientIdSpecifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.
OAuthClientSecretSpecifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).
OAuthAccessTokenSpecifies the OAuth access token used to authenticate requests to the data source. This token is issued by the authorization server after a successful OAuth exchange.
OAuthSettingsLocationSpecifies the location of the settings file where OAuth values are saved.
CallbackURLIdentifies the URL users return to after authenticating to MYOB via OAuth (Custom OAuth applications only).
ScopeSpecifies the scope of the authenticating user's access to the application, to ensure they get appropriate access to data. If a custom OAuth application is needed, this is generally specified at the time the application is created.
OAuthVerifierSpecifies a verifier code returned from the OAuthAuthorizationURL . Used when authenticating to OAuth on a headless server, where a browser can't be launched. Requires both OAuthSettingsLocation and OAuthVerifier to be set.
OAuthRefreshTokenSpecifies the OAuth refresh token used to request a new access token after the original has expired.
OAuthExpiresInSpecifies the duration in seconds, of an OAuth Access Token's lifetime. The token can be reissued to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.
OAuthTokenTimestampDisplays a Unix epoch timestamp in milliseconds that shows how long ago the current access token was created.

SSL


PropertyDescription
SSLServerCertSpecifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Firewall


PropertyDescription
FirewallTypeSpecifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallServerIdentifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.
FirewallPortSpecifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallUserIdentifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallPasswordSpecifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Proxy


PropertyDescription
ProxyAutoDetectSpecifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.
ProxyServerIdentifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.
ProxyPortIdentifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.
ProxyAuthSchemeSpecifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyUserProvides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyPasswordSpecifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.
ProxySSLTypeSpecifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyExceptionsSpecifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.

Logging


PropertyDescription
LogfileSpecifies the file path to the log file where the provider records its activities, such as authentication, query execution, and connection details.
VerbositySpecifies the verbosity level of the log file, which controls the amount of detail logged. Supported values range from 1 to 5.
LogModulesSpecifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.
MaxLogFileSizeSpecifies the maximum size of a single log file in bytes. For example, '10 MB'. When the file reaches the limit, the provider creates a new log file with the date and time appended to the name.
MaxLogFileCountSpecifies the maximum number of log files the provider retains. When the limit is reached, the oldest log file is deleted to make space for a new one.

Schema


PropertyDescription
LocationSpecifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.
BrowsableSchemasOptional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .
TablesOptional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .
ViewsOptional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .

Caching


PropertyDescription
AutoCacheSpecifies whether the content of tables targeted by SELECT queries is automatically cached to the specified cache database.
CacheProviderThe namespace of an ADO.NET provider. The specified provider is used as the target database for all caching operations.
CacheDriverThe driver class of a JDBC driver. The specified driver is used to connect to the target database for all caching operations.
CacheConnectionSpecifies the connection string for the specified cache database.
CacheLocationSpecifies the path to the cache when caching to a file.
CacheToleranceNotes the tolerance, in seconds, for stale data in the specified cache database. Requires AutoCache to be set to True.
OfflineGets the data from the specified cache database instead of live MYOB data.
CacheMetadataDetermines whether the provider caches table metadata to a file-based cache database.

Miscellaneous


PropertyDescription
MaxRowsSpecifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.
OtherSpecifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.
PagesizeSpecifies the maximum number of records per page the provider returns when requesting data from MYOB.
PseudoColumnsSpecifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.
ReadonlyToggles read-only access to MYOB from the provider.
RTKSpecifies the runtime key for licensing the provider. If unset or invalid, the provider defaults to the standard licensing method. This property is only required in environments where the standard licensing method is unsupported or requires a runtime key.
TimeoutSpecifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.
UserDefinedViewsSpecifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

Authentication

This section provides a complete list of the Authentication properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
AuthSchemeThe scheme used for authentication. Accepted entries are Basic and OAuth.
UserSpecifies the authenticating user's user ID.
PasswordSpecifies the authenticating user's password.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

AuthScheme

The scheme used for authentication. Accepted entries are Basic and OAuth.

Possible Values

Basic, OAuth

Data Type

string

Default Value

"OAuth"

Remarks

The available authentication options are:

  • Basic: Set this to use HTTP Basic authentication.
  • OAuth: Set this to use OAuth authentication. Only available for MYOB cloud instance.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

User

Specifies the authenticating user's user ID.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The authenticating server requires both User and Password to validate the user's identity.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Password

Specifies the authenticating user's password.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The authenticating server requires both User and Password to validate the user's identity.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Connection

This section provides a complete list of the Connection properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
InstanceWhether to use On-Premise instance or Cloud instance when connecting to MyOB.
CompanyFileIdThe ID of the company file. If not specified, the ID of the first returned company file will be used.
URLThe URL of the MYOB instance.
IncludeCFTokenDepending on the configuration of the MYOB instance, including a CFToken header can cause requests to fail. In such cases, this property should be set to false to exclude the header.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

Instance

Whether to use On-Premise instance or Cloud instance when connecting to MyOB.

Possible Values

Cloud, OnPremise

Data Type

string

Default Value

"Cloud"

Remarks

Whether to use On-Premise instance or Cloud instance when connecting to MyOB

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CompanyFileId

The ID of the company file. If not specified, the ID of the first returned company file will be used.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This connection property is required to access all tables and views, except for the CompanyFiles view, which you can use to view the company files associated with your account (and their associated IDs).

SELECT Id FROM CompanyFiles

CData Python Connector for MYOB

URL

The URL of the MYOB instance.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The URL of the MYOB instance.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

IncludeCFToken

Depending on the configuration of the MYOB instance, including a CFToken header can cause requests to fail. In such cases, this property should be set to false to exclude the header.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

When IncludeCFToken is True, this property adds the x-myobapi-cftoken header to requests made to the MYOB API. When False, this header is ommitted.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

OAuth

This section provides a complete list of the OAuth properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
InitiateOAuthSpecifies the process for obtaining or refreshing the OAuth access token, which maintains user access while an authenticated, authorized user is working.
OAuthClientIdSpecifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.
OAuthClientSecretSpecifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).
OAuthAccessTokenSpecifies the OAuth access token used to authenticate requests to the data source. This token is issued by the authorization server after a successful OAuth exchange.
OAuthSettingsLocationSpecifies the location of the settings file where OAuth values are saved.
CallbackURLIdentifies the URL users return to after authenticating to MYOB via OAuth (Custom OAuth applications only).
ScopeSpecifies the scope of the authenticating user's access to the application, to ensure they get appropriate access to data. If a custom OAuth application is needed, this is generally specified at the time the application is created.
OAuthVerifierSpecifies a verifier code returned from the OAuthAuthorizationURL . Used when authenticating to OAuth on a headless server, where a browser can't be launched. Requires both OAuthSettingsLocation and OAuthVerifier to be set.
OAuthRefreshTokenSpecifies the OAuth refresh token used to request a new access token after the original has expired.
OAuthExpiresInSpecifies the duration in seconds, of an OAuth Access Token's lifetime. The token can be reissued to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.
OAuthTokenTimestampDisplays a Unix epoch timestamp in milliseconds that shows how long ago the current access token was created.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

InitiateOAuth

Specifies the process for obtaining or refreshing the OAuth access token, which maintains user access while an authenticated, authorized user is working.

Possible Values

OFF, REFRESH, GETANDREFRESH

Data Type

string

Default Value

"OFF"

Remarks

OAuth is an authorization framework that enables applications to obtain limited access to user accounts on an HTTP service. The OAuth flow defines the method to be used for:

  • Logging in users.
  • Exchanging user credentials for an OAuth access token to be used for authentication.
  • Providing limited access to applications.

The options for initiating and maintaining OAuth access are named for the parts of that flow that the connector handles:

OFF The connector provides no automatic OAuth flow initiation. The OAuth flow is handled entirely by the user.
This means that the user must refresh the token manually, and reconnect with an updated OAuthAccessToken property when the current token expires.
GETANDREFRESH The connector handles the entire OAuth flow (both GET and REFRESH). This means that if a token already exists, the connector refreshes it when necessary; if no token currently exists, the connector obtains it by prompting the user to login.
REFRESH The user obtains the OAuth Access Token and sets up the sequence for refreshing the OAuth Access Token. (The user is never prompted to log in to authenticate.) After the user logs in, the connector handles the refresh of the OAuth Access Token.

For more information on how to set up OAuth and use this property when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

OAuthClientId

Specifies the client ID (also known as the consumer key) assigned to your custom OAuth application. This ID is required to identify the application to the OAuth authorization server during authentication.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property is required in two cases:

  • When using a custom OAuth application, such as in web-based authentication flows, service-based authentication, or certificate-based flows that require application registration.
  • If the driver does not provide embedded OAuth credentials.

(When the driver provides embedded OAuth credentials, this value may already be provided by the connector and thus not require manual entry.)

OAuthClientId is generally used alongside other OAuth-related properties such as OAuthClientSecret and OAuthSettingsLocation when configuring an authenticated connection.

OAuthClientId is one of the key connection parameters that need to be set before users can authenticate via OAuth. You can usually find this value in your identity provider’s application registration settings. Look for a field labeled Client ID, Application ID, or Consumer Key.

While the client ID is not considered a confidential value like a client secret, it is still part of your application's identity and should be handled carefully. Avoid exposing it in public repositories or shared configuration files.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

OAuthClientSecret

Specifies the client secret assigned to your custom OAuth application. This confidential value is used to authenticate the application to the OAuth authorization server. (Custom OAuth applications only.).

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property (sometimes called the application secret or consumer secret) is required when using a custom OAuth application in any flow that requires secure client authentication, such as web-based OAuth, service-based connections, or certificate-based authorization flows. It is not required when using an embedded OAuth application.

The client secret is used during the token exchange step of the OAuth flow, when the driver requests an access token from the authorization server. If this value is missing or incorrect, authentication fails with either an invalid_client or an unauthorized_client error.

OAuthClientSecret is one of the key connection parameters that need to be set before users can authenticate via OAuth. You can obtain this value from your identity provider when registering the OAuth application.

Notes:

  • This value should be stored securely and never exposed in public repositories, scripts, or unsecured environments.
  • Client secrets may also expire after a set period. Be sure to monitor expiration dates and rotate secrets as needed to maintain uninterrupted access.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection

CData Python Connector for MYOB

OAuthAccessToken

Specifies the OAuth access token used to authenticate requests to the data source. This token is issued by the authorization server after a successful OAuth exchange.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

OAuthAccessToken is a temporary credential that authorizes access to protected resources. It is typically returned by the identity provider after the user or client application completes an OAuth authentication flow. This property is most commonly used in automated workflows or custom OAuth implementations where you want to manage token handling outside of the driver.

The OAuth access token has a server-dependent timeout, limiting user access. The timeout is set using the OAuthExpiresIn property. However, it can be reissued between requests to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.

If InitiateOAuth is set to REFRESH, we recommend that you also set both OAuthExpiresIn and OAuthTokenTimestamp. The connector uses these properties to determine when the token expires so it can refresh most efficiently. If OAuthExpiresIn and OAuthTokenTimestamp are not specified, the connector refreshes the token immediately.

Note: Access tokens should be treated as sensitive credentials and stored securely. Avoid exposing them in logs, scripts, or configuration files that are not access-controlled.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

OAuthSettingsLocation

Specifies the location of the settings file where OAuth values are saved.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"%APPDATA%\\CData\\MYOB Data Provider\\OAuthSettings.txt"

Remarks

Storing OAuth settings in a central location avoids the need for users to enter OAuth connection properties manually each time they log in. It also enables credentials to be shared across connections or processes.

You can store OAuth values in a central file for shared access to those values, in either of the following ways:

  • Set InitiateOAuth to either GETANDREFRESH or REFRESH and specify a filepath to the OAuth settings file.
  • Use memory storage to load the credentials into static memory.

The following sections provide more detail on each of these methods.

Specifying the OAuthSettingsLocation Filepath

The default OAuth setting location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\MYOB Data Provider\\OAuthSettings.txt, with %APPDATA% set to the user's configuration directory. Default values vary, depending on the user's operating system.

  • Windows (ODBC and Power BI): registry://%DSN%
  • Windows: %APPDATA%CDataMYOB Data Provider\OAuthSettings.txt
  • Mac: %APPDATA%/CData/MYOB Data Provider/OAuthSettings.txt
  • Linux: %APPDATA%/CData/MYOB Data Provider/OAuthSettings.txt

Loading Credentials Via Memory Storage

Memory locations are specified by using a value starting with memory://, followed by a unique identifier for that set of credentials (for example, memory://user1). The identifier can be anything you choose, but it should be unique to the user.

Unlike file-based storage, where credentials persist across connections, memory storage loads the credentials into static memory and the credentials are shared between connections using the same identifier for the life of the process. To persist credentials outside the current process, you must manually store the credentials prior to closing the connection. This enables you to set them in the connection when the process is started again.

To retrieve OAuth property values, query the sys_connection_props system table. If there are multiple connections using the same credentials, the properties are read from the previously closed connection.

Supported Storage Types

  • memory://: Stores OAuth tokens in-memory (unique identifier, shared within same process, etc.)
  • registry://: Only supported in the Windows ODBC and Power BI editions. Stores OAuth tokens in the registry under the DSN settings. Must end in a DSN name like registry://CData Python Connector for MYOB Data Source, or registry://%DSN%.
  • %DSN%: The name of the DSN you are connecting with.
  • Default (no prefix): Stores OAuth tokens within files. The value can be either an absolute path, or a path starting with %APPDATA% or %PROGRAMFILES%.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CallbackURL

Identifies the URL users return to after authenticating to MYOB via OAuth (Custom OAuth applications only).

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If you created a custom OAuth application, the OAuth authorization server redirects the user to this URL during the authentication process. This value must match the callback URL you specified when you configured the custom OAuth application.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Scope

Specifies the scope of the authenticating user's access to the application, to ensure they get appropriate access to data. If a custom OAuth application is needed, this is generally specified at the time the application is created.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Scopes are set to define what kind of access the authenticating user will have; for example, read, read and write, restricted access to sensitive information. System administrators can use scopes to selectively enable access by functionality or security clearance.

When InitiateOAuth is set to GETANDREFRESH, you must use this property if you want to change which scopes are requested.

When InitiateOAuth is set to either REFRESH or OFF, you can change which scopes are requested using either this property or the Scope input.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

OAuthVerifier

Specifies a verifier code returned from the OAuthAuthorizationURL . Used when authenticating to OAuth on a headless server, where a browser can't be launched. Requires both OAuthSettingsLocation and OAuthVerifier to be set.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

For detailed instructions about how to obtain the OAuthVerifier value, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

OAuthRefreshToken

Specifies the OAuth refresh token used to request a new access token after the original has expired.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The refresh token is used to obtain a new access token when the current one expires. It enables seamless authentication for long-running or automated workflows without requiring the user to log in again. This property is especially important in headless, CI/CD, or server-based environments where interactive authentication is not possible.

The refresh token is typically obtained during the initial OAuth exchange by calling the GetOAuthAccessToken stored procedure. After that, it can be set using this property to enable automatic token refresh, or passed to the RefreshOAuthAccessTokenproc; stored procedure if you prefer to manage the refresh manually.

When InitiateOAuth is set to REFRESH, the driver uses this token to retrieve a new access token automatically. After the first refresh, the driver saves updated tokens in the location defined by OAuthSettingsLocation, and uses those values for subsequent connections.

Note: The OAuthRefreshToken should be handled securely and stored in a trusted location. Like access tokens, refresh tokens can expire or be revoked depending on the identity provider’s policies.

For more information on how this property is used when configuring a connection, see Establishing a Connection.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

OAuthExpiresIn

Specifies the duration in seconds, of an OAuth Access Token's lifetime. The token can be reissued to keep access alive as long as the user keeps working.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The OAuth Access Token is assigned to an authenticated user, granting that user access to the network for a specified period of time. The access token is used in place of the user's login ID and password, which stay on the server.

An access token created by the server is only valid for a limited time. OAuthExpiresIn is the number of seconds the token is valid from when it was created. For example, a token generated at 2024-01-29 20:00:00 UTC that expires at 2024-01-29 21:00:00 UTC (an hour later) would have an OAuthExpiresIn value of 3600, no matter what the current time is.

To determine how long the user has before the Access Token will expire, check OAuthTokenTimestamp.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

OAuthTokenTimestamp

Displays a Unix epoch timestamp in milliseconds that shows how long ago the current access token was created.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The OAuth access token is assigned to an authenticated user, granting that user access to the network for a specified period of time. The access token is used in place of the user's login ID and password, which stay on the server.

An access token created by the server is only valid for a limited time. OAuthTokenTimestamp is the Unix timestamp when the server created the token. For example, OAuthTokenTimestamp=1706558400 indicates the OAuthAccessToken was generated by the server at 2024-01-29 20:00:00 UTC.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

SSL

This section provides a complete list of the SSL properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
SSLServerCertSpecifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

SSLServerCert

Specifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

If you are using a TLS/SSL connection, use this property to specify the TLS/SSL certificate to be accepted from the server. If you specify a value for this property, all other certificates that are not trusted by the machine are rejected.

This property can take the following forms:

Description Example
A full PEM Certificate (example shortened for brevity) -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
MIIChTCCAe4CAQAwDQYJKoZIhv......Qw==
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
A path to a local file containing the certificate C:\cert.cer
The public key (example shortened for brevity) -----BEGIN RSA PUBLIC KEY-----
MIGfMA0GCSq......AQAB
-----END RSA PUBLIC KEY-----
The MD5 Thumbprint (hex values can also be either space- or colon-separated) ecadbdda5a1529c58a1e9e09828d70e4
The SHA1 Thumbprint (hex values can also be either space- or colon-separated) 34a929226ae0819f2ec14b4a3d904f801cbb150d

Note: It is possible to use '*' to signify that all certificates should be accepted, but due to security concerns this is not recommended.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Firewall

This section provides a complete list of the Firewall properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
FirewallTypeSpecifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallServerIdentifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.
FirewallPortSpecifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallUserIdentifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
FirewallPasswordSpecifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

FirewallType

Specifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.

Possible Values

NONE, TUNNEL, SOCKS4, SOCKS5

Data Type

string

Default Value

"NONE"

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

Note: By default, the connector connects to the system proxy. To disable this behavior and connect to one of the following proxy types, set ProxyAutoDetect to false.

The following table provides port number information for each of the supported protocols.

Protocol Default Port Description
TUNNEL 80 The port where the connector opens a connection to MYOB. Traffic flows back and forth via the proxy at this location.
SOCKS4 1080 The port where the connector opens a connection to MYOB. SOCKS 4 then passes theFirewallUser value to the proxy, which determines whether the connection request should be granted.
SOCKS5 1080 The port where the connector sends data to MYOB. If the SOCKS 5 proxy requires authentication, set FirewallUser and FirewallPassword to credentials the proxy recognizes.

To connect to HTTP proxies, use ProxyServer and ProxyPort. To authenticate to HTTP proxies, use ProxyAuthScheme, ProxyUser, and ProxyPassword.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

FirewallServer

Identifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

FirewallPort

Specifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.

Data Type

int

Default Value

0

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

FirewallUser

Identifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

FirewallPassword

Specifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.

Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Proxy

This section provides a complete list of the Proxy properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
ProxyAutoDetectSpecifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.
ProxyServerIdentifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.
ProxyPortIdentifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.
ProxyAuthSchemeSpecifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyUserProvides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyPasswordSpecifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.
ProxySSLTypeSpecifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
ProxyExceptionsSpecifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProxyAutoDetect

Specifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

true

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, the connector checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations (no need to manually supply proxy server details).

This connection property takes precedence over other proxy settings. If you want to configure the connector to connect to a specific proxy server, set ProxyAutoDetect to False.

On Windows, the connector reads the proxy settings from the Internet Options in the registry, specifically the registry key HKCU\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\. On Windows 10 and later, this corresponds to the Proxy Settings found in the Windows Settings.

Note that these settings apply only to the current user of the machine. If you're running an application as a service, the connector does not read your own user's settings. You must instead manually supply the proxy settings in the connector's connection properties.

On Mac, the connector reads proxy settings from the system-configured CFNetwork settings.

On Linux, this property is unsupported, and is set to False by default.

To connect to an HTTP proxy, see ProxyServer. For other proxies, such as SOCKS or tunneling, see FirewallType.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProxyServer

Identifies the hostname or IP address of the proxy server through which you want to route HTTP traffic.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The connector only routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False.

If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in your system proxy settings.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProxyPort

Identifies the TCP port on your specified proxy server that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.

Data Type

int

Default Value

80

Remarks

The connector only routes HTTP traffic through the ProxyServer port specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False.

If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server port specified in your system proxy settings.

For other proxy types, see FirewallType.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProxyAuthScheme

Specifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Possible Values

BASIC, DIGEST, NONE, NEGOTIATE, NTLM

Data Type

string

Default Value

"BASIC"

Remarks

Note: The connector only uses this ProxyAuthScheme when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead uses the authentication method specified in your system proxy settings.

Supported authentication types :

  • BASIC: The connector performs HTTP basic authentication.
  • DIGEST: The connector performs HTTP digest authentication.
  • NTLM: The connector retrieves an NTLM token.
  • NEGOTIATE: The connector retrieves an NTLM or Kerberos token based on the applicable protocol for authentication.
  • NONE: Signifies that the ProxyServer does not require authentication.

For all values other than NONE, you must also set the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties.

If you need to use another authentication type, such as SOCKS 5 authentication, see FirewallType.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProxyUser

Provides the username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.

After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:

ProxyAuthScheme Value Value to set for ProxyUser
BASIC The username of a user registered with the proxy server.
DIGEST The username of a user registered with the proxy server.
NEGOTIATE The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format user@domain or domain\user.
NTLM The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format user@domain or domain\user.
NONE Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property.

Note: The connector only uses this username if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead uses the username specified in your system proxy settings.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProxyPassword

Specifies the password of the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.

After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:

ProxyAuthScheme Value Value to set for ProxyPassword
BASIC The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser.
DIGEST The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser.
NEGOTIATE The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser.
NTLM The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser.
NONE Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property.

For SOCKS 5 authentication or tunneling, see FirewallType.

Note: The connector only uses this password if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True (the default), the connector instead uses the password specified in your system proxy settings.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProxySSLType

Specifies the SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.

Possible Values

AUTO, ALWAYS, NEVER, TUNNEL

Data Type

string

Default Value

"AUTO"

Remarks

This property determines when to use SSL for the connection to the HTTP proxy specified by ProxyServer. You can set this connection property to the following values :

AUTODefault setting. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTPS URL, the connector uses the TUNNEL option. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTP URL, the component uses the NEVER option.
ALWAYSThe connection is always SSL enabled.
NEVERThe connection is not SSL enabled.
TUNNELThe connection is made through a tunneling proxy. The proxy server opens a connection to the remote host and traffic flows back and forth through the proxy.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

ProxyExceptions

Specifies a semicolon-separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The ProxyServer is used for all addresses, except for addresses defined in this property. Use semicolons to separate entries.

Note: The connector uses the system proxy settings by default, without further configuration needed. If you want to explicitly configure proxy exceptions for this connection, set ProxyAutoDetect to False.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Logging

This section provides a complete list of the Logging properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
LogfileSpecifies the file path to the log file where the provider records its activities, such as authentication, query execution, and connection details.
VerbositySpecifies the verbosity level of the log file, which controls the amount of detail logged. Supported values range from 1 to 5.
LogModulesSpecifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.
MaxLogFileSizeSpecifies the maximum size of a single log file in bytes. For example, '10 MB'. When the file reaches the limit, the provider creates a new log file with the date and time appended to the name.
MaxLogFileCountSpecifies the maximum number of log files the provider retains. When the limit is reached, the oldest log file is deleted to make space for a new one.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

Logfile

Specifies the file path to the log file where the provider records its activities, such as authentication, query execution, and connection details.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property specifies the location and name of the log file where the connector records its operations, including authentication events, query execution, and connection details. If the specified file does not exist, the connector creates it. Ensure that the user or the service running the connector has write access to the specified path or file. Without sufficient permissions, the log file is not created.

Sensitive information from the connection string, such as passwords and tokens, is automatically masked in the logs. However, sensitive information present in the data itself may not be masked.

If you specify a relative path for Logfile, and if the Location property is set, that directory is used as the base path for the log file.

Additional properties allow you to customize logging behavior:

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Verbosity

Specifies the verbosity level of the log file, which controls the amount of detail logged. Supported values range from 1 to 5.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"1"

Remarks

This property defines the level of detail the connector includes in the log file. Higher verbosity levels increase the detail of the logged information, but may also result in larger log files and slower performance due to the additional data being captured.

The default verbosity level is 1, which is recommended for regular operation. Higher verbosity levels are primarily intended for debugging purposes. For more information on each level, refer to Logging.

When combined with the LogModules property, Verbosity can refine logging to specific categories of information.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

LogModules

Specifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The connector writes details about each operation it performs into the logfile specified by the Logfile connection property.

Each of these logged operations are assigned to a themed category called a module, and each module has a corresponding short code used to labels individual connector operations as belonging to that module.

When this connection property is set to a semicolon-separated list of module codes, only operations belonging to the specified modules are written to the logfile. Note that this only affects which operations are logged moving forward and doesn't retroactively alter the existing contents of the logfile. For example: INFO;EXEC;SSL;META;

By default, logged operations from all modules are included.

You can explicitly exclude a module by prefixing it with a "-". For example: -HTTP

To apply filters to submodules, identify them with the syntax <module name>.<submodule name>. For example, the following value causes the connector to only log actions belonging to the HTTP module, and further refines it to exclude actions belonging to the Res submodule of the HTTP module: HTTP;-HTTP.Res

Note that the logfile filtering triggered by the Verbosity connection property takes precedence over the filtering imposed by this connection property. This means that operations of a higher verbosity level than the level specified in the Verbosity connection property are not printed in the logfile, even if they belong to one of the modules specified in this connection property.

The available modules and submodules are:

Module Name Module Description Submodules
INFO General Information. Includes the connection string, product version (build number), and initial connection messages.
  • Connec – Information related to creating or destroying connections.
  • Messag – Generic label for messages pertaining to connections, the connection string, and product version. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
EXEC Query Execution. Includes execution messages for user-written SQL queries, parsed SQL queries, and normalized SQL queries. Success/failure messages for queries and query pages appear here as well.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to query execution. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Normlz – Query normalization steps. Query normalization is when the product takes the user-submitted query and rewrites the query to get the same results with optimal performance.
  • Origin – This label applies to any messages recording a user's original query (the exact, unaltered, non-normalized query executed by the user).
  • Page – Messages related to query paging.
  • Parsed – Query parsing steps. Parsing is the process of converting the user-submitted query into a standardized format for easier processing.
HTTP HTTP protocol messages. Includes HTTP requests/responses (including POST messages), as well as Kerberos related messages.
  • KERB – HTTP requests related to Kerberos.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to HTTP protocols. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • Unpack – This label applies to messages about zipped data being returned from the service API and unpacked by the product.
  • Res – Messages containing HTTP responses.
  • Req – Messages containing HTTP requests.
WSDL Messages pertaining to the generation of WSDL/XSD files.
SSL SSL certificate messages.
  • Certif – Messages pertaining to SSL certificates.
AUTH Authentication related failure/success messages.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to authentication. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • OAuth – Messages related to OAuth authentication.
  • Krbros – Kerberos-related authentication messages.
SQL Includes SQL transactions, SQL bulk transfer messages, and SQL result set messages.
  • Bulk – Messages pertaining to bulk query execution.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading row data from and writing row data to the product's cache for better performance.
  • Messag – Messages pertaining to SQL transactions. These messages are typically specific to the connector, rather than being received and passed along directly from the service.
  • ResSet – Query resultsets.
  • Transc – Messages related to handling transactions, including information about the number of jobs executed and backup table handling.
META Metadata cache and schema messages.
  • Cache – Messages related to reading from and modifying column and table definitions in the product's cache for better performance.
  • Schema – Messages related to retrieving metadata from or modifying the service schema.
  • MemSto – Messages related to writing to or reading from in-memory metadata cache.
  • Storag – Messages relating to storing metadata on disk or in an external data store, rather than in memory.
FUNC Information related to executing SQL functions.
  • Errmsg – Error messages related to executing SQL functions.
TCP Incoming and outgoing raw bytes on TCP transport layer messages.
  • Send – Raw data sent via the TCP protocol.
  • Receiv – Raw data received via the TCP protocol.
FTP Messages pertaining to the File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the FTP protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP client (the product) during FTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the FTP server during FTP communication.
SFTP Messages pertaining to the Secure File Transfer Protocol.
  • Info – Status messages related to communication in the SFTP protocol.
  • To_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP client (the product) during SFTP communication.
  • From_Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SFTP server during SFTP communication.
POP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Post Office Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the POP client (the product) during POP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the POP server during POP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the POP protocol.
SMTP Messages pertaining to data transferred via the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.
  • Client – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP client (the product) during SMTP communication.
  • Server – Messages related to actions taken by the SMTP server during SMTP communication.
  • Status – Status messages related to communication in the SMTP protocol.
CORE Messages relating to various internal product operations not covered by other modules.
DEMN Messages related to SQL remoting.
CLJB Messages about bulk data uploads (cloud job).
  • Commit – Submissions for bulk data uploads.
SRCE Miscellaneous messages produced by the product that don't belong in any other module.
TRANCE Advanced messages concerning low-level product operations.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

MaxLogFileSize

Specifies the maximum size of a single log file in bytes. For example, '10 MB'. When the file reaches the limit, the provider creates a new log file with the date and time appended to the name.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"100MB"

Remarks

For values lower than 100 KB, the connector uses 100 KB as the minimum allowable size.

To control the total number of log files retained, use the MaxLogFileCount property in conjunction with this property. Together, these properties allow you to manage the size and retention of log files effectively.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

MaxLogFileCount

Specifies the maximum number of log files the provider retains. When the limit is reached, the oldest log file is deleted to make space for a new one.

Data Type

int

Default Value

-1

Remarks

Each log file name includes the date and time for easier identification.

This property accepts the following values:

  • A value of 2 or higher sets the maximum number of log files retained.
  • A value of 1 retains only one log file. When it reaches the maximum size, the file is deleted and replaced by a new one, leaving no history beyond the current log.
  • A value of 0 or negative indicates no limit on the number of log files, and logging continues indefinitely.

To manage log file size, use the MaxLogFileSize property. The two properties work together to control the size and retention of log files in the logging folder.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Schema

This section provides a complete list of the Schema properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
LocationSpecifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.
BrowsableSchemasOptional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .
TablesOptional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .
ViewsOptional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .
CData Python Connector for MYOB

Location

Specifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"%APPDATA%\\CData\\MYOB Data Provider\\Schema"

Remarks

The Location property is only needed if you want to either customize definitions (for example, change a column name, ignore a column, etc.) or extend the data model with new tables, views, or stored procedures.

If left unspecified, the default location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\MYOB Data Provider\\Schema, where %APPDATA% is set to the user's configuration directory:

Platform %APPDATA%
Windows The value of the APPDATA environment variable
Linux ~/.config

CData Python Connector for MYOB

BrowsableSchemas

Optional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing all available database schemas can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of schemas in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Tables

Optional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing all available tables from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of tables in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

If there are lots of tables available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those tables. To do this, specify the tables you want in a comma-separated list. Each table should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Tables=TableA,[TableB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`TableC With Space`.

Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each table you want to view by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between tables that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Views

Optional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

Listing all available views from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of views in the connection string saves time and improves performance.

If there are lots of views available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those views. To do this, specify the views you want in a comma-separated list. Each view should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Views=ViewA,[ViewB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`ViewC With Space`.

Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each view you want to examine by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between views that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Caching

This section provides a complete list of the Caching properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
AutoCacheSpecifies whether the content of tables targeted by SELECT queries is automatically cached to the specified cache database.
CacheProviderThe namespace of an ADO.NET provider. The specified provider is used as the target database for all caching operations.
CacheDriverThe driver class of a JDBC driver. The specified driver is used to connect to the target database for all caching operations.
CacheConnectionSpecifies the connection string for the specified cache database.
CacheLocationSpecifies the path to the cache when caching to a file.
CacheToleranceNotes the tolerance, in seconds, for stale data in the specified cache database. Requires AutoCache to be set to True.
OfflineGets the data from the specified cache database instead of live MYOB data.
CacheMetadataDetermines whether the provider caches table metadata to a file-based cache database.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

AutoCache

Specifies whether the content of tables targeted by SELECT queries is automatically cached to the specified cache database.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, the connector automatically caches the contents of tables targeted by SELECT queries. The content of these tables is cached to the cache database specified by the CacheConnection and CacheProvider connection properties.

See Also

For additional information, see:

  • CacheMetadata: With CacheMetadata enabled, all retrieved metadata is mirrored in the cache database. This means that any subsequent attempts by the connector to discover metadata are much faster, as this metadata is then read directly from the cache database, without needing to spend time requesting metadata from MYOB.
  • Explicitly Caching Data: This topic provides examples for using AutoCache in Offline mode.
  • CACHE Statements: You can use the CACHE statement to explicitly cache the content of any table targeted by a SELECT query.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CacheProvider

The namespace of an ADO.NET provider. The specified provider is used as the target database for all caching operations.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

You can cache to ADO.NET providers saved in your ADO.NET global assembly cache (GAC).

CData ADO.NET providers automatically register themselves with the GAC during installation, so you don't need to do so manually.

Third-party ADO.NET providers may or may not automatically register themselves with the GAC during installation. If you want to cache to a third-party ADO.NET provider, consult the documentation for that provider to determine what steps (if any) you must take to register them with the GAC. Once they have been registered, you can supply their namespace in this connection property.

You must also set the CacheConnection connection property to provide a connection string for the specified ADO.NET provider.

The following sections show connection examples and address other requirements for several popular database providers. Refer to CacheConnection for more information on typical connection properties.

SQLite

You can use the Microsoft ADO.NET Provider for SQLite to cache to SQLite databases.

CacheProvider=Microsoft.Data.Sqlite;CacheConnection='DataSource=C:\\Users\\Public\\cache.db;' If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;

MySQL

To cache to MySQL, you can use the CData ADO.NET Provider for MySQL:
Cache Provider=System.Data.CData.MySQL;Cache Connection='Server=localhost;Port=3306;Database=cache;User=root;Password=123456';User=myUser;Password=myPassword;Security Token=myToken;

SQL Server

You can use the Microsoft .NET Framework Provider for SQL Server, included in the .NET Framework, to cache to SQL Server:

Cache Provider=System.Data.SqlClient;Cache Connection="Server=MyMACHINE\MyInstance;Database=SQLCACHE;User Id=root;Password=admin"; If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;

Oracle

To cache to Oracle, you can use the Oracle Data Provider for .NET, as shown in the following example:

Cache Provider=Oracle.DataAccess.Client;Cache Connection='User Id=scott;Password=tiger;Data Source=ORCL'; If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;

The Oracle Data Provider for .NET also requires the Oracle Database Client. When you download the Oracle Database Client, ensure that its bitness matches the bitness of your machine. When you install, select either the Runtime or Administrator installation type. The Instant Client is not sufficient.

PostgreSQL

To cache to PostgreSQL, you can use the CData ADO.NET Provider for PostgreSQL:
Cache Provider=System.Data.CData.PostgreSQL;Cache Connection='Server=localhost;Port=5432;Database=cache;User=postgres;Password=123456';User=myUser;Password=myPassword;Security Token=myToken;

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CacheDriver

The driver class of a JDBC driver. The specified driver is used to connect to the target database for all caching operations.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

You can cache to any database for which you have a JDBC driver, including CData JDBC drivers.

Note: You must add the JAR file of the specified JDBC driver to the classpath. For CData JDBC drivers, you can find this JAR file in the "lib" subfolder of that driver's installation directory.

You must also set the CacheConnection connection property to provide a connection string for the specified JDBC driver.

For Linux systems and macOS, you need to create a config.ini file on the installation path of the driver (site-packages/cdata). The config.ini file has the following format (the driver and the path of the JDBC driver):

[salesforce.cpython-38-x86_64-linux-gnu.so]
CLASSPATH = /home/usrname/Downloads/lib/cdata.jdbc.postgresql.jar

Examples

The following examples show how to cache to several major databases. For more information on the JDBC URL syntax and typical connection properties, see CacheConnection.

Derby and Java DB

Java DB is the Oracle distribution of Derby. You must add the Derby JDBC driver's JAR file, derbytools.jar, to your classpath to cache to Java DB.

The Derby JDBC driver's JAR file is bundled in db-derby-10.17.1.0-bin.zip, which you can download from this page. You can find derbytools.jar in the "lib" subfolder of this zip file.

After adding derbytools.jar to the classpath, you can cache to a Java DB database as follows:

jdbc:myob:CacheDriver=org.apache.derby.jdbc.EmbeddedDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:derby:sample'; If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;
To cache to an in-memory database, use a JDBC URL like the following:
jdbc:myob:CacheDriver=org.apache.derby.jdbc.EmbeddedDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:derby:memory'; If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;

SQLite

The following is a JDBC URL for the SQLite JDBC driver:

jdbc:myob:CacheDriver=org.sqlite.JDBC;CacheConnection='jdbc:sqlite:C:/Temp/sqlite.db'; If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;

MySQL

The following is a JDBC URL for the CData JDBC Driver for MySQL:

  jdbc:myob:Cache Driver=cdata.jdbc.mysql.MySQLDriver;Cache Connection='jdbc:mysql:Server=localhost;Port=3306;Database=cache;User=root;Password=123456'; If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;
  

SQL Server

The following JDBC URL uses the Microsoft JDBC Driver for SQL Server:

jdbc:myob:Cache Driver=com.microsoft.sqlserver.jdbc.SQLServerDriver;Cache Connection='jdbc:sqlserver://localhost\sqlexpress:7437;user=sa;password=123456;databaseName=Cache'; If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;

Oracle

The following is a JDBC URL for the Oracle Thin Client:

jdbc:myob:Cache Driver=oracle.jdbc.OracleDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:oracle:thin:scott/tiger@localhost:1521:orcldb'; If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;
NOTE: If using a version of Oracle older than 9i, the cache driver will instead be oracle.jdbc.driver.OracleDriver .

PostgreSQL

The following JDBC URL uses the official PostgreSQL JDBC driver:

jdbc:myob:CacheDriver=cdata.jdbc.postgresql.PostgreSQLDriver;CacheConnection='jdbc:postgresql:User=postgres;Password=admin;Database=postgres;Server=localhost;Port=5432;'; If using an online instance: InitiateOAuth=GETANDREFRESH;OAuthClientId=YourClientId;OAuthClientSecret=YourClientSecret;CompanyFileId=yourCompanyFileId;CallbackURL=http://localhost:33333;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword; If using an on premise instance: InitiateOAuth=OFF;URL=http://localhost:8080/accountright;CompanyFileId=327eed10-9615-4e5e-bd9e-ae2cc00e2c70;User=companyFileUser;Password=companyFilePassword;

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CacheConnection

Specifies the connection string for the specified cache database.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

The target cache database is determined by a combination of this connection property and the CacheProvider connection property. Both properties are required to use the specified cache database.

The connection string specified in this connection property is passed directly to the specified in the CacheProvider connection property. Consult the documentation for the specified for more information on its available connection properties.

Examples of common cache database settings can be found below.

SQLite

MySQL

The following are typical connection properties:

  • Server: The IP address or domain name of the server hosting the MySQL database that you want to cache to.
  • Port: The port on the specified server where your MySQL instance is running.
  • Database: The name of the MySQL database that you want to cache to. Must match the name of a MySQL database hosted on the specified server.
  • User: The username of a user registered with the selected MySQL database.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified MySQL user.

SQL Server

The following are typical SQL Server connection properties:

  • Server: The name or network address of the computer running SQL Server. To connect to a named instance instead of the default instance, specify the host name and the instance name, separated by a backslash.
  • Port: The port on the specified server where your SQL Server instance is running.
  • Database: The name of the SQL Server database you want to cache to. Must match the name of a SQL Server database hosted on the specified server.
  • Integrated Security: To use the current Windows account for authentication, set this option to True. To authenticate with User and Password instead, set this option to False.
  • User Id: The username of a user registered with the selected SQL Server database. This property is only needed if you are not using integrated security.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified SQL Server user. This property is only needed if you are not using integrated security.

Oracle

The following are typical connection properties:

  • Data Source: The connect descriptor that identifies the Oracle database. This can be a TNS connect descriptor, an Oracle Net Services name that resolves to a connect descriptor, or, after version 11g, an Easy Connect naming (the host name of the Oracle server with an optional port and service name).

  • User Id: The username of a user registered with the selected Oracle database.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified Oracle user.

PostgreSQL

The following are typical connection properties:

  • Host: The address of the server hosting the PostgreSQL database.
  • Port: The port on the specified host server where your PostgreSQL database is hosted.
  • Database: The name of the PostgreSQL database you want to cache to. Must match the name of a PostgreSQL database hosted on the specified server.
  • User name: The username of a user registered with the selected PostgreSQL database.
  • Password: The password associated with the specified user.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CacheLocation

Specifies the path to the cache when caching to a file.

Data Type

string

Default Value

"%APPDATA%\\CData\\MYOB Data Provider"

Remarks

The CacheLocation is a simple, file-based cache.

If left unspecified, the default location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\MYOB Data Provider, where %APPDATA% is set to the user's configuration directory:

Platform %APPDATA%
Windows The value of the APPDATA environment variable
Linux ~/.config

See Also

  • AutoCache: Set to implicitly create and maintain a cache for later offline use.
  • CacheMetadata: Set to persist the MYOB catalog in CacheLocation.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CacheTolerance

Notes the tolerance, in seconds, for stale data in the specified cache database. Requires AutoCache to be set to True.

Data Type

int

Default Value

600

Remarks

When you execute a query for tables in the cache, the connector checks the time elapsed since the last update to the cache.

If the last update to the cache is older than the value of this connection property (measured in seconds), the connector refreshes the cache.

Otherwise, the connector returns data directly from the cache.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Offline

Gets the data from the specified cache database instead of live MYOB data.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, all queries execute against the cache database instead of the live MYOB data.

In this mode, some SQL operations like INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, and CACHE are disabled.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

CacheMetadata

Determines whether the provider caches table metadata to a file-based cache database.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When this connection property is set to True, as you execute queries, table metadata in the MYOB catalog is cached to the cache database specified by CacheConnection and CacheProvider, or, if those connection properties are not set, to the user's home directory.

The location of your home directory varies by platform:

PlatformHome Directory
Windows %APPDATA%\\CData\\MYOB Data Provider
Mac ~/Library/Application Support/CData/MYOB Data Provider
Unix ~/.config/CData/MYOB Data Provider

A table's metadata is retrieved only once, when the table is queried for the first time.

When to Use CacheMetadata

When there are a large number of MYOB tables and columns for the connector to retrieve during metadata discovery, the connector may take a while to list all table metadata.

You may experience slow metadata retrieval when:

  • Your MYOB instance naturally has a large table count.
  • The connector has been configured, via its connection properties, to discover more tables than it would under its default configuration.
  • You make many short-lived connections to the connector.
With CacheMetadata enabled, all retrieved metadata is mirrored in the cache database. This means that any subsequent attempts by the connector to discover metadata are much faster, as this metadata is then read directly from the cache database, without needing to spend time requesting metadata from MYOB.

When Not to Use CacheMetadata

The connector automatically persists metadata in memory for up to an hour when you first discover the metadata for a table or view, so CacheMetadata is generally not necessary.

CacheMetadata is not ideal in scenarios where you are working with volatile metadata. The first time you query a table, the connector caches its metadata to the cache database file. This cache is not dynamically updated to reflect updates to the table schema, so you must delete and rebuild the cache database file to pick up new, changed, or deleted columns.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Miscellaneous

This section provides a complete list of the Miscellaneous properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.


PropertyDescription
MaxRowsSpecifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.
OtherSpecifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.
PagesizeSpecifies the maximum number of records per page the provider returns when requesting data from MYOB.
PseudoColumnsSpecifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.
ReadonlyToggles read-only access to MYOB from the provider.
RTKSpecifies the runtime key for licensing the provider. If unset or invalid, the provider defaults to the standard licensing method. This property is only required in environments where the standard licensing method is unsupported or requires a runtime key.
TimeoutSpecifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.
UserDefinedViewsSpecifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.
CData Python Connector for MYOB

MaxRows

Specifies the maximum number of rows returned for queries that do not include either aggregation or GROUP BY.

Data Type

int

Default Value

-1

Remarks

The default value for this property, -1, means that no row limit is enforced unless the query explicitly includes a LIMIT clause. (When a query includes a LIMIT clause, the value specified in the query takes precedence over the MaxRows setting.)

Setting MaxRows to a whole number greater than 0 ensures that queries do not return excessively large result sets by default.

This property is useful for optimizing performance and preventing excessive resource consumption when executing queries that could otherwise return very large datasets.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Other

Specifies advanced connection properties for specialized scenarios. Use this property only under the guidance of our Support team to address specific issues.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property allows advanced users to configure hidden properties for specialized situations, with the advice of our Support team. These settings are not required for normal use cases but can address unique requirements or provide additional functionality. To define multiple properties, use a semicolon-separated list.

Note: It is strongly recommended to set these properties only when advised by the Support team to address specific scenarios or issues.

Caching Configuration

PropertyDescription
CachePartial=TrueCaches only a subset of columns, which you can specify in your query.
QueryPassthrough=TruePasses the specified query to the cache database instead of using the SQL parser of the connector.

Integration and Formatting

PropertyDescription
DefaultColumnSizeSets the default length of string fields when the data source does not provide column length in the metadata. The default value is 2000.
ConvertDateTimeToGMT=TrueConverts date-time values to GMT, instead of the local time of the machine. The default value is False (use local time).
RecordToFile=filenameRecords the underlying socket data transfer to the specified file.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Pagesize

Specifies the maximum number of records per page the provider returns when requesting data from MYOB.

Data Type

int

Default Value

400

Remarks

When processing a query, instead of requesting all of the queried data at once from MYOB, the connector can request the queried data in pieces called pages.

This connection property determines the maximum number of results that the connector requests per page.

Note: Setting large page sizes may improve overall query execution time, but doing so causes the connector to use more memory when executing queries and risks triggering a timeout.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

PseudoColumns

Specifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns, expressed as a string in the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property allows you to define which pseudocolumns the connector exposes as table columns.

To specify individual pseudocolumns, use the following format:

Table1=Column1;Table1=Column2;Table2=Column3

To include all pseudocolumns for all tables use:

*=*

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Readonly

Toggles read-only access to MYOB from the provider.

Data Type

bool

Default Value

false

Remarks

When set to True, the connector allows only SELECT queries. Attempting an INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, or stored procedure query fails with an error message.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

RTK

Specifies the runtime key for licensing the provider. If unset or invalid, the provider defaults to the standard licensing method. This property is only required in environments where the standard licensing method is unsupported or requires a runtime key.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

This property is typically unnecessary, as most configurations support a standard licensing mechanism.

Warning: The value of this property takes precedence over all existing licensing information. To avoid licensing errors, ensure the provided runtime key is correct.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Timeout

Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error.

Data Type

int

Default Value

60

Remarks

The timeout applies to each individual communication with the server rather than the entire query or operation. For example, a query could continue running beyond 60 seconds if each paging call completes within the timeout limit.

Timeout is set to 60 seconds by default. To disable timeouts, set this property to 0.

Disabling the timeout allows operations to run indefinitely until they succeed or fail due to other conditions such as server-side timeouts, network interruptions, or resource limits on the server.

Note: Use this property cautiously to avoid long-running operations that could degrade performance or result in unresponsive behavior.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

UserDefinedViews

Specifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file that defines custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.

Data Type

string

Default Value

""

Remarks

UserDefinedViews allows you to define and manage custom views through a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. These views are automatically recognized by the connector and enable you to execute custom SQL queries as if they were standard database views. The JSON file defines each view as a root element with a child element called "query", which contains the SQL query for the view.

For example:

{
	"MyView": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
	},
	"MyView2": {
		"query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
	}
}

You can use this property to define multiple views in a single file and specify the filepath. For example:

UserDefinedViews=C:\Path\To\UserDefinedViews.json
When you specify a view in UserDefinedViews, the connector only sees that view.

For further information, see User Defined Views.

CData Python Connector for MYOB

Third Party Copyrights

LZMA from 7Zip LZMA SDK

LZMA SDK is placed in the public domain.

Anyone is free to copy, modify, publish, use, compile, sell, or distribute the original LZMA SDK code, either in source code form or as a compiled binary, for any purpose, commercial or non-commercial, and by any means.

LZMA2 from XZ SDK

Version 1.9 and older are in the public domain.

Xamarin.Forms

Xamarin SDK

The MIT License (MIT)

Copyright (c) .NET Foundation Contributors

All rights reserved.

Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.

THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

NSIS 3.10

Copyright (C) 1999-2025 Contributors THE ACCOMPANYING PROGRAM IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS COMMON PUBLIC LICENSE ("AGREEMENT"). ANY USE, REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM CONSTITUTES RECIPIENT'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT.

1. DEFINITIONS

"Contribution" means:

a) in the case of the initial Contributor, the initial code and documentation distributed under this Agreement, and b) in the case of each subsequent Contributor:

i) changes to the Program, and

ii) additions to the Program;

where such changes and/or additions to the Program originate from and are distributed by that particular Contributor. A Contribution 'originates' from a Contributor if it was added to the Program by such Contributor itself or anyone acting on such Contributor's behalf. Contributions do not include additions to the Program which: (i) are separate modules of software distributed in conjunction with the Program under their own license agreement, and (ii) are not derivative works of the Program.

"Contributor" means any person or entity that distributes the Program.

"Licensed Patents " mean patent claims licensable by a Contributor which are necessarily infringed by the use or sale of its Contribution alone or when combined with the Program.

"Program" means the Contributions distributed in accordance with this Agreement.

"Recipient" means anyone who receives the Program under this Agreement, including all Contributors.

2. GRANT OF RIGHTS

a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare derivative works of, publicly display, publicly perform, distribute and sublicense the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, and such derivative works, in source code and object code form.

b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under Licensed Patents to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise transfer the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, in source code and object code form. This patent license shall apply to the combination of the Contribution and the Program if, at the time the Contribution is added by the Contributor, such addition of the Contribution causes such combination to be covered by the Licensed Patents. The patent license shall not apply to any other combinations which include the Contribution. No hardware per se is licensed hereunder.

c) Recipient understands that although each Contributor grants the licenses to its Contributions set forth herein, no assurances are provided by any Contributor that the Program does not infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any other entity. Each Contributor disclaims any liability to Recipient for claims brought by any other entity based on infringement of intellectual property rights or otherwise. As a condition to exercising the rights and licenses granted hereunder, each Recipient hereby assumes sole responsibility to secure any other intellectual property rights needed, if any. For example, if a third party patent license is required to allow Recipient to distribute the Program, it is Recipient's responsibility to acquire that license before distributing the Program.

d) Each Contributor represents that to its knowledge it has sufficient copyright rights in its Contribution, if any, to grant the copyright license set forth in this Agreement.

3. REQUIREMENTS

A Contributor may choose to distribute the Program in object code form under its own license agreement, provided that:

a) it complies with the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

b) its license agreement:

i) effectively disclaims on behalf of all Contributors all warranties and conditions, express and implied, including warranties or conditions of title and non-infringement, and implied warranties or conditions of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose;

ii) effectively excludes on behalf of all Contributors all liability for damages, including direct, indirect, special, incidental and consequential damages, such as lost profits;

iii) states that any provisions which differ from this Agreement are offered by that Contributor alone and not by any other party; and

iv) states that source code for the Program is available from such Contributor, and informs licensees how to obtain it in a reasonable manner on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange.

When the Program is made available in source code form:

a) it must be made available under this Agreement; and

b) a copy of this Agreement must be included with each copy of the Program.

Contributors may not remove or alter any copyright notices contained within the Program.

Each Contributor must identify itself as the originator of its Contribution, if any, in a manner that reasonably allows subsequent Recipients to identify the originator of the Contribution.

4. COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION

Commercial distributors of software may accept certain responsibilities with respect to end users, business partners and the like. While this license is intended to facilitate the commercial use of the Program, the Contributor who includes the Program in a commercial product offering should do so in a manner which does not create potential liability for other Contributors. Therefore, if a Contributor includes the Program in a commercial product offering, such Contributor ("Commercial Contributor") hereby agrees to defend and indemnify every other Contributor ("Indemnified Contributor") against any losses, damages and costs (collectively "Losses") arising from claims, lawsuits and other legal actions brought by a third party against the Indemnified Contributor to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of such Commercial Contributor in connection with its distribution of the Program in a commercial product offering. The obligations in this section do not apply to any claims or Losses relating to any actual or alleged intellectual property infringement. In order to qualify, an Indemnified Contributor must: a) promptly notify the Commercial Contributor in writing of such claim, and b) allow the Commercial Contributor to control, and cooperate with the Commercial Contributor in, the defense and any related settlement negotiations. The Indemnified Contributor may participate in any such claim at its own expense.

For example, a Contributor might include the Program in a commercial product offering, Product X. That Contributor is then a Commercial Contributor. If that Commercial Contributor then makes performance claims, or offers warranties related to Product X, those performance claims and warranties are such Commercial Contributor's responsibility alone. Under this section, the Commercial Contributor would have to defend claims against the other Contributors related to those performance claims and warranties, and if a court requires any other Contributor to pay any damages as a result, the Commercial Contributor must pay those damages.

5. NO WARRANTY

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Each Recipient is solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using and distributing the Program and assumes all risks associated with its exercise of rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to the risks and costs of program errors, compliance with applicable laws, damage to or loss of data, programs or equipment, and unavailability or interruption of operations.

6. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER RECIPIENT NOR ANY CONTRIBUTORS SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM OR THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

7. GENERAL

If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this Agreement, and without further action by the parties hereto, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.

If Recipient institutes patent litigation against a Contributor with respect to a patent applicable to software (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit), then any patent licenses granted by that Contributor to such Recipient under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed. In addition, if Recipient institutes patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Program itself (excluding combinations of the Program with other software or hardware) infringes such Recipient's patent(s), then such Recipient's rights granted under Section 2(b) shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

All Recipient's rights under this Agreement shall terminate if it fails to comply with any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement and does not cure such failure in a reasonable period of time after becoming aware of such noncompliance. If all Recipient's rights under this Agreement terminate, Recipient agrees to cease use and distribution of the Program as soon as reasonably practicable. However, Recipient's obligations under this Agreement and any licenses granted by Recipient relating to the Program shall continue and survive.

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute copies of this Agreement, but in order to avoid inconsistency the Agreement is copyrighted and may only be modified in the following manner. The Agreement Steward reserves the right to publish new versions (including revisions) of this Agreement from time to time. No one other than the Agreement Steward has the right to modify this Agreement. IBM is the initial Agreement Steward. IBM may assign the responsibility to serve as the Agreement Steward to a suitable separate entity. Each new version of the Agreement will be given a distinguishing version number. The Program (including Contributions) may always be distributed subject to the version of the Agreement under which it was received. In addition, after a new version of the Agreement is published, Contributor may elect to distribute the Program (including its Contributions) under the new version. Except as expressly stated in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, Recipient receives no rights or licenses to the intellectual property of any Contributor under this Agreement, whether expressly, by implication, estoppel or otherwise. All rights in the Program not expressly granted under this Agreement are reserved.

This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York and the intellectual property laws of the United States of America. No party to this Agreement will bring a legal action under this Agreement more than one year after the cause of action arose. Each party waives its rights to a jury trial in any resulting litigation.

AdoptOpenJDK / Adoptium Temurin JRE 17.0.18_8

Copyright (c) Eclipse Foundation AISBL. All Rights Reserved.

Apache License, Version 2.0

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION

1. Definitions. "License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by Sections 1 through 9 of this document.

"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting the License.

"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means (i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii) beneficial ownership of such entity.

"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this License.

"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.

"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to other media types.

"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example is provided in the Appendix below).

"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License, Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name) to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.

"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists, source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of, the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a Contribution."

"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.

2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.

3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the following conditions:

  1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
  2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files; and
  3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
  4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works; or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications, or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.

5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with Licensor regarding such Contributions.

6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.

7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your exercise of permissions under this License.

8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.

9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof, You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations, You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any such warranty or additional liability.

END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Eclipse Distribution License - v 1.0

All rights reserved.

Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:

  • Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
  • Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
  • Neither the name of the Eclipse Foundation, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Eclipse Public License - v 2.0

THE ACCOMPANYING PROGRAM IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS ECLIPSE PUBLIC LICENSE ("AGREEMENT"). ANY USE, REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM CONSTITUTES RECIPIENT'S ACCEPTANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT.

1. DEFINITIONS "Contribution" means:

  • a) in the case of the initial Contributor, the initial content Distributed under this Agreement, and
  • b) in the case of each subsequent Contributor:
    • i) changes to the Program, and
    • ii) additions to the Program;
    where such changes and/or additions to the Program originate from and are Distributed by that particular Contributor. A Contribution "originates" from a Contributor if it was added to the Program by such Contributor itself or anyone acting on such Contributor's behalf. Contributions do not include changes or additions to the Program that are not Modified Works.
"Contributor" means any person or entity that Distributes the Program. "Licensed Patents" mean patent claims licensable by a Contributor which are necessarily infringed by the use or sale of its Contribution alone or when combined with the Program.

"Program" means the Contributions Distributed in accordance with this Agreement.

"Recipient" means anyone who receives the Program under this Agreement or any Secondary License (as applicable), including Contributors.

"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source Code or other form, that is based on (or derived from) the Program and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship.

"Modified Works" shall mean any work in Source Code or other form that results from an addition to, deletion from, or modification of the contents of the Program, including, for purposes of clarity any new file in Source Code form that contains any contents of the Program. Modified Works shall not include works that contain only declarations, interfaces, types, classes, structures, or files of the Program solely in each case in order to link to, bind by name, or subclass the Program or Modified Works thereof.

"Distribute" means the acts of a) distributing or b) making available in any manner that enables the transfer of a copy.

"Source Code" means the form of a Program preferred for making modifications, including but not limited to software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.

"Secondary License" means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, or any later versions of that license, including any exceptions or additional permissions as identified by the initial Contributor.

2. GRANT OF RIGHTS

  • a) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform, Distribute and sublicense the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, and such Derivative Works.
  • b) Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Contributor hereby grants Recipient a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under Licensed Patents to make, use, sell, offer to sell, import and otherwise transfer the Contribution of such Contributor, if any, in Source Code or other form. This patent license shall apply to the combination of the Contribution and the Program if, at the time the Contribution is added by the Contributor, such addition of the Contribution causes such combination to be covered by the Licensed Patents. The patent license shall not apply to any other combinations which include the Contribution. No hardware per se is licensed hereunder.
  • c) Recipient understands that although each Contributor grants the licenses to its Contributions set forth herein, no assurances are provided by any Contributor that the Program does not infringe the patent or other intellectual property rights of any other entity. Each Contributor disclaims any liability to Recipient for claims brought by any other entity based on infringement of intellectual property rights or otherwise. As a condition to exercising the rights and licenses granted hereunder, each Recipient hereby assumes sole responsibility to secure any other intellectual property rights needed, if any. For example, if a third party patent license is required to allow Recipient to Distribute the Program, it is Recipient's responsibility to acquire that license before distributing the Program.
  • d) Each Contributor represents that to its knowledge it has sufficient copyright rights in its Contribution, if any, to grant the copyright license set forth in this Agreement.
  • e) Notwithstanding the terms of any Secondary License, no Contributor makes additional grants to any Recipient (other than those set forth in this Agreement) as a result of such Recipient's receipt of the Program under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted under the terms of Section 3).

3. REQUIREMENTS 3.1 If a Contributor Distributes the Program in any form, then:

  • a) the Program must also be made available as Source Code, in accordance with section 3.2, and the Contributor must accompany the Program with a statement that the Source Code for the Program is available under this Agreement, and informs Recipients how to obtain it in a reasonable manner on or through a medium customarily used for software exchange; and
  • b) the Contributor may Distribute the Program under a license different than this Agreement, provided that such license:
    • i) effectively disclaims on behalf of all other Contributors all warranties and conditions, express and implied, including warranties or conditions of title and non-infringement, and implied warranties or conditions of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose;
    • ii) effectively excludes on behalf of all other Contributors all liability for damages, including direct, indirect, special, incidental and consequential damages, such as lost profits;
    • iii) does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients' rights in the Source Code under section 3.2; and
    • iv) requires any subsequent distribution of the Program by any party to be under a license that satisfies the requirements of this section 3.
3.2 When the Program is Distributed as Source Code:
  • a) it must be made available under this Agreement, or if the Program (i) is combined with other material in a separate file or files made available under a Secondary License, and (ii) the initial Contributor attached to the Source Code the notice described in Exhibit A of this Agreement, then the Program may be made available under the terms of such Secondary Licenses, and
  • b) a copy of this Agreement must be included with each copy of the Program.
3.3 Contributors may not remove or alter any copyright, patent, trademark, attribution notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations of liability (‘notices') contained within the Program from any copy of the Program which they Distribute, provided that Contributors may add their own appropriate notices.

4. COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTION Commercial distributors of software may accept certain responsibilities with respect to end users, business partners and the like. While this license is intended to facilitate the commercial use of the Program, the Contributor who includes the Program in a commercial product offering should do so in a manner which does not create potential liability for other Contributors. Therefore, if a Contributor includes the Program in a commercial product offering, such Contributor ("Commercial Contributor") hereby agrees to defend and indemnify every other Contributor ("Indemnified Contributor") against any losses, damages and costs (collectively "Losses") arising from claims, lawsuits and other legal actions brought by a third party against the Indemnified Contributor to the extent caused by the acts or omissions of such Commercial Contributor in connection with its distribution of the Program in a commercial product offering. The obligations in this section do not apply to any claims or Losses relating to any actual or alleged intellectual property infringement. In order to qualify, an Indemnified Contributor must: a) promptly notify the Commercial Contributor in writing of such claim, and b) allow the Commercial Contributor to control, and cooperate with the Commercial Contributor in, the defense and any related settlement negotiations. The Indemnified Contributor may participate in any such claim at its own expense.

For example, a Contributor might include the Program in a commercial product offering, Product X. That Contributor is then a Commercial Contributor. If that Commercial Contributor then makes performance claims, or offers warranties related to Product X, those performance claims and warranties are such Commercial Contributor's responsibility alone. Under this section, the Commercial Contributor would have to defend claims against the other Contributors related to those performance claims and warranties, and if a court requires any other Contributor to pay any damages as a result, the Commercial Contributor must pay those damages.

5. NO WARRANTY EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PROGRAM IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Each Recipient is solely responsible for determining the appropriateness of using and distributing the Program and assumes all risks associated with its exercise of rights under this Agreement, including but not limited to the risks and costs of program errors, compliance with applicable laws, damage to or loss of data, programs or equipment, and unavailability or interruption of operations.

6. DISCLAIMER OF LIABILITY EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NEITHER RECIPIENT NOR ANY CONTRIBUTORS SHALL HAVE ANY LIABILITY FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION LOST PROFITS), HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE PROGRAM OR THE EXERCISE OF ANY RIGHTS GRANTED HEREUNDER, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

7. GENERAL If any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this Agreement, and without further action by the parties hereto, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.

If Recipient institutes patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that the Program itself (excluding combinations of the Program with other software or hardware) infringes such Recipient's patent(s), then such Recipient's rights granted under Section 2(b) shall terminate as of the date such litigation is filed.

All Recipient's rights under this Agreement shall terminate if it fails to comply with any of the material terms or conditions of this Agreement and does not cure such failure in a reasonable period of time after becoming aware of such noncompliance. If all Recipient's rights under this Agreement terminate, Recipient agrees to cease use and distribution of the Program as soon as reasonably practicable. However, Recipient's obligations under this Agreement and any licenses granted by Recipient relating to the Program shall continue and survive.

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute copies of this Agreement, but in order to avoid inconsistency the Agreement is copyrighted and may only be modified in the following manner. The Agreement Steward reserves the right to publish new versions (including revisions) of this Agreement from time to time. No one other than the Agreement Steward has the right to modify this Agreement. The Eclipse Foundation is the initial Agreement Steward. The Eclipse Foundation may assign the responsibility to serve as the Agreement Steward to a suitable separate entity. Each new version of the Agreement will be given a distinguishing version number. The Program (including Contributions) may always be Distributed subject to the version of the Agreement under which it was received. In addition, after a new version of the Agreement is published, Contributor may elect to Distribute the Program (including its Contributions) under the new version.

Except as expressly stated in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above, Recipient receives no rights or licenses to the intellectual property of any Contributor under this Agreement, whether expressly, by implication, estoppel or otherwise. All rights in the Program not expressly granted under this Agreement are reserved. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to be enforceable by any entity that is not a Contributor or Recipient. No third-party beneficiary rights are created under this Agreement.

Exhibit A – Form of Secondary Licenses Notice "This Source Code may also be made available under the following Secondary Licenses when the conditions for such availability set forth in the Eclipse Public License, v. 2.0 are satisfied: {name license(s), version(s), and exceptions or additional permissions here}."

Simply including a copy of this Agreement, including this Exhibit A is not sufficient to license the Source Code under Secondary Licenses.

If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.

You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.

GNU Classpath

Classpath is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License with the following clarification and special exception.

Linking this library statically or dynamically with other modules is making a combined work based on this library. Thus, the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License cover the whole combination.

As a special exception, the copyright holders of this library give you permission to link this library with independent modules to produce an executable, regardless of the license terms of these independent modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting executable under terms of your choice, provided that you also meet, for each linked independent module, the terms and conditions of the license of that module. An independent module is a module which is not derived from or based on this library. If you modify this library, you may extend this exception to your version of the library, but you are not obligated to do so. If you do not wish to do so, delete this exception statement from your version.

As such, it can be used to run, create and distribute a large class of applications and applets. When GNU Classpath is used unmodified as the core class library for a virtual machine, compiler for the java languge, or for a program written in the java programming language it does not affect the licensing for distributing those programs directly.

OpenJDK Assembly Exception

The OpenJDK source code made available by Oracle America, Inc. (Oracle) at openjdk.java.net ("OpenJDK Code") is distributed under the terms of the GNU General Public License <http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html> version 2 only ("GPL2"), with the following clarification and special exception.

Linking this OpenJDK Code statically or dynamically with other code is making a combined work based on this library. Thus, the terms and conditions of GPL2 cover the whole combination.

As a special exception, Oracle gives you permission to link this OpenJDK Code with certain code licensed by Oracle as indicated at http://openjdk.java.net/legal/exception-modules-2007-05-08.html ("Designated Exception Modules") to produce an executable, regardless of the license terms of the Designated Exception Modules, and to copy and distribute the resulting executable under GPL2, provided that the Designated Exception Modules continue to be governed by the licenses under which they were offered by Oracle.

As such, it allows licensees and sublicensees of Oracle's GPL2 OpenJDK Code to build an executable that includes those portions of necessary code that Oracle could not provide under GPL2 (or that Oracle has provided under GPL2 with the Classpath exception). If you modify or add to the OpenJDK code, that new GPL2 code may still be combined with Designated Exception Modules if the new code is made subject to this exception by its copyright holder.

Copyright (c) 2026 CData Software, Inc. - All rights reserved.
Build 26.0.9655